'%■ U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE WEATHER BUREAU KEY TO METEOROLOGICAL RECORDS DOCUMENTATION NO. 5.21 HISTORY AND CATALOGUE OF UPPER AIR DATA FOR THE PERIOD 1946-1960 Acknowledgment This publication represents the final report on a cooperative project by the U. S. Weather Bureau and the Design Climatology Branch, Aerospace Instrumentation Laboratory, Air Force Cambridge Research Laboratories, Office of Aerospace Research (United States Air Force) ( Contract No. 680-770A-7628, Project 7628, Task 76296 ) The project was conceived by Dr. Arnold Court, formerly Chief, Applied Climatology Branch, Meteorological Development Laboratory, Geophysics Research Directorate, United States Air Force, and its success owes much to his interestand initiative. U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Luther H. Hodges, Secretary WEATHER BUREAU Robert M. White, Chief KEY TO METEOROLOGICAL RECORDS DOCUMENTATION NO. 5.21 HISTORY AND CATALOGUE OF UPPER AIR DATA FOR THE PERIOD 1946-1960 Washington, D.C. : 1964 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C, 20402 - Price $1.75 PREFACE The Key To Meteorological Records Documentation Series has been established to provide guidance information to research personnel making use of climatological data. The publi- cations in this series describe the historical sequence of changes in criteria for observ- ing, recording, processing, and reproducing climatological data. This bulletin describes the history of the routine radiosonde and rawinsonde observa- tions of the U. S. Weather Bureau, U. S. Air Force, U. S. Army, U. S. Navy, and the Meteorological Service of Canada during the period 1946-1960. It includes descriptions of ground and flight equipment, times of observation, requirements for reduction of the data, transmission codes, recording forms, punched cards, published data, station networks, and detailed data for each station in the network. It is expected that future publications in this series will document the earlier phases of the upper air program, and the program since 1960. The work included in this publication was accomplished during the period 1961-1962 under the leadership of Mr. Benjamin Ratner, Office of Climatology, U. S. Weather Bureau. The staff of the National Weather Records Center, Asheville, N. C, assembled the data for the tables and assisted in preparing the text. The material represents work largely com- pleted by the late summer of 1963; publication was delayed, however, to permit clarifica- tion of details in the text and tables. ll TABLE OF CONTENTS Pa g e Chapter I - Introduction 1 Chapter II - Types of Ground Equipment 3 A. Radiosonde System 3 B. Rawinsonde Systems 3 1. General 3 2. The SCR-658 (manual tracking) 3 a. Description 3 b. Limiting angles 4 3. The GMD-1 Systems (automatic tracking) and modifications . 4 a. Description 4 b. Limiting angles for GMD equipment 4 4. The GMD-2 System 5 5. The WBRT System (Weather Bureau Radiotheodolite) ..... 5 C. Orientation of Equipment 5 Chapter III - Air-Borne Equipment 6 A. Instruments 6 1. General 6 2. Instrument operation 6 3. Construction Changes 6 4. Hypsometers 6 B. Balloons 7 1. Balloon conditioning 7 2. Balloon sizes 7 C. Attachments 7 1. Ballast balloons . 7 2 . Parachutes 7 3. Train regulators 8 Chapter IV - The Rawinsonde 9 A. Pressure 9 1. Aneroid cells 9 2. Hypsometer elements 9 3. Pressure units used 9 4. Heights of pressure surfaces 9 5. Transponder radiosondes 9 B. Temperature 10 1. Temperature elements used 10 2. Corrections (solar radiation) 10 C. Humidity 10 1. Lithium chloride 10 a. Motorboating 10 2. Carbon element 18 3. Evaluations "over ice" and "over water" 18 4. Mixing ratio 19 D. Winds 19 1. Corrections for curvature of the earth 19 E. Stability Index 19 Chapter V - Scheduled Times of Observations 23 ill Page Chapter VI - Mandatory and Significant Levels 24 A. Mandatory levels 24 B. Significant levels 24 1. For evaluation of sounding 24 2. For coding and transmission 27 3 . For card punching 28 Chapter VII - WBAN Forms Used for Upper Air Observations 31 A. Upper Wind Forms 31 1. WBAN-20, Winds Aloft Computation Sheet 31 a. Contents of form 31 b. Units used 32 c. Revisions of form 32 2. WBAN-20A, Winds Aloft Graph 32 a. Contents and revisions of form 32 3. WBAN-20B, Winds Aloft Computation Sheet 32 a. Contents and revisions of form 32 4. WBAN-22, Winds Aloft Summary Form 32 a. Contents of form 33 b. Units used 33 c. Levels used 33 d. Preparation for pibals discontinued 33 B. Radiosonde or Rawinsonde Forms 33 1. WBAN-30, Radiosonde Computation Form 33 a. Contents of form 33 b. Revisions of form 33 c. Units used 33 2. WBAN-31A and 31B, Adiabatic Charts 34 a. Contents of forms 34 b. Revisions of forms 34 c. Units used 34 3. WBAN-33, Summary of data at constant pressure surfaces . . 34 a. Contents of form 34 b. Units used 35 c. Revisions of form 35 d. Levels reported 35 4. Mean-layer Winds 35 Chapter VIII - Radiosonde and/or Rawinsonde Code Form 37 A. The November 1945 Code 37 1. Units used in coding 37 a. Temperature 37 b. Relative humidity 37 c. Pressure 37 d. Heights 37 e. Mixing ratio 37 f. Wind direction 37 g. Wind speed 37 2. Example of coded report 38 B. New Raob and Rawin Code - January 1, 1949 40 IV Page Chapter IX - Upper Air Data on Punched Cards 43 A. Wind Data 43 1. Constant height levels 43 2. Constant pressure surfaces 43 3 . Maximum wind cards 43 B. Raob Data 43 1. At constant pressure 43 2. At significant levels 43 Chapter X - Data Published Currently 44 A. Upper Air Data 44 B. Upper Air Charts 44 Chapter XI - Tables Comprising this Documentation 45 Chapter XII - Documentation Subsequent to 1960 48 APPENDIX Verification, Punching and Data Publication Programs of Meteorological Service of Canada . 49 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Figure 1A IB 1C 2A 2B 2C 3A 3B 4 5 Solar radiation correction for raob temperatures , . Solar radiation correction for raob temperatures Solar radiation correction for raob temperatures Statistical values used for motorboating relative humidities. . Statistical values used for motorboating relative humidities. . Statistical values used for motorboating relative humidities. . AE Chart - Correction of elevation angle for curvature of earth AE Chart - Correction of elevation angle for curvature of earth Code Table 102 (WMO Code 82) Code Table 107 (WMO Code 107) Pa S e 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 21 41 41 TABLE Percentage Frequency of Statistical Values of Relative Humidity at representative network of stations. . 17 AREA MAPS Area Map 50 Contiguous United States 51 Alaska, Canada, Greenland, and Iceland 212 Pacific Area 282 Mexico, Central America, and Caribbean Area 326 Antarctica 344 HISTORY AND CATALOGUE OF UPPER AIR DATA FOR THE PERIOD 1946-1960 Chapter I INTRODUCTION The United States has operated an upper air meteorological program continuously since 1907, starting in that year with a single kite station. The peak years of the kite network were between 1919 and 1925, with six stations in operation. Airplane observations (apobs) were started in 1925 and gradually replaced the kite program which by 1933 had ceased to exist. Starting with one station in 1925, the apob program reached its zenith in 1937, at which time 30 stations were in operation. Apobs were superior to kites because they generally were taken to higher altitudes and were not hampered by calm wind conditions. However, they could not be taken during periods of unfavorable weather and had an alti- tude limitation of about 5 km. After the introduction of the first radiosonde (raob) station in 1937, the raob network increased rapidly while the apob network decreased and finally was abandoned in 1943. By the end of 1960 the Weather Bureau had 138 raob stations in operation, extending in latitude practically from pole to pole, while other stations were being operated by the Air Force, the Army, and the Navy. Upper air data have been summarized and published in many places and by various methods. From 1907 through 1945 statistics were customarily presented for levels of constant height above sea level, i.e., for intervals of 500 meters through 300C meters,, and for intervals of 1000 meters above. In 1946 the meteorological services of the United States and of other governments changed from a constant height to a constant pressure system. From that time, teletypewriter messages have indicated temperature, relative humidity or dew point, and height values at standard pressure surfaces, synoptic charts have been prepared for designated pressure surfaces, and data have been summarized and published for standard pressure surfaces. Due to the inherent difficulties in con- verting values from standard heights to standard pressures, it was decided to limit this documentation to the period January 1946 through December 1960, i.e., to start with the beginning of the constant pressure era. This text is accompanied by a series of tables documenting U. S. Weather Bureau- Air Force-Navy (WBAN) routine radiosonde and rawinsonde observations made January 1, 1946 through December 31, 1960. The text is arranged in 12 chapters, as listed in the table of contents. Chapters II and III describe ground and air-borne equipment, respectively. Chapter IV elaborates on the various components of the rawinsonde and Chapter V on scheduled times of observa- tions. Chapter VI describes mandatory and significant levels and Chapter VII the con- tents and changes in recording forms. Chapter VIII explains the transmission codes used during this period, Chapter IX refers to data on punched cards, Chapter X to data pub- lished currently, Chapter XI describes the tables in the publication, and Chapter XII describes certain changes made subsequent to 1960. The separate tables for each WBAN station give a chronology of ground equipment, number of observations per day, etc. , and frequency of altitudes attained in terms of pressure levels. In addition, a chronology of stations operated by the Meteorological Service of Canada is provided. Nomenclature generally accepted by the meteorological profession and accordingly used in this documentation is as follows: Pibal--pilot balloon observation; an upper wind observation in which the balloon is tracked optically with the aid of a theodolite. Raob--radiosonde observation; observation of pressure, temperature, and relative humidity from surface to point where balloon bursts. Rawin--a winds aloft observation where tracking is done electronically. Rawinsonde--an observation that combines the raob and rawin. Rabal--an observation where the raob balloon is followed visually. WBAN- -Weather Bureau, Air Force-Army, Navy Chapter II TYPES OF GROUND EQUIPMENT Radiosonde System The 72.2 megacycle/ second receiving equipment (radiosonde only) was used in the United States since the beginning of the raob program. This set consists of a dipole antenna, a short-wave receiver which receives an audiomodulated signal from the radio- sonde transmitter, a frequency meter to measure and indicate the frequency variations of the signals received, and a recorder to record the signals that are received for temperature and humidity. These signals are recorded on a chart roll which is divided into 100 equal vertical divisions, or ordinates. With the use of these ordinates and the proper evaluators for the elements, temperatures in degrees Celsius and relative humidities in percent may be obtained. Pressure values are also derived (see Chapter IV-A). Under certain conditions, the raob balloon was tracked visually with the aid of a theodolite in order to obtain measurements of wind speed and direction. This type of observation (called "rabal") was possible only with clear skies and no ob- structions to vision. B. Rawinsonde Systems 1. General Pilot balloon observations (pibals) were started by the Weather Bureau in 1918 with the establishment of five stations. The network grew until 1944, when 147 stations were in operation. Although the pibal program made possible the charting of winds aloft, this system was subject to certain deficiencies. For example, pibals could be taken only to the base of the lowest cloud, and the assumption of a constant rate of lift was not always accurate. As a consequence, when non-visual tracking equipment was made operational in about 1943, it soon began to replace the pibal observations at a good many stations. The first electronic wind tracking instrument in general use, the SCR-658 (Signal Corps Radio-direction-finder), enabled the observer to follow a balloon to great heights, regardless of cloud cover, and provided hypsometric data for determining the height of the balloon. The Air Weather Service developed a new, improved, type of direction- finding equipment, and in about 1951 started using the GMD type (Ground Meteorological Direction-finding) which had the advantages of automatic tracking and self record- ing. The SCR-658 equipment was gradually replaced by the GMD instruments, or its Weather Bureau equivalent, the WBRT (Weather Bureau Radio Theodolite), until about the end of 1961 when all instrumentation had been changed to the newer systems. Both of these systems obtained simultaneous observations of pressure, temperature, relative humidity, and wind. 2. The SCR-658 System (manual tracking) a. Description The SCR-658 system made it possible to take rawinsonde observations under all types of weather conditions. However, accurate tracking was limited under certain conditions, as described in the next paragraph. The system first operated on a frequency of 397 megacycles/second and was later changed to 403 mc./sec, as assigned by the Federal Communications Commis- sion. The radiosonde portion of these observations was recorded as described under "A" above. The wind data were obtained through the use of the SCR-658 radio-direction-finding device which consisted of an antenna that could be rotated on horizontal and vertical axes, and a radio receiver indicator. Tracking was done manually by turning elevation and azimuth angle handwheels until the tops of each pair of pips on the left and right viewing mirrors were at the same level at the time of each reading and recording of the angles. In this matter, readings of elevation and azimuth angles were ob- tained for each minute. b. Limiting angles Although the SCR-658 was a tremendous improvement over the visually tracked pilot balloon observations, it was not considered accurate under certain angular conditions. Accordingly, a set of limiting angles was established, under which the data were not used. These, as well as additional limitations and dates of adoption are given below. Wind data were considered doubtful and not used if, (1) the elevation angle was 15° or less above the horizon or any prominent object on it, (2) effective 11/1/46, elevation angle was less than 15° and/or azimuth angle within 10° of a prominent object. Narrow objects such as smoke stacks are not considered prominent. (3) effective 3/1/50, elevation angle was less than 15° and/or azimuth angle within 10° of a prominent object subtending more than 3° in azimuth. The GMD-1 System (automatic tracking) and modifications a. Description The GMD-1 (1680 mc./sec.) was first used by the military services in 1951, with its implementation at five stations, and increasing to about nine stations in 1952. The Weather Bureau first used GMD-1 equip- ment at the Silver Hill Observatory, Washington, D. C. , in January 1953. The radiosonde portion of a GMD-1 observation is described under "A" above. The equipment for taking upper wind observations is a receiving type, automatic tracking, radio-direction-finding set (essentially an electronic theodolite and radiosonde receiver). Its directional antenna tracks a balloon-borne transmitter, with azimuth and elevation angles of the antenna being indicated on dials of the control-recorder. These angles may be recorded on a paper tape of the control-recorder at a selected rate (1 to 10 readings per minute), with time values indicating elapsed time since release of the balloon for computing winds aloft. Subsequent modifications of the GMD-1 equipment are known as models GMD-1A and GMD-lB. Modification kits have been added to all existing sets so that all present equipment is essentially of the latest type. Accordingly, the GMD-1 heading used above and in the tables includes all equipment of this type. b. Limiting angles for GMD equipment The GMD equipment is considered superior to the SCR-658, but is still subject to angular limitations. These limitations and dates of amended instructions are: (1) Data are not used when the elevation is less than 6° above the horizon or any prominent object on it. (2) effective 3/2/54--Data are not used when the elevation is less than 6° above the horizon or any prominent object on it, and/or when the azimuth angle is within 6° of any object on the horizon. (3) effective ll/15/57--an exception to rule (2), above—Readings are permitted to the edge of a tree or trees on the horizon. 4. The GMD-2 System The GMD-2 is essentially a GMD-1 set combined with a transponder system, (See IV-A-5). It is similar to the GMD-1 in all respects but has the added capability of measuring slant range when used with a suitable airborne transmitter. GMD-2 equipment was installed at the following stations on approximately the indicated dates, but at this writing slant range measurements are not yet being made on a routine basis. Station White Sands, N. Mex. Jallen Site, N. Mex. Stallion Site, N. Mex. Frye Site, N. Mex. Holloman, N. Mex. Cape Canaveral, Fla. Installation date February 1960 February 1960 March 1960 March 1960 May 1960 May 1960 Down Range Stations Grand Bahamas , BWI Eleuthera, BWI San Salvador, BWI Grand Turk, BWI Ascension Island, Atlantic Ocean December 1959 December 1959 (closed September 1960) December 1959 February 1960 September 1960 5. The WBRT System (Weather Bureau Radiotheodolite) The radiotheodolite is the Weather Bureau equivalent of the GMD-1 system. It has the same operational characteristics and limiting angles as the military- developed GMD-1 systems. The radiotheodolite was first used during 1959 at three stations, and by 1960 had been installed at 35 stations. Adjuncts may be added to WBRTs to permit transponder-type operations; however, none had been added by the end of 1960. C. Orientation of Equipment Orientation of upper wind observation equipment, including the optical theodolite is basically as follows: 1. Weather Bureau stations orient azimuth angle to read 360° equals south (true direction). 2. The military services orient azimuth angle to read 360° equals north (true direction) Wind data are evaluated by all U. S. services (Weather Bureau and the military services) so that directions indicated are those from which the wind is blowing, based on 360° equals north (true direction). Chapter III AIR- BORNE EQUIPMENT Instruments 1. General The radiosonde instrument is designed to provide measurements of pressure, temperature, and relative humidity, as it is being transported aloft in the at- mosphere by a gas- filled balloon. Data are telemetered to receiving and record- ing equipment on the ground by a small battery-powered radio transmitter. First transmitters were operated on a carrier frequency of 72.2 mc./sec. These were used for sending radiosonde data only. In November 1945 the 397 mc./sec. trans- mitter (which was later changed to operate on 403 mc./sec.) was introduced for use in conjunction with the SCR-658 rawinsonde system, and in 1951 the 1680 mc./sec. transmitter was introduced for use with the GMD-1 and WBRT rawinsonde systems. The battery and transmitter of these instruments are enclosed in a thoroughly in- sulated weather-proof box, with sensing elements exposed to the atmosphere. The complete air-borne assembly, called the radiosonde or rawinsonde train, includes the balloon, parachute, and instrument. In early days, a ballast balloon, con- taining sand and inflated to burst near the middle of the flight, was used to regulate ascent rates. Train regulators are presently used to momentarily shorten the train to facilitate releases made during conditions of strong surface winds. 2. Instrument operation In operation, a commutator composed of alternating silver contact strips and insulating segments is used to introduce the humidity and temperature elements into the circuit by means of a relay. A contact arm connected to the aneroid barometer cell accomplishes this by moving across the commutator as the pressure decreases with height. Temperature is transmitted whenever the contact arm is on an insulating segment, and humidity is transmitted when the arm in in contact with certain silver contact strips. Temperature and humidity changes in the atmosphere produce variations in the resistance of the respective circuits and cause the transmitted audio frequency to vary. A reference signal (low or high) replaces every fifth humidity contact. Thus, the position of the contact arm on the commutator can be easily determined and pressure may then be obtained by means of a calibration chart provided with each instrument. A contact begins at the base of the relative humidity or reference signal and ends with the completion of the following temperature signal on the recorder record. 3. Construction changes In early radiosondes the elements were mounted in an open ventilation duct, but in 1946 the military services introduced an instrument in which the tempera- ture element was removed from the ventilation duct and placed in the open. This is commonly referred to as the "outrigger" type. The humidity element remained in the shielded ventilation duct. 4. Hypsometers The use of hypsometers to obtain more accurate pressure readings at high altitudes was begun at several military stations in early 1960. It is expected that a network of Weather Bureau stations will begin the use of hypsometers in the near future. For details of this equipment see Chapter IV-A-2. Balloons 1. Balloon conditioning Radiosondes (or rawinsondes) are carried aloft by means of free balloons that are filled with either helium or hydrogen. These are neoprene or latex balloons and require conditioning before being inflated in order to obtain flights to the highest possible level. Until 1954 the primary method of conditioning was to immerse the balloon in hot water for at least five minutes. A second method was to use direct heat by placing the balloon over a heater or in a box called a con- ditioning chamber. This box contained a light bulb in the lower half and the balloon was placed on a screened shelf above the light bulb compartment. With the door closed and the light on, conditioning took 30 minutes. In 1954 an electric balloon conditioner with heating elements in the bottom panels and a water pan in the floor of the conditioner was furnished to most stations and made it possible to combine both heat and moisture factors without immersing the balloon in water. Immersion of the balloon in a hot water bath became the secondary method. 2. Balloon sizes Balloon sizes used during the period 1946-1960 are shown in the following table, with approximate average heights attained by each: Remarks Balloon Ave rage Altitude Gram Weight Use Began Att ained (km.) 350 *(WB), 1950 (M) 16-18 km. 450 1947-1948 (WB) 18-20 km. 700 1950 (M) (WB) 20-22 km. 500 1948-1957 (M) (WB) 19-21 km. 600 1957 (M) (WB) 25 km. 800 1953 (M), 1956 (WB) 22-24 km. 1000 ) 1200 ) 1800 ) 1950 Not available Special stations, as in hurricane Special WB stations and some military Special purpose Used for tests and various special upper air studies but not put into regular service * in use beginning of period Attachments 1. Ballast balloons The use of ballast balloons to reduce the ascensional rate of the balloon in the lower levels was made optional in May 1943 and was discontinued early in 1950. 2. Parachutes Small parachutes were attached about 5 feet below the balloon and the instru- ment was attached about 50 feet below the parachute. The location of the parachute in the radiosonde train was changed in 1950 to midway between the balloon and the instrument in the 60- foot train. With the adoption of the 1680 mc./sec. instruments, the train was lengthened to about 120 feet. Parachutes are not used at coastal and island stations unless the upper wind is expected to carry the radiosonde train inland. Train regulators Train regulators for use in high wind speeds were first used in September 1947. They permit temporary shortening of the radiosonde train at the time of release under high wind speed conditions and allow for normal train length shortly after release. This is accomplished through the weight of the radio- sonde combined with the braking mechanism which permits a reel of cord to unwind at a rate of about five to six feet per minute after release. Chapter IV THE RAWINSONDE A. Pressure 1. Aneroid cells Aneroid cells provide the information necessary for pressure values. One side of the aneroid diaphragm is fixed to a rigid support and the other side of the ex- panding aneroid is engaged to a contact arm through a linkage system. As the radio- sonde ascends through decreasing atmospheric pressure, the aneroid expansion causes the contact arm to move across a commutator. The position of the contact arm on the commutator is known by the number of the contact. The contact numbers are converted to pressure values by means of a calibration chart provided with each instrument. The aneroid also acts as a switching device through the operation of the contact arm crossing the temperature and humidity segments of each contact of the commutator. 2. Hypsometer elements Hypsometer elements measure pressure by employing the relationship between the boiling point of a liquid and the atmospheric pressure. These are used at selected stations for high level (low pressure) measurements. The hypsometer consists of a bead thermistor wrapped in cotton and placed in a small thermos bottle. A plastic cap practically covers the top of the thermos and supports the thermistor and its lead wires. About 5 cc. of carbort disulfide are poured into the Dewar flask. In flight (at high levels) the boiling point of the liquid is maintained by the decrease in pressure of the ascending radiosonde. The use of the hypsometer makes it neces- sary for the commutator to have an additional circuit which, by means of another relay, connects the hypsometer to certain contacts beginning at the 106th contact (or about 40 to 30 millibars). Hypsometer values are read as ordinates, rather than contacts, and pressure is obtained from calibration charts with a pressure versus ordinate curve. 3. Pressure units used Whole millibars are used as the pressure unit in computations and on all forms. However, when using the hypsometer, pressures are measured to tenths of millibars whenever the values are 10 mb. or less. 4. Heights of pressure surfaces Heights of pressure surfaces are given in units of geopotential meters (0.98 dynamic meters) on all radiosonde forms. Heights on WBAN 31 forms are recorded using the complete height figure, while only the last four digits of height figures are shown on WBAN 33 forms. The radiosonde code heights of pressure surfaces are given in geopotential feet above M.S.L. , using the thousands, hundreds, and tens digits. 5. Transponder radiosondes The transponder radiosonde differs from the conventional instrument in that a radio receiver is added to intercept the ranging signal emitted from the GMD-2 or WBRT with transponder adjuncts, thus enabling the measurement of slant range. The military model omits sensors for pressure, but the Weather Bureau version retains the pressure elements. Temperature 1. Temperature elements used At the start of the raob program, glass tubes with electrolytic temperature elements were used. Beginning in 1943 temperature elements were made of a ceramic material, the resistance of which increases as the temperature decreases. Orig- inally these elements were of a dark color. In February 1949 a smaller ceramic element was put into use to increase the speed of response to temperature changes. White-coated thermistors were tested by the military services in late 1945 and have been used by them since 1946. The Weather Bureau began using white-coated elements in September 1953 with military radiosonde instruments, but did not adopt the white- coasted "outrigger" thermistors for general use until the middle of 1960. 2. Corrections (solar radiation) Descent as well as ascent temperatures were computed for daytime soundings taken at Weather Bureau stations through 1949. If the descent temperature was 3° or more colder than the ascent at any point between 400 mb. and the top of the sounding, corrections based on the differnce were applied to the ascent, which was considered the recorded temperature. Effective March 1950, corrections were applied to all daytime temperatures be- tween the 400-mb. and 10-mb. surfaces whenever the elevation of the sun was equal to or greater than -2.5°. Solar corrections were not made to temperatures at any time by the military services, and were discontinued by the Weather Bureau upon adoption of the white thermistors. The corrections applied were obtained from graphs using as arguments the ascensional rate of the balloon and elevation angle of the sun pertinent to the pressure level in question: (see sample figures 1A, IB, and 1C). Humidity 1. Lithium chloride The relative humidity elements of raobs were first made with human hairs, but about 1943 a change was made to the lithium chloride element, which consists of a plastic strip with metalized edges and coated with lithium chloride. The resistance across the chemical film changes with variations in relative humidity and tempera- ture. The effect of temperature is eliminated by the use of a special graph which determines relative humidity as a function of both temperature and relative humidity ordinates. This was the only type element used until November 1960 when the new carbon element came into use at a few military stations. It is expected that the Weather Bureau will place the carbon element in use at about thirty stations in the near future. Humidity elements are mounted in a ventilation chamber. a. Motorboating When ambient conditions of temperature and relative humidity are below established limits, the relative humidity record derived from the lithium chloride element cannot be evaluated. This condition is termed "motorboating" and is so-called because of the sound made by the speaker on the radiosonde receiver. If these low values of relative humidity are deleted from the record, the monthly mean values of relative humidity are biased towards the higher values. Accordingly, a series of estimated or statistical values have been established for use when "motorboating" is indicated. Curves of statis- tical values used are shown as figures 2A, 2B, and 2C. Figures 2A and 2B were both in use during the period January 1946-September 1948, depending on the instrument series used at a particular station at a given time. Table I 10 Addendum to Circular P t 6th Edition Reprised Eff. 1-1-50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 II Mill 1 1 1 1 III! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ml! I f! illlJJ I I M 1 1 O 1 0> 1 oo I 1 (0 1 °to 1 1 ro i I -9 « 3 , o o ... > \\ \l ^/& a - ' TV// r w i i Wm Wi , 1 it a. o \ % ****-//; I \ ^ \^ / L W | \ "* v^ a g \ 'fl • ^ei //77/ i H 1 \ \ ' <*&///// E-" i rn \ \ % 5vT i §! S 1 \ \ »£« o^» /// \ ? > & &/// // t> ■$ <&> // \ \ ?a d '«//. i O Q 7 ^ * & OJ A / O y \\ C 3 \ r~ o^ ■ 2 Z 2 C"* \ ■<&%A £%$¥ / / i lo -• tn / / / yy CO / / / / OJ 7 / / / / o^-h 7 / / m \/ /»* CO / <\f J 1 1 j /l/o / Q 1 / 1/ o / "S 8 / / (V / • « 1 o (S a 3s ■* \' /o 1- / / o / ev/ / / CO / O m vy / - N / t/3 S in si /\ / C. rt 1 ■* / ^ < I S " 2 s / / ' v* / w CD \/ / a X /\ Q en 1 / °, in /\ .r \ \U \AV^ xv^> ■flr Q o 2 cm ro * O /N ^vNN^. .> U c id / vj( \ 1 1 1 1 mi lllllllll I f 9^/ sw^ L 7 V ^ L&> TV ?<*w in / S. / ^Ni k \>* ^P 10 / / v^ / / / ~~-««^ ---^rt: / / / . ^=s / / / i i 1 1 1 1 Ml! 1 II 1 1 MM 1 1 1 1 l l 1 l 1 1 1 1 Mil 1 1 1 1 1 III iiiiinii 1 1 1 l mi TiTtt^ r 3 c o < 3 < M < 3 C 3 < t c 3 t 3 t a ■ \ I i n < m i 3 < n ( -< < 3 3 M < c c 3 ( n < M C 3 O 3 O ■* Figure 1 A 11 Eff. 3-1-50 Addendum to Circular P, 6th Edition o XI O O OJ > o X) o w c o o a> k. w O O Q. E Q) C o a> o 3 Q. E o o < Figure 1 B 12 Revised July 1957 F u , i i i i < j> M ! 1 il Mil 1 • f m \ fc V lO ? S f- 'm i "1 1 [ III 111 1 1 1 1 nil 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 % T V In \-„ •^ 7 \ A i \% \° \a \ T \ sN \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Vi \ \ ? T \ \ \ \ \ \ * *<\ i • 7 \ \ T 1 \ \ \ \ \ ^ \ \ \ fo i> \ \ \ T £ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ » \ \ \ '* i i> \ I -\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ %> \ \ \ \ i" V\ \ V 1 N > v - \ \ V \ x N \ \ \ ' K \ ' \ \ \ 1 tx \ \ \ \ \ \ a x x \ N \ \ S, ^ v \ \ v ^ \ §\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ -> . \ \ \ \ \ \ i i" x •. \ \ \ \ \, • \ \ «, v \ \ N v N \ In \ , S \ \ \ . \ \ S \ V \ \ \ \ \ i - V ^ . \ * s S ' \ \ ^ * \ V \ s s \\\ \ k \ \ ^ Cr . \ \ \ \ ' ,« ^ "\ \, S N \ \ \ go | g g ■ K '^ \ \ \ \ \ \ V V \ \ i fev. \ v S \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ 1 1 ii mi lllllllll MM Mil lllllllll ' ^ \ s \ \\^ \ \ \ \ ^ \ \ ^\ -.„ V \ \ \\ , x v \ "*-> ^ ■> . \\V ■. ^ s \ \ ■ • . - "-^ X \ \v S \ V \ > \ N V • i ""-N, V -. w \ s \ V ' s "x v - v ' V \ \v s "6^ ""-N. X - "^ ^ S k s \^ \ V s \ s \ N ^v , • "s?-^. "*-- "~~, \ ' v \ ■> \ \ s \ \ V, X ^.''b . , i k -^ ^"-^ ~"-\ "- \ S \ s> ,\\\ ■• s, v ^ n "~~~~-^ --^. "*■ S N N \\\\ \ -,;" \> ~~^-.^ "V ,. s > \\\\ \ N "\ •- \ "~i?r--^ -^ "s. l N k \\\ A •v. L v ^ *l 1 -T--L Mir -U 1 1 >Llll>NJ 1 1 l>. 1V1V 'mW N1-l\ 11 j> - nTTH4.ll 1 1 1 r M- J 1 niiiiTn V S i ! - 1 5 i J J 1 1 f " r 5 ( ri ■) 5 < 5 t 3 ( 1 C 3 O 3 O B5 W BJ ^ H < cr: UJ - S w H pq id o ■'j r So o £ j- ^ _c < o 1 e O IO (J ^^™ 1 UJ ffc £ C£ UJ 1 •*- z r5 1 1 e O 10 c o ^~ LU 5 LU 0) i CM G c O co o o O. / e IE CO 1 ■o CO 00 o o o o o O u 0) E TORI 194d / / / o u O >- CO "o e o 3 'i 3 * < o ■D c o I UJ <2 m / a? ^ u / • O d co — UJ o£ / a> 3 uj a. :i > / m E < O _' O IO 1 — / V) _i / O < / u ^ *o 0) 1— 1 > CO Figure 2 A 3 1— CI < »- _c co in O a 14 to c g LU < o z o < > < u I— to I— < to [o^)X|;p|UjnH aA||Dpy O 8* o m 5* o o lO 85 O eg O 00 co O to o 5 >- < o LU to to — > O II 1 55,000 )5,000 50,000 1 1 340,000 - 3. 400,000 -a: 500,000 - 5. / / I 1 • O) c _o 1 / J / / _o t> -C *o TJ c o (A / / TJ O IL. / / / * S / o o lO o CM O — - u 0) L. 3 4- O O t_ 0) Q. E • 0) o CM I O ro i O i Figure 2 B 0) I 0) 1— 3 o k_ «/> o _c 0) > 3 U "D 0) -C u> a a 15 CO (<&) Ajipjwnn aAj4D|9y Q S 3 X LU o > o 1— CS < __l c* LU LU QH CO O 5 LU z U 1— < LU O i o CO CO ^t Q£ O^ O 1— o 0£ LU CO ? O r* 1— o Li- u O ft ■ LU c* to LU 1— < CO LU £ 3 a: ^ LU < > > O _j < U 1— to 1— < 1— CO 3* O 88 o o CSI 3* o o o c a) c O O O E o U o 2_ _o i~ a> i_ 3 ■♦- o 0) Q. E o (A 0) > t- 3 u -o o> «/> o D 16 TABLE I H H Q M O O H O •-3 PS 3 -j-mvo£>inm-0 i— I CN -J- LO <~D 00 O rH CO JinOCOCMf100COHCO r-l CO rH CM 00 * PS g& o m W PS CO P=> C H w »COOr>»CMv£)CNCOCO t— I CN i— I i— I i — I i — I 00 a\ o o H o PS S3 co ctf CO •\ co 3 <+4 CO rl 4-J TJ CO T3 * cO CO CO o •rl cO cO M r-l •H co X cO •H •H r-l X S O cfl -n T3 ,* 00 u JS cfl M •> c_> co K XI 3 o ^1 CO )H Cfl •H cd s X) CO 3 4-J cfl O O p^ E OJ F4 o> 3 C r-H 4J r-l E O £1 C8 ^! ex r-l co *A C 3 CO 4-J CJ w •H crj 1—1 CO O ri CO CO CO •H cfl C > S rJ W o o o O IS 00 PQ h <: < cor^cMt-ii^.cNcyicTiOCNNj-0 O CN r-^ >Lnincom c CJ f\ Q & cfl O s 3 u cfl cu & rJ O cv o CO •H 43 «n co Cfl CO «% CO g 14-1 co l-l 4-1 TJ Cfl T) •> CO CO CO o •H cfl Cfl rl 3 rH •r-l CO X CO •r-l •rl r-l S s O CO <; U 0) (U rl S 4J CO S3 rH O r-l H 01 O o A • CO n r-H U 4J A a 4-J 0) «\ M Ol Pn cfl *\ 4-J cfl 3 r» Ol 4-1 ^ 60 is O CO •r-l •"3 T3 ^ CO CJ X! cfl W rv C_) w PC -Q C CJ rl CO u Cfl •H CO E -a CO 3 4-J cfl O O 1 E o) P^ 0) 3 c r-l 4-J r-l E O 43 cfl ^ (X r-l cO M c 3 CO 4J O w •H cfl i— l Cfl O rl cfl CO cfl •rl cfl 3 > S rJ w u u Cfl O S 00 CO H < <: 17 shows the percentage frequency of statistical values used at various pressure surfaces, stations, and months. 2. Carbon element The carbon element operates on the same principle as the lithium chloride element, the difference being in the coating. The new element is a plastic strip coated with carbon. Comparison of the lithium chloride and carbon elements indi- cates that the carbon element has a wider range of usable measured relative humidity values. 3. Evaluations "over ice" and "over water" Prior to October 1948 relative humidity values at temperatures above freezing were computed on an "over water" basis, and those at temperatures below freezing on an "over ice" basis. Beginning with the records for October 1948 all tempera- tures have been computed "over water", regardless of temperature. A station list of exceptions to this change-over date is given below. When "over ice" computa- tions were used, readings of over 100 percent were often obtained. If these ex- ceeded 110 percent, they were deleted from the record and if they were between 101 and 110 percent they were reduced to 100 percent. As a result, many records that were probably at the saturation point if reduced to "over water" were deleted from the records. Also those records between 101 and 110 percent were at least partially reduced to an "over water" basis when they were reduced to 100 percent. It is therefore considered incorrect to convert these values of 100 percent "over ice" to an "over water" basis when using humidity data of both "over ice" and "over water", as a double correction would be applied to the values of 100 percent. Since the change to "over water" computations, values at or near 100 percent are no longer obtained at temperatures below freezing, except with the carbon element. Station Name G-l Range NOTS , California Long Beach, California Denver, Colorado Kearney, Nebraska Lakehurst, New Jersey Eureka Sound, N.W.T. , Canada Isachsen, Canada Mould Bay, N.W.T. , Canada Stephenville , Newfoundland Balboa, Canal Zone Guantanamo Bay, Cuba Havana, Cuba Managua, Las Mercedes, Nicaragua Adak, Alaska Amchitka, Alaska Fukuoka, Kyushu, Japan Tokyo, Japan Clark Field, Angeles, Luzon Guam Iwo Jima Johnston Island Kwajalein Atoll Midway Island Okinawa Service 1948 Change from Ice to Water A 1/49 A 11/48 A 11/48 A 11/48 N 1/50 WB 1/49 WB 11/48 WB 4/49 A 3/49 A 2/49 N 1/49 WB 11/48 A 1/49 A 11/48 A 11/48 A 11/48 A 4/49 A 2/49 A 11/48 A 1/49 A 1/49 A 11/48 A and N 1/49 A 1/49 18 4. Mixing ratio Mixing ratio was computed (through December 1948) for each level from the values of pressure, corrected temperatures, and corrected relative humidities by means of a slide rule furnished for this purpose. It was computed to the nearest 0.1 g./kg. Mixing ratio was not computed for "motorboating" or missing relative humidity. D. Winds 1. Corrections for curvature of the earth The conventional method of upper-wind evaluation involves projection of the sounding balloon's trajectory on the surface of a horizontal plane, tangent to the earth at the observation point. This method which failed to allow for the curva- ture of the earth has been shown by Clem, Colson, and Harrison [1] to be seriously in error in situations where the balloon is tracked to large horizontal distances by electronic equipment. This is particularly significant under jet-stream condi- tions. By projecting the balloon's path on an appropriate spherical surface corresponding arc distances are obtained. Thus the effect of the earth's curvature is taken into account and more accurate wind evaluations result. For an explanation of the principles involved, see [1]. Corrections for curvature of the earth were therefore developed and their use inaugurated as shown below: November 1952 for some Navy stations November 1, 1954 for Air Weather stations January 1, 1955 for Weather Bureau stations Corrections were obtained through the use of AE charts and a slide rule for computing balloon distance. These corrections were applied whenever the observed elevation angle was 20° or less and the height of balloon was 5 km. or more, and were deter- mined to the nearest hundredth of a degree. Corrections were always added to ob- served elevation angles. On July 1, 1955, a new set of plastic charts was furnished to correct winds aloft for curvature of the earth and AE charts with slide rules for distance computations were no longer used. Charts for determining curvature of the earth corrections are shown as figures 3A and 3B. The chart in figure 3B is a supplement to that of figure 3A. E. Stability Index On February 1, 1953, instructions were issued to begin computation and transmission of the stability index for each radiosonde and rawinsonde observation in the contiguous "United States and at other stations according to requirements, for example at Alaskan stations during the summer months. However, in some cases a delay of as much as a month occurred before reports were made regularly. The stability index indicates the degree of stability of the layer of air extending from near the surface to the 500-mb. level. Computation consists of finding the temperature that a particle of air at a selected level would have if it were moved upward along the moist adiabatic curve from its con- densation level to the 500-mb. level and then subtracting this value algebraically from the temperature of the air at 500 mb. The remainder is the stability index. Positive values indicate stable conditions and negative values indicate unstable conditions. The base level depends upon the station elevation, as follows: station elevations less than 1000 gpm. use the 850-mb. level, 1000 to 1400 gpm. elevations use the 800-mb. level, and 1401 to 2000 gpm. elevations use the 750 mb. level. [1] Leroy H. Clem, DeVer Colson and Louis P. Harrison, "Corrections of Upper-Level Wind Computations for Effect of Earth's Curvature", Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, Vol. 35, Oct. 1954, pp. 357-362. 19 U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE SINCLAIB WEEKS. S*cratajr WEATHER. BUREAU AE CHART CORRECTION OF ELEVATION ANGLE FOR CURVATURE OF EARTH 8° 9° 10° 11° 12° 13° 14° 15° 16° 17° 18° 12° 13° 14° 15° 16° 17° 18° 19° 20° ELEVATION ANGLE Figure 3 A 20 U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE SINCLAIR WEEia 3«rateiT WEATHER BUREAU AE CHART CORRECTION OF ELEVATION ANGLE FOR CURVATURE OF EARTH $• 7° 8° 9° 10' 35 34 33 32 31 30 CO te i- 2 o 29 28 27 1 : H X e> UJ 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 Figure 3 B 21 Stability index computations are not made if the relative humidity is missing or there is "motorboating" at the base level, or if the temperature is missing at 500 mb. 22 Chapter V SCHEDULED TIMES OF OBSERVATIONS During the period January 1, 1946, through March 31, 1948, the scheduled times of observations were 0400 and 1600 GMT, with delayed observations to be made within the succeeding six hours. On August 8, 1946, stations were granted permission to take only the 1600 GMT observation until four observers were experienced, but the length of time for this was not expected to exceed three weeks. Permission was granted on October 1, 1946, for stations requiring additional time to meet transmission schedules to release one and one-half hours before the scheduled times of release. However, this was not done at all stations. Scheduled times of release were changed to 0300 and 1500 GMT for two observations per day, and 0300, 0900, 1500, and 2100 GMT for four a day, beginning with the first observation after 0001 GMT, April 1, 1948. Delayed observations were to be made within the succeeding three hours when two or more observations per day were scheduled and within the succeeding six hours when only one per day was scheduled. By agreement of the World Meteorological Organization, times of upper air observa- tions were changed to 0000, 0600, 1200, and 1800 GMT, where four observations per day are taken, and 0000 and 1200 GMT where two observations per day are taken. It was further provided that releases could be made as much as 60 minutes before scheduled time. Observations started after scheduled times were to be considered as delayed observations and could be taken as late as 60 minutes after schedule. This was effec- tive April 1, 1957, in all regions except the United States, Canada, and the Pacific Ocean, and on June 1, 1957, in those areas. 23 Chapter VI MANDATORY AND SIGNIFICANT LEVELS Mandatory Levels Mandatory levels are those selected by international agreement for synoptic analysis. Accordingly, all stations must evaluate and transmit data for those levels. Mandatory levels are not generally points of significant changes. The height values for these points are computed and those for temperature and relative humidity are read from the plotted adiabatic chart after the significant levels are plotted and lines connecting these points are drawn. The mandatory levels and dates of requirement are as follows: January 1, 1946 1000, 850, 700, 500, 300, 200 and 100 millibars February 1, 1950 400-millibar level added January 1, 1951 150-millibar level added November 1, 1951 50-millibar level added May 1, 1954 250-millibar level added January 1, 1955 600-millibar level added for Pacific stations only July 1, 1957 25-millibar level added (discontinued December 31, 1959) January 1, 1960 30-millibar level added B. Significant Levels Significant levels are selected at points of significant changes in temperature, humidity or other points of importance for upper air analysis, such as the tropopause, maximum and minimum temperatures, cloud bases and tops, etc. Requirements have been established for three sets of significant levels. 1. For evaluation of sounding For evaluation of data as indicated on the recorder records and shown on WBAN-31. Rules that were in effect for this category in January 1946, and changes that have been made are shown below. Rule numbers followed by a letter are changes to the original rule of that number. New rules are indicated by letter only. Levels were required, as follows: Rule 1. Surface pressure (pressure at the elevation of floor of instrument shelter) . Rule 2. The base and top of all significant temperature inversions, isothermal layers, and super-adiabatic lapse rates. Rule 3. The extreme maximum and minimum temperatures recorded in the sounding. Rule 3A. Effective June 1, 1957, the above rule deleted. Rule 4. At any place along the temperature curve having a significant tempera- ture lapse rate change (a departure of the point in question from linearity between the two adjoining points, equal to or greater than 1°C. in the troposphere and 2°C. in the stratosphere). Rule 4A. Effective January 1, 1950. Significant temperature lapse rate change, defined as 1°C. departure throughout the sounding. Rule 4B. Effective August 1, 1958. Significant temperature lapse rate change, defined as 1°C. between the surface and 100 mb. , 2°C. above. 24 Rule 5. At any point of significant relative humidity gradient change, (defined similarly as that for temperature, except that the departure from linearity is 10 per- cent throughout the flight). Rule 6. Between the temperatures of -37°C. and -40°C, or at the highest usable relative humidity below this point. Rule 6A. Effective November 1, 1951. At the highest usable, non-motorboating humidity contact, or between the -37°C. and -40°C. portion of the temperature record when non-motorboating value occurs in that portion. Rule 6B. Effective August 1, 1958. A significant level based on either tempera- ture or humidity must be placed between the -37°C. to -40°C. portion of the tempera- ture record whenever non-motorboating values occur within that portion. Otherwise a level will be placed at the highest altitude at which non-motorboating relative humidity occurs when the temperature is -37°C. or higher. Rule 7. No relative humidity will be evaluated for temperatures lower than -40°C. at any level, including the surface, except that some military stations using carbon elements evaluate humidity to temperatures colder than -40°C. Rule 8. Where motorboating relative humidity begins or ends. Statistical values (figures 2A, 2B and 2C) will be determined for these humidities or others which may be needed when relative humidity is motorboating and a level is chosen because of temperature change. Rule 8A. Effective November 1, 1951. At cut-off points (beginnings and endings) that bound motorboating strata four consecutive contacts or more in extent, except that when motorboating continues throughout the remainder of the observation, the upper level will be omitted. Levels need not be placed for strata of lesser extent unless the cut-off values pertaining to the strata differ by more than 10 percent from the relative humidity values of succeeding and preceding levels. Rule 8B. Effective June 1, 1957. At cut-off points that bound motorboating strata of more than 50 mb. in extent, except that when motorboating continues throughout the remainder of the sounding the upper levels will be omitted. Rule 9. If the relative humidity varies between motorboating and non-motor- boating values and the variations do not exceed 10 percent, the stratum may be considered either wholly as motorboating or as non-motorboating, depending on the predominant values. Rule 9A. Effective August 1, 1958. Any layer more than 50 mb. in extent, con- taining humidity traces that vary between motorboating and non-motorboating values will be considered as all motorboating provided it does not contain a single series of non-motorboating relative humidity that exceeds the cut-off point by 10 percent or more. Rule 10. Within every motorboating stratum of four contacts or more (about 58 to 60 mb. stratum). Rule 10A. Effective November 1, 1951. Within every motorboating stratum of more than four contacts, except when motorboating continues throughout the remainder of the sounding. A level need not be placed within a motorboating stratum four contacts or less in extent, unless a point within the stratum is otherwise signifi- cant. Rule 10B. Effective June 1, 1957. Within every motorboating stratum of more than 50 mb. in extent, except when motorboating continues throughout the remainder 25 of the observation. A level need not be placed within a motorboating stratum of 50 mb. or less unless a point within the stratum is otherwise significant. i Rule 11. If the radiosonde descends due to icing or turbulence and then re- ascends, a level will be placed at the highest point before descent, and again at the same point in the re-ascent. Rule 11A. Effective August 1, 1958. At the highest complete contact of the first ascent and at the same contact of the second or last ascent, when the radio- sonde descends owing to icing or turbulence and then re-ascends. Rule 12. Effective June 1, 1957. At a pressure corresponding to any mandatory level unless for some other reason a level has already been selected within 100 mb. of the pressure at the mandatory surface. Rule 13. At the bursting point of the balloon. Rule 13A. Effective November 1, 1951. At the bursting point of the balloon or at the highest usable point of the record. When the bursting point occurs at a reference or a relative humidity contact, the evaluation of the flight will be terminated at the top of the last temperature contact. Rule 13B. Effective August 1, 1958. At the termination or bursting point of the balloon or at the highest usable point of the record. When bursting occurs, use the top of the last temperature contact. However, when all or part of the last contact has a decidedly round appearance and indicates a marked increase in tempera- ture that is not supported by the lapse rate, place the point where the temperature increase begins. Rule 14. At the base of any cloud layer the balloon is observed to have entered. Rule 14A. Effective June 1, 1957. Above rule discontinued. Rule 15. At the base and the top of any doubtful data stratum. Rule 16. At the beginning and end of missing data and one level within the missing data stratum. Rules 15A and 16A. Effective August 1, 1958. At the base and top of any temperature and/or relative humidity traces that are either considered as doubtful or missing data. Rule 17. At the base of icing conditions, if determined. Rule 18. If no level is chosen for temperature or humidity changes between 410 and 400 mb. , then one will be chosen at 400 mb. by reading from the adiabatic charts, in order that a common level between WBAN 31A and 31B can be plotted. Rule 18A. Effective January 1, 1950. Between the 125 and 100-mb. levels. Rule A. Effective March 1, 1950, at Weather Bureau stations only. At the 10-mb. level which was the termination level for plotting and computations. Rule A-l. Change effective July 1, 1957, to 5 mb. This does not apply to Weather Bureau stations using military instruments or to military stations. Rule B. Effective June 1, 1957. At the approximate top of a surface super- adiabatic lapse rate. 26 Rule C. Effective August 1, 1958. Whenever relative humidity is discontinued because the temperature is below -40°C. and the temperature again rises, the evalua- tion of relative humidity will not be resumed unless the temperature becomes higher than -35°C. If it is resumed, the first level after resumption will be placed within the -37°C. to -40°C. portion of the temperature record. Rule D. Effective August 1, 1958. A single layer of motorboating relative humidity 50 mb. or less in extent will be considered as non-motorboating and a level will be placed at the cut-off points only if they differ by 10 percent or more from a linear interpolation between the levels adjacent to the one in question. If a level is placed within the stratum the relative humidity will be evaluated, using 5.0 ordinates as the factor. Rule E. Effective August 1, 1958. Relative humidity at a level separating missing and motorboating strata will be evaluated as motorboating. Rule F. Effective August 1, 1958. No level will be placed within 10 mb. of the surface level since this portion of the record may not be representative. Rule G. Effective November 1, 1951. Surface wet bulb temperatures are not read at temperatures below -35°F., and surface relative humidity is not computed for temperatures below -35°F. (-37°C). 2. For coding and transmission In effect January 1, 1946, significant levels for transmission are selected from those already chosen as significant levels for evaluation of the sounding. For this purpose a significant level is defined as a level where temperature and/or moisture content data are sufficiently important or unusual to warrant the atten- tion of the forecaster, and/or required for the precise plotting of the radiosonde observation. In addition, levels having noteworthy changes in wind direction and/or speed should be chosen. The selection of levels for transmission requires only enough significant levels so that a linear interpolation between any two levels in a report gives a close approximation to the observed data. By close approxima- tion it is meant that in the troposphere the observed temperature between any two transmitted levels does not depart from linearity by more than 2°C. or the relative humidity by more than 10 percent at any point on the plotted curves obtained from the coded transmission. In the stratosphere the temperature departure allowed is 5°C. and humidity remains the same as for the lower levels. If a level is not required due to temperature or humidity changes between the 410 and 400-mb. levels, then the 400-mb. level will be read from the adiabatic chart curves and the data transmitted as the last significant level in the first transmission. The term close approximation, for the purpose of the radiosonde code, was revised as of March 28, 1950, to read 1°C. departure up to 500 mb. and 2°C. for all data above 500 mb. The relative humidity remained the same with 10 percent departure at all times. Revised specifications for levels considered to be significant in the radio- sonde code became effective November 1, 1951, and are as follows: (a) Bases of clouds, (b) icing strata, (c) the lowest temperature on the plotted curve. The bounding levels of a stratum of more than four contacts in extent for which both temperature and humidity data are missing. The bounding levels of a stratum of more than four contacts in extent for which humidity values are not available due to motorboating, and a level within each of these strata. 27 Code the termination level of the ascent whenever the pressure is greater than 50 mb. and the terminating level does not coincide with a mandatory level. (Data will not be coded and transmitted for levels whose pressures are lower than 50 mb.) Whenever a series of relatively thin strata having different lapse rates occur adjacent to one another, data only for the lowermost and uppermost of such levels will be transmitted unless otherwise required. Sufficient number of levels should be included so that a linear interpolation between any two levels in the message gives a close approximation to the observed data. (Close approximation defined March 28, 1950.) The highest temperature and highest and lowest humidity up to 400-mb. level will also be reported. The lowest temperature on the plotted curve rule covers the area from the surface to 50 mb. If a significant level and a mandatory level coincide, the level will be coded as a mandatory level only, unless it is a terminal point which is the beginning or ending of missing or doubtful data. Selection of tropopause data began about September 15, 1954. Selection of the tropopause levels is confined to the stratum from the 500-mb. level to the 30-mb. level. The first tropopause is the lowest level at which the lapse rate decreases to 2°C./km. or less and averages 2°C./km. or less for at least 2 km. above. A second tropopause may be selected at any level above the first tropopause, using the same rules as for the selection of the lower tropopause, except that a layer in which the average temperature lapse rate exceeds 3°C./km. over at least a 1 km. layer, must exist between the two. Additional tropopause levels to be selected using the rules for second tropopause levels. Effective February 1, 1956, instructions for reporting of tropopause level were changed. Report only the lowest tropopause between 600 and 30 mb. , with a temperature of -30°C. or colder. Second and third tropopauses no longer reported and the additive data indicators "72" and "73", indicating two or three tropopause levels follow, were deleted from the assigned numbers in the "101" group data. 3. For card punching The significant level data that are placed on punched cards are selected from those used in computation of the sounding. They are selected at the observing stations, in accordance with the rules given below. These rules provide for selec- tion of those levels that show the major changes that occurred, and which when re- plotted on an adiabatic chart would depict the original sounding in all its major aspects. Each level is coded to indicate the reason for its selection, i.e., inversion, superadiabatic lapse rate, tropopause, etc. Special instructions cover- ing additional levels required during the IGY period are not included, nor are minor changes which do not materially change instructions. Requirements effective July 1, 1952, for the selection of significant levels are as follows: (a) Surface data should be indicated as the first significant level for punching. The highest accurate level reached is indicated as the last significant level for punching. Code 0. (b) The first significant level above the surface to be selected on the basis of temperature should be the first point of change in lapse rate, 28 where the departure from linearity represented by a straight line between adjacent significant levels (above and below the point under consideration) equals or exceeds 1°C. Code 0. (c) The criteria for selection of other significant levels require a change in lapse rate where the departure from linearity, as defined above, is at least 2°C. in the remainder of the troposphere and at least 5°C. in the strato- sphere. Code 0. (d) Additional levels are selected where the departure from linearity of relative humidity between adjacent levels is at least 30 percent. A statis- tical value is used for "motorboating" . It is intended that levels be selected on the basis of relative humidity changes only where these are of major significance and not already approximately reflected in the selection of levels on the basis of temperature changes. Code 4. (e) Additional levels are selected if necessary to bound significant inver- sions, isothermal layers, or combinations of the two. Inversions and/or isothermal layers are considered significant when the temperature at the top of the stratum in question is 2°C. or more warmer than a dry adiabatic pro- jected from the base, when the base is between the surface and 600 mb. ; and 3°C. or more warmer when the base is above 600 mb. Any layer having not more than 1°C. change per kilometer is considered isothermal. Inversions in the stratosphere are not considered significant. Base, Code 1; Top, Code 2. (f) Important superadiabatic lapse rates are indicated by selection of levels at the base and the top of such strata. This should include all superadiabatic layers beginning at the surface and all such layers above the surface at which the temperature at the top of this stratum is 1°C. or more colder than a dry adiabatic lapse rate, projected from the base. If a superadiabatic lapse rate of lesser extent is considered of importance by the observer, selection of levels bounding the stratum should be made regardless of the above guide rule. Code 3. (g) Levels are selected at the base and top of each stratum of missing temperature (MISDA) and coded "0" unless a higher code figure is appropriate. (h) Levels indicating tropopause data are selected when one or more tropo- pauses are reached. Tropopause data are punched as significant levels. The criteria for the first tropopause will be: (1) It must be between 600 and 30 mb. (2) The temperature must be lower than -30°C. (3) The tropopause will be selected at the lowest level at which the lapse rate decreases to 2°C./km. or less and then averages 2°C./km. or less in the 2 km. layer immediately above that level. If a second, higher, tropopause is observed, that level will also be selected in accordance with the criteria for the first tropopause and in addition, it must be at least l°C./km. colder than the first tropopause and a 1 km. layer with an average lapse rate greater than 3°C./km. must appear between the two tropopause levels. The higher tropopause will be at or near to the lowest temperature sounding, and usually at the base of an inversion or isothermal layer. First tropopause, Code 5; second, Code 6. Selection is continued through intermediate doubtful strata. If no accurate data are recorded above the doubtful strata, selections are term- inated at the base of the final doubtful stratum. 29 These requirements were added effective July 1, 1957: (1) A significant level should be selected for the level of highest wind speed and should be coded "7" under "Type Identifier". Data for this level should be entered near the bottom of Data Block B. Wind direction, in whole degrees, and wind speed to the nearest whole meter per second (required for this level only) should be entered in the remarks column on the line below the height. 30 Chapter VII WBAN FORMS USED FOR UPPER AIR OBSERVATIONS Upper Wind Forms 1. WBAN-20, Winds Aloft Computation Sheet a. Contents of form (A beginning date of January 1, 1946, in most cases indicates that the particular rule was in effect, but did not necessarily start on that date. An ending date of December 31, 1960, in most cases indicates that the particu- lar rule was still in effect, but did not necessarily change on that date. Changes that are considered of special importance are indicated by asterisk.) January 1, 1946--December 31, 1960 (1) Type of balloon and tracking equipment used. (2) Azimuth and elevation angle readings and height of balloon. (3) Reason for termination. January 1, 1946--December 31, 1954 (4a) Wind direction and speed for each minute. * January 1, 1955--December 31, 1960 (4b) Wind direction and speed for each minute up to 7 km. and every 2 minutes above 7 km. January 1, 1947--June 30, 1955 (5a) Rawinsonde time altitude data for the surface and every five contacts beginning with the first contact divisible by five above the surface. (See Item 3a(l) below for these data from July 1, 1955 through December 31, 1959.) January 1, 1960--December 31, 1960 (5b) Rawinsonde time altitude data as above except data divided into lower levels (first 50 minutes), obverse side, and upper levels (51 to 105 minutes), reverse side. January 1, 1946--June 30, 1955 (6a) Coded data for standard levels of teletypewriter transmission. (See Item 3a(l) below for these data from July 1, 1955 through December 31, 1959.) January 1, 1960--December 31, 1960 (6b) Coded data for standard levels of teletypewriter transmission divided into lower levels (obverse side) and upper levels (reverse side) . January 1, 1960--December 31, 1960 (7) Standard levels for transcription to punch cards lower levels (obverse side) and upper levels (reverse side). 31 January 1, 1960--December 31, 1960 (8) Maximum wind speed data blocks (lower and upper levels). b. Units used (1) Height of balloon = yards or feet (2) Wind direction = whole degrees (computations) = nearest 10 degrees (coded transmission) = 16 point compass (punched card data) (3) Wind speed = meters per second (computation) = meters per second through 1949 and knots effective January 1950 (coded transmission) = meters per second (punched card data) c. Revisions of form (1) January 1, 1947 - Became obverse side of wind graph instead of a separate sheet for computations and graphs as before. * (2) July 1, 1949 - Cloud entry data omitted. * (3) January 1, 1950 - Coded wind speed for transmission changed to knots. (4) July 1, 1955 - Wind graph on reverse of WBAN-20 no longer required, and punched card data, coded transmission, and time-altitude data put on reverse side of WBAN-20 and called WBAN-20B. (5) January 1, 1960 - Revised to smaller form with all data divided into lower and upper levels. 2. WBAN-20A, Winds Aloft Graph a. Contents and revisions of form (1) January 1, 1946--December 31, 1946 - Graph only on a separate sheet. (2) January 1, 1947--June 30, 1955 - Graph placed on reverse of WBAN-20. (3) January 1, 1950--June 30, 1955 - Standard level data for transcription to punched cards placed on form WBAN-20A. * (4) July 1, 1955 - Graph no longer required. 3. WBAN-20B, Winds Aloft Computation Sheet a. Contents and revisions of form (1) July 1, 1955--December 31, 1959 - Replaced WBAN 20A on reverse side of WBAN-20 with punched card data, coded transmission, and time- altitude data. (2) January 1, 1960 - Form discontinued (WBAN-20 divided into lower levels, obverse side, and upper levels, reverse side, replacing WBAN-20B). 4. WBAN-22, Winds Aloft Summary Form (Wind data for standard height levels above mean sea level) 32 a. Contents of form (1) Type of equipment code (upper right corner of form). (2) Wind direction and speed. b. Units used * (1) Wind direction = 16 points 1946-1955, whole degrees thereafter. (2) Wind speed = meters per second. (3) Standard levels = geopotential meters above mean sea level. c. Levels used (1) Surface 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, and each 1000 meters above M.S.L. from 3000 to 41,000 meters from 1946 through 1955. * (2) Levels added for 150 and 300 meters above surface, beginning January 1, 1956. Note: Levels on WBAN-22 are also punched card levels . * d. Preparation of WBAN-22 for pibals was discontinued effective July 1, 1957. B. Radiosonde or Rawinsonde Forms 1. WBAN-30, Radiosonde Computation Form a. Contents of form (obverse side) January 1, 1946--December 31, 1949. (1) Altitude of all pressure levels. (2) Pressure contact reading and millibar value. (3) Temperature ordinate, corrections, and temperature. (4) Relative humidity ordinate, uncorrected value; correction applied and corrected value (through 1948 only). (5) Mixing ratio (through 1948 only). * (a) Over ice, January 1946 through September 1948. (See IV-C-3.) * (b) Over water, October 1948 through December 1948. (See IV-C-3.) (6) Mandatory level data for transmission. (7) Coded message for transmission (first and second transmission). (8) Radiosonde instrument number. (9) Height of surface (meters and/or feet). Data on reverse side of WBAN-30 as follows: (10) Release observation data. (11) Balloon inflation data. (12) Baseline check data. (13) Pressure computation for surface level. b. Revisions of form * Dew point (over water) entered, replacing mixing ratio, January 1, 1949-- December 31, 1949. c. Units used (1) Altitude = 0.98 dynamic meters (geopotential meters) (2) Pressure = millibars 33 (3) Temperature = degrees and tenths Celsius (4) Relative humidity = percent (5) Mixing ratio = grams per kilogram (6) Dew point = degrees and tenths Celsius * WBAN-30 combined with WBAN-31 on January 1, 1950. 2. WBAN-31A and 31B, Adiabatic Charts a. Contents of forms, as of January 1946 These charts contained the following information for mandatory and signifi- cant levels from the surface to 400 mb. on WBAN-31A and from 500 mb. to 10 mb. on WBAN-31B. (1) Temperature curve. (2) Relative humidity curve. (3) Pressure altitude curve. (4) Pressure and altitude of all selected levels. b. Revisions of forms January 1, 1950 through December 31, 1960 (1) Significant level data block on WBAN 31A and 31B. (2) Coded transmission (first, WBAN-31A; second, WBAN-31B). (3) Constant pressure data for mandatory and punched card levels on WBAN-31A and 3 IB. (4) On reverse side of WBAN-31A, data for surface observation and weather, and surface and constant pressure data computations. Changed to front of form effective April 1, 1957. August 1, 1951 through December 31, 1960 (1) Solar radiation data block added on WBAN-31B. (2) Baseline check data added to WBAN-31A. (3) Tick marks to obtain thickness values between mandatory levels for height computations were added. April 1, 1947 through December 31, 1960 * (1) WBAN-31B changed to include levels from 500 to 100 mb. * (2) WBAN-31C added and included levels from 100 to 1 mb. c. Units used Same as V-B-l-c. 3. WBAN-33, Summary of data at constant pressure surfaces a. Contents of form (1) Surface pressure - height of standard pressure levels. (2) Temperature. (3) Relative humidity (statistical values used when data are missing due to motorboating. These are identified by letter "A" preceding the relative humidity value.) (4) Wind direction and speed. 34 (5) Total number of observations for each standard level. (This refers to height values only.) (6) Sums and means for each standard level. b. Units used (1) Pressure = millibars (2) Altitudes = 0.98 dynamic meters (geopotential meters) (3) Temperature = degrees and tenths Celsius (4) Relative humidity = percent * (5) Wind direction = tens of degrees (January 1, 1946 through June 1949) = 16 points (July 1, 1949 through December 31, 1955) = whole degrees (beginning January 1, 1956) * (6) Wind speed = miles per hour (January 1, 1946 through June 30, 1949) = meters per second (from July 1, 1949) c. Revisions of form (1) Sums of each standard pressure level omitted as of January 1950. d. Levels reported (by page number of WBAN-33 and card number of punched cards) . January 1, 1946 - June 30, 1957 # 1 = surface, 1000, 950, and 900 mb. # 2 - 850, 800, 750, and 700 mb. # 3 = 650, 600, 550, and 500 mb. # 4 - 450, 400, 350, and 300 mb. # 5 = 250, 200, 175, and 150 mb. # 6 = 125, 100, 80, and 60 mb. # 7 = 50, 40, 30, and 20 mb. # 8 = 15, 10, 07, and 05 mb. July 1, 1957 - December 31, 1960 # 1 through # 6 = same as above # 7 = 50, 40, 30, and 25 mb. # 8 = 20, 15, 10, and 07 mb. #9 =05, 04, 03, and 02 mb. (The 70-mb. surface was added effective January 1961 with resulting renumbering of all cards and regrouping of some.) 4. Mean- layer Winds Mean- layer winds are computed through specified areas for use in certain pro- grams and for designated periods. These are the computed mean wind directions and speeds through the designated layers. During the period April 1957 to November 1960, 18 stations computed and trans- mitted winds for the layers 5,000-15,000 ft., 15,000-25,000 ft., 25,000-35,000 ft., and 35,000-45,000 ft. for the Atomic Energy Commission. These were Bishop, Ely, Fresno, Las Vegas (research center and airport station), Medford, Milford, Oakland, Phoenix, Reno, Tucson, Salt Lake City, San Diego, Santa Maria, Santa Monica, Winnemucca, Winslow, and Yuma. Beginning July 15, 1958, and being continued at this writing, mean layer winds for the layers 3,000-7,000 ft., 16,000-23,000 ft., and 31,000-41,000 ft. are being 35 computed and transmitted by the following stations, for use by the National Hurricane Research Project. Abilene, Texas Athens, Ga. Birmingham, Ala. Brownsville, Texas Burrwood, La. Charleston, S. C, Ft. Worth, Texas Galveston, Texas Greensboro, N. C. Greenville, S. C. Hatteras, N. C. Fla. La. Jackson, Miss Jacksonville, Key West, Fla Lake Charles, Laredo, Texas Miami, Fla. Midland, Texas Mobile, Ala. Montgomery, Ala. New Orleans, La. Norfolk, Va. Raleigh, N. C. Richmond, Va. San Antonio, Texas San Juan, P. R. Shreveport, La. Swan Island, W. I. Tallahassee, Fla. Tampa, Fla. Waco, Texas Washington, D. C. These data were entered on a general purpose form during the early days and are now being entered on W.B. Form 610-23. 36 Chapter VIII RADIOSONDE AND/ OR RAWINSONDE CODE FORM A. The November 1945 Code A new code for transmission of meteorological data at standard pressure surfaces was adopted on November 1, 1945. This code provides for two transmissions, each having two sections. Basically, the first transmission is for lower level data (surface through 400 mb.) and the second transmission for data above 400 mb. The two sections of each transmission are for mandatory and significant level data, respectively. The designated mandatory levels at this time were 1000, 850, 700, 500, 300, 200, and 100 mb. 1. Units used in coding a. Temperature - nearest whole degree, Celsius. Exact half degrees rounded to nearest even degree. b. Relative humidity - surface data in percent, except 100% coded as "00" and 997o as "98", missing relative humidity as "99". Relative humidity above the surface was coded by using only the tens digit (for example - 3 is 30 to 39%, 7 is 70 to 79%; exceptions: 9 is 90 to 94% and 0, 95 to 100%). Humidity values were computed with respect to ice. Statistical values of relative humidity for motorboating conditions ob- tained from the raob tables (copies in figures 2A, 2B, and 2C) . Actual humidity values are easily distinguished from motorboating values by the fact that the motorboating values in the range from to 207„ have "99" coded for mixing ratio following the humidity in the coded group while real values have a true mixing ratio value. c. Pressure - reported to nearest whole millibar with the thousands digit omitted in coding, but reported in all other forms. d. Heights - Only the thousands, hundreds, and tens digits are reported, with the ten thousands digit and units digit omitted. Heights of the 1000-mb. level, which often are below sea level, coded by adding 5000 to the actual value and coding the sum as usual. Example: 1000-mb. level is 432 feet below mean sea level; the sum of 432 and 5000 is 5432, which is coded as 543. e. Mixing ratio (through 1948) in units and tenths of grams per kilogram of dry air. For values of mixing ratio over 10 grams per kilogram the tens digit omitted. f. Wind direction - to the nearest tens of degrees from which the wind was blowing. This is the common 36-point wind direction code. g. Wind speed - in miles per hour, using two digits for the range to 99 miles per hour. For speeds of 100 to 199 m.p.h., 50 is added to the wind direction and the actual speed minus 100 is coded. For speeds ranging from 200 to 299 m.p.h., the actual direction is coded and actual speed minus 200 with a group 00200 added following the wind group. Wind speeds of 300 to 399 m.p.h. use a combination of the 100 and 200 coding methods. Actual wind speed is coded minus 300 and 50 is added to the wind direction, with the additional group of 00300 added following the wind group. Effective January 1, 1949, wind speed was changed from miles per hour to knots and the same coding practices used as for m.p.h. 37 2. Example of Coded Report An example of a coded report of the first transmission follows, with code symbols, decoded data, and notes: 27815 97321 43020 00036 85492 14340 00120 70015 99999 07904 50878 66199 11927 20357 22834 14337 33740 05325 MISDA 44644 53317 55451 72204 66400 78404 III - 278 - International station index number - Phoenix, Arizona (000 for no number preceded by letter identification). GG - 15 - 1500 GMT observation release time--add 50 to times for second transmission. PoPoPo - 973 - Surface pressure 973 mb. ToTo - 21 - Surface temperature 21° Celsius UoUo - 43 - Surface relative humidity 437o X, - Indicator for height and temperature units ("0" = feet and °C, "2" = feet and °F. , "4" = meters and °C. , "6" = meters and °F. , "7" = no height and °C, "8" = no height and °F.) X - 2 - Indicator for wind group (0 = none, 2 = m.p.h. , 4 = knots, 6 = kilometers per hour, 8 = meters per second) X_ - - Indicator for moisture content (0 = mixing ratio, 2 = wet bulb, 4 = dew point, 6 = depression of wet bulb) 00 - 00 - 1000 millibar level indicator hhh - 036 - 360 feet, height of 1000 mb. level (gft) 85 - 85 - 850-mb. level indicator hhh - 492 - 4,920 gft height of 850-mb. level TT - 14 - 14°C. temperature at 850 mb. U - 3 - 30 to 39% relative humidity at 850 mb. mm - 40 - 4.0 grams per kilogram of dry air - - Indicator for wind group dd - 01 - 010° wind direction at 850 mb. vv - 20 - 20 m.p.h. wind speed at 850 mb. 70 - 70 - 700-mb. level indicator hhh - 015 - 10,150 gft is height of 700-mb. level TTUm m - 99999 - Temperature, relative humidity, and mixing ratio missing - - Indicator for wind group dd - 79 - 290° wind direction with 50 added for speed over 100 m.p.h. vv - 04 - 104 m.p.h. wind speed 50 - 50 - 500-mb. level indicator hhh - 878 - 18,780 gft is the height of the 500-mb. level TT - 66 - -16°C. is temperature at 500 mb. with 50 added to indicate minus temperature 38 U - 1 - to 197<> motorboating relative humidity (statistical value) mm - 99 - Missing mixing ratio due to motorboating relative humidity r r nn - 11 - Indicator for first significant level PP'P" - 927 - 927 mb. pressure for first significant level TT - 20 - 20°C. is temperature for first significant level U - 3 - 30 to 39% relative humidity at 927 mb. mm - 57 - 5.7 g./kg. mixing ratio r r nn - 22 - Second significant level indicator PP'P" - 834 - 834-mb. pressure level TT - 14 - 14°C. temperature at 834 mb. U - 3 - 30 to 397o relative humidity at 834 mb. mm - 37 - 3.7 g./kg. mixing ratio at 834 mb. r r nn - 33 - Third significant level indicator PP'P" - 740 - 740-mb. pressure level TT - 05 - 5°C. temperature U - 3 - 30 to 39% relative humidity mm - 25 - 2.5 g./kg. mixing ratio r r MISDA - MISDA - Missing data indicator for stratum from 740 to 644 mb. nn - 44 - Fourth significant level PP'P" - 644 - 644-mb. pressure level TT - 53 - -3°C. temperature (50 added to temperature value for temperature below zero) U - 3 - 30 to 39% relative humidity mm - 17 - 1.7 g./kg. mixing ratio r r nn - 55 - Fifth significant level indicator PP'P" - 451 - 451-mb. level TT - 72 - -22°C. temperature U - 2 - 20 to 297. relative humidity mm - 04 - 0.4 g./kg. mixing ratio r r nn - 66 - Sixth significant level PP'P" - 400 - 400-mb. level TT - 78 - -28°C. temperature U - 4 - 40 to 49% relative humidity mm - 04 - 0.4 g./kg. mixing ratio r r Second transmission is in similar format with the 300, 200, and 100 mb. surfaces as mandatory levels and starting the significant levels with "77" the indicator for the seventh significant level. Additional groups indicated by a "101" indicator may be found at the end of either or both transmissions in a single flight. "101" groups give the reason for termination when followed by numbers 40 through 59, miscellaneous information when followed by 60 through 64, doubtful data limits when followed by 65 to 69, and an additional group of 0P..P..P „P„ indicating the hundreds 39 and tens unit of the lower and upper boundary; 80 to 89 indicates corrected data follows. The "101" group using numbers 01 through 31 indicates the day of the month of the observation coded. B. New Raob and Rawin Code - January 1, 1949 A new radiosonde and rawinsonde code went into effect with the 0300 GMT observation of January 1, 1949. The changes involved are as follows: Station identification - The first group of the station identification contains "999" - Index number block number (WM0 number). The second group of the station identification contains "iii" - Index number station number (WMO number), and "GG" - time of release, as coded in the 1945 code. Dew point replaces relative humidity and mixing ratio. (T T ) - surface temperature in whole degrees Celsius. (T, T, ) - temperature of the dew point at the surface in whole degrees Celsius. (T ) - approximate tenths value of temperature and dew point temperature at the surface (see fig. 4). For temperatures above the surface the symbolic form and data reported in the coded groups is similar to the surface temperature group. Note that the relative humidity and mixing ratio in the earlier code are replaced by the dew point and tenths code figure. Note also that dew points are based on computations over water. Significant level indicator 55555 - indicator showing that significant levels follow in symbolic form of nnPPP TTT do T d T xo . The group 66666 is an indicator that the short form for significant levels in the form PPPTT is used. This is usually used when the humidity element is below operating range and no statistical value or dew points are available. Effective November 1, 1951, a change was made for coding temperatures observed at -49°C, as follows: Temperatures between -49.0° and -49.4° coded as -48.9°C. Tempera- tures between -49.5° and -49.9°C. coded as -50.0°C. Stability index, February 1, 1953 - Stability index values reported by a two-figure group at the end of the first transmission. Only tens and units digits coded. Positive values coded in the range 01 to 49, and negative values by adding 50 and dropping the sign. Tropopause data, September 15, 1954. Tropopause data indicated in the code by the use of the additive data group "101" followed by 70 (tropopause not identifiable) or 71, 72, 73, which indicate the one, two, or three tropopause levels are reported in the following groups. The tropopause data reporting groups (N S N S N S TT Z2ddff in symbolic form) transmit the height in hundreds of feet, temperature in whole degrees Celsius, wind characteristics in the vertical at the tropopause, reported according to code table 107 in the radiosonde code book (fig. 5), wind direction in 36 points, and wind speed in knots. These two groups are reported for each tropopause level. Code changes January 1, 1955. A new code format became effective as of the first observation after 0001 GMT on January 1, 1955. The following changes were made: Deletion of the surface groups from the mandatory portion of the message and their inclusion in the message as the first level of the significant portion (following the 55555 indicator group). Time of observation (GG) reported instead of 00 in the 1000-mb. level mandatory data group. 40 CODE TABLE 102 WMO Code 82 CODE TABLE 107 WMO Code 107 Symbols T x , T x0 , T xl , T x2 , etc., T m = Approxi- mate Tenths Value of the Air and Dew Point Temperatures at a Specified Pressure Surface or a Selected Level (e.g., surface, the 1000 millibar, 850, etc., levels, or a significant or selected level) Symbol Z2=Wind Characteristic in the Vertical at the Tropopause Level Code Figure Tenths of Air Temperature (TT) Tenths of Dew Point Temperature ( T d T d> 1 2 3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 4,5,6 7,8,9 4 5 6 4,5,6 4,5,6 4,5,6 1,2,3 4,5,6 7,8,9 7 8 9 7,8,9 7,8,9 7,8,9 1,2,3 4,5,6 7,8,9 NOTES 1 In decoding the code figure reported , the middle value of tenths is taken; e.g. if T x =6, the tenths of TT are taken as 5 and the tenths T^T^ are taken as 8 . 2 If tenths of either TT or TdTd (but not both) are zero, this zero value is treated as if it were one tenth. Figure 4 Code Figure Specification Graphic Description Wind has sharply increased in speed, no change in direction. - 1 Wind has sharply decreased in speed, no change in direction. 2 Wind veering with increased height , no change in wind speed. / \ 3 Wind veering with increased height , with sharp increase in wind speed. / \ 4 Wind veering with increased height , with a sharp decrease in wind speed. / \ 5 Wind backing with increased height, no change in wind speed. \ / 6 Wind backing with increased height, with a sharp increase in wind speed. \ / 7 8 Wind backing with increased height, with a sharp decrease in wind speed. Wind has shifted almost 180° \ / 9 Wind has described complete loop, either to the right or to the left. \S~s or """S"^ X No change in direction and speed. Figure 5 41 Deletion from the surface group of the figure one indicator specifying the units being reported. Deletion from the surface group of the symbol xo which indicated inclusion or omission of wind data in the report. When wind data are available for any mandatory level, the wind group is included for all mandatory levels being reported in the transmission in question. When wind data for a level are missing, the group is coded Oxxxx. When wind data are not available for any of the mandatory levels, the wind groups are omitted from the message. Note that for purpose of wind data the first and second transmissions were considered separately. The symbolic form of the 1000-mb. level data was changed to the following: GGh 1 h 1 h 1 T lTl T dl T dl T xl Od 1 d 1 f 1 f r The symbolic form of the surface level data was changed to the following: OOP P P I T T, T, I Od d f f . ooo oododoxo oooo As of January 1, 1955, the mandatory levels for the first transmission were 1000, 850, 700, 500, and 400 mb., with Pacific stations reporting the 600-mb. level as a mandatory level. Those for the second transmission were 300, 250, 200, 150, 100, and 50 mb. Prior to January 1, 1955, missing data were reported with the use of the key word MISDA, but on January 1, 1955, this was changed to 99999 indicating missing data. Effective January 1, 1960, the use of "99" for missing temperatures was discontinued and "XX" used instead. 42 Chapter IX UPPER AIR DATA ON PUNCHED CARDS Wind Data The data referred to in this documentation have been placed on punched cards which are on file at the National Weather Records Center, Asheville, N. C. , as follows: 1. Wind data at constant height levels (WBAN-22), as described in Chapter VII-A-4, with directions to 16 points through 1955 and to whole degrees thereafter. Speed is in meters per second for the entire period. 2. Wind data at constant pressure surfaces (WBAN-33), as described in Chapter VII-B-3-d, with directions tens of degrees January 1946 through June 1949, 16 points July 1949 through December 1955, and whole degrees beginning in 1956. Speed is in miles per hour January 1946 through June 1949, and meters per second since that time. 3. Maximum wind level cards have been prepared at all Weather Bureau stations since July 1, 1956. These are prepared for rawinsonde observations only, for those occa- sions when the wind speeds exceed 100 m.p.h. When this occurs, a card is punched indicating (a) the height at which the wind first exceeded 100 m.p.h., (b) the direc- tion and speed of the maximum wind of the layer and the height at which it occurred, and (c) the height at which the wind again decreased to 100 m.p.h. If a sounding has several layers in which the wind exceeds 100 m.p.h. , a card is punched for each layer. B. Raob Data 1. Pressure, temperature, and relative humidity for the surface, and height, tempera- ture, and relative humidity at all constant pressure levels (WBAN-33), as described in Chapter VII-B-3-d of this documentation. These are on the same cards as A-2 above. Pressures are in millibars, heights in geopotential meters, temperatures in degrees Celsius, and relative humidities in percent. These are available for the period January 1946 to date. 2. Pressure, temperature, relative humidity, and height at selected significant levels at all Weather Bureau stations since July 1952. 43 Chapter X DATA PUBLISHED CURRENTLY Upper Air Data Mean monthly values of pressure, temperature, relative humidity, and resultant winds of the upper air have been published regularly on a current basis since January 1922, starting with publication of data obtained by kites in the Monthly Weather Review for that month. Beginning with January 1950, the publication of upper air data and charts was transferred to Climatological Data, National Summary , and that arrangement has continued to the present time. Over the years the tables of published data expanded, both in the number of stations and in the increased altitudes for which data are shown. These data are published for one observational time per day; at 0300 GMT for the period January 1946 through May 1957, and for 1200 GMT thereafter. Monthly mean values are shown for the surface, and for each even 50 mb. level through 200 mb. , and at closer levels above. All published values are based on at least 15 observations at the surface. Levels above the surface must have at least five height and temperature observations and/or ten wind obser- vations. Data may be shown for either or both categories, depending on the available number of observations. Due to the inherent limitations of wind measuring equipment (see II-B-2b and II-B-3b) high speed wind soundings are usually terminated sooner than those with winds of lesser speeds, thus creating some bias in those resultants based on less than the full number of wind observations. Relative humidity means are implemented by insertion of statistical values for those occasions when motorboating occurred (see IV-C-la). Monthly mean values of relative humidity were computed only for those levels having a corresponding temperature warmer than -20°C, through February 1950. However, beginning with data for March 1950, this limitation was changed to -40°C. , and a further stipulation made that monthly mean values of relative humidity must be based on at least sixteen actual observations (as distinguished from statistical values). Monthly Climatic Data for the World , in addition to specified surface data, contains monthly mean values of dynamic height, temperature, and dew point, and resultant winds for the 850, 700, 500, 300, 200, 150, and 100 mb. levels for a large network of selected sta- tions throughout the world. This has been published regularly since May 1948. The Daily Upper Air Bulletin listing of North American aerological observations, pre- pared from teletypewriter data, was published from August 13, 1948 until June 30, 1955 (except for the periods November 1, 1949 through April 2, 1950, and July 1, 1954 through November 30, 1954;. Starting July 1, 1955, complete upper air data for the Northern Hemisphere have been published in the Daily Series, Synoptic Weather Maps . Part II of this series, Northern Hemisphere Data Tabulations , contains daily listings of wind data at constant height levels and rawinsonde data at standard pressure surfaces, as well as raob data for significant levels. These are for 0300 GMT for the period through March 1957, and for 0000 GMT thereafter. B. Upper Air Charts The publication of monthly mean upper air charts began on a regular and current basis with the presentation of charts for 1500, 3000, 4000, and 5000 meters, in the January 1939 issue of the Monthly Weather Review . The levels were changed to 1500, 3000, 5000, and 10,000 meters January 1940 and this arrangement was continued until January 1946 when the constant pressure system was first used; from then on the 850, 700, 500, and 300-mb. charts were published. The 200 and 100-mb. charts were added June 1956, and at this writing the six levels mentioned above are published in Climatological Data, National Summary . Mean isentropic charts (potential temperature 295°A. to 314°A.) were published during the period January 1939-December 1940 in the Monthly Weather Review . Part I of the Daily Series, Synoptic Weather Maps , contains surface and 500-mb. charts of the Northern Hemisphere. The 500-mb. charts were based on 1500 GMT data through March 1957 and 1200 GMT thereafter. 44 Chapter XI TABLES COMPRISING THIS DOCUMENTATION In these tables, all of the information for one station is presented on a single page. Tables are included for all raob and/or rawin stations within the areas surveyed at which observations were taken for a consecutive six-month or greater period, and for which rec- ords are on file at the National Weather Records Center. Stations reporting only pibals are not included. A composite location chart identifies the geographical areas that were surveyed, and according to which the tables are grouped. A location chart precedes each geographical section to show the location of all stations for which tables are presented. A reference page also precedes each section to identify the symbols used in the tables for that section. TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS This table shows the type of equipment used and the number of daily observations scheduled during each month of the period 1946-1960. Climatological results from the GMD, GMD-lA, and the GMD-lB are believed to be compatible, and climatological results from the WBRT-57 and WBRT-60 are believed to be compatible. Accordingly, symbols in this table have been limited to R for raob, S for the SCR-658 type, S5 for the SCR-548, G for the GMD-1 types, G2 for the GMD-2, W for the WBRT types, and X for Meteox equipment (used by some Canadian stations, and having operating characteristics and limitations similar to the SCR-658). However, changes within a type are shown under "Remarks". Stations have been grouped by geographic areas. For United States operated stations, original records (or microfilm of original records) are available for the documented material at the National Weather Records Center unless otherwise noted by a footnote. Where observations were made at non-standard times, the hours of observations are documented in the footnotes. If the hours of observations were irregular, or special types of observations were taken, they are also documented in the footnotes. Limitations of this table 1. Type of equipment The symbol represents the type of equipment used for the majority of the observations taken during each month. It is therefore possible for stations to have scattered months of two types of equipment during portions of the record. It is also possible to have only radiosonde, with or without rabal data, while still having electronic wind equipment on station, but used randomly during a given month. This condition may exist due to repairing, awaiting repairs, testing equipment, relocation of equipment, or personnel shortages. When known, the date each type of equipment was first used is given in footnotes. In some cases the observers failed to indicate equipment type on the forms. If the footnotes show no beginning date for the equipment in use, then the table indicates only the first -month that a specific type of equipment was reported in use by nota- tion on the original forms. 2. Number of observations Two or four observations per day were normally taken at the regularly scheduled hours of 03 and 15 GMT (2 per day) or 03, 09, 15, and 21 GMT (4 per day), prior to June 1, 1957; and 00 and 12 GMT (2 per day), or 00, 06, 12, and 18 GMT (4 per day), thereafter. These are the hours documented unless otherwise noted in the footnotes. For a single observation per day the hour was documented in footnotes. For three observations per day, the third hour was also documented in the footnotes. 45 For Canadian operated stations, however, this table indicates whether the observa- tions on file at the NWRC are in original or microfilm form, instead of presenting the number of daily observations. The title of the table for these stations has been changed to "Type of Equipment And Source Document". For original records, "0" is used; for mico- film, "F" is used. QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA These tables show the number of radiosonde and rawinsonde observations including rabals, which attained the indicated constant pressure surfaces of 100, 50, 30, and 10 mb. during each quarter of each year. The table was prepared through a survey of the monthly summary forms (WBAN-33). The number of flights represents only those observations taken at regularly scheduled hours, i.e., 03 and 15 GMT prior to June 1, 1957, and 00 and 12 GMT thereafter. The survey began under one set of instructions, but due to the cost and time factors, the instructions were changed. Initially, a "zero" was to indicate that raob or rawins (rabals) were taken, but the flight did not reach that particular pressure surface. It soon became clear that although no winds were listed on the WBAN-33 forms at or above 100 mb. , they were almost always reported at the lower levels. Eventually, the practice of entering zeros was abandoned. Limitations of this Table When using this table in combination with the first table, it should be remem- bered that the first table is based only on the original (or microfilmed original) daily observational records for all regularly scheduled observations; while this table is based only on the monthly summaries for two specified observation times. Therefore, it is possible to have data for a single month or period in one table and not the other. Apparent inconsistencies are therefore meaningful in that they indicate the availability of original records for detailed research and/or avail- ability of summary data for extensive machine summarization. An explanation of some of these apparent inconsistencies is given below: If the TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS table indi- cates an "R" (radiosonde only) and this table indicates rawin (rabal) wind data, it would mean that the wind data are from rabals. A station might have had electronic wind equipment but due to malfunction was forced to take rabals for most of the month, hence the type of equipment could show sudden changes. Where the first table indicates a type of electronic wind equipment but the second table indicates no observations (blank) or raob only, this would show that (1) no summary form is available, but original observation forms (or microfilm of same) are available, or that (2) radiosonde data only are on the summary forms and the electronic wind equipment was not used during most of the period, or was inoperative due to repairs, relocation, or lack of personnel. This table is not included for Canadian operated stations. STATION LOCATION These tables document the changes in station name, number, latitude and longitude, elevation, and operating service; the period of record each change applies to, and the distance and direction from the previous location when the change is a station move. In some instances stations have been cross referenced with a nearby station to indicate a suitable substitute for periods of missing records. Where dashes appear under "period of 46 record", they indicate "from the beginning" or "to the end" (whichever applies) of the period of record covered by this documentation. Abbreviations for the various services which may have operated a station are as follows: A - Army AF - Air Force N - Navy WB - Weather Bureau C - Meteorological Service of Canada In addition to the tables described above, a microfilm has been prepared of graphs showing the limiting angles at the various rawin stations. Unfortunately, this file is not entirely complete as information is no longer available for certain stations during their early days of operation. However, copies of the film are available upon request from the National Weather Records Center at cost of reproduction. 47 Chapter XII DOCUMENTATION SUBSEQUENT TO 1960 In January 1962, the routine use of 1200-gram balloons, to provide greater bursting altitudes, was begun at 30 Weather Bureau stations strategically located in the United States, the Pacific Ocean, and the Arctic. By the end of 1963, 19 of these stations had begun to use radiosondes equipped with hypsometers and carbon hygristors. The stations were the following: Annette, Alaska Miami, Florida Barrow, Alaska Midland, Texas Brownsville, Texas Oakland, California Burrwood, Louisiana San Juan, Puerto Rico Canton Island, Pacific Shreveport, Louisiana Cold Bay, Alaska Wake Island, Pacific Eureka, N. W. T. Tatoosh Island, Washington Fairbanks, Alaska Marcus Island, Pacific International Falls, Minnesota Wallops Island, Virginia Lihue, Hawaii Transponder adjuncts, together with suitable flight expendables, have been ordered so that range finding capability may be added at 35 selected Weather Bureau stations in the United States except Alaska and Hawaii. The transponder radiosondes will retain the capability for measuring pressure. The Washington, D. C. (Sterling, Virginia) station experimented with the use of the new range- finding technique in 1963, but as of the end of the year none of the stations had begun its routine use. It is expected that this will commence in 1964 as equipment is received from the manufacturer. Effective with data for January 1, 1964, new codes for teletypewriter transmission of upper wind and raob data were instituted by the World Meteorological Organization. 48 APPENDIX I Verification, Punching and Data Publication Programs of Meteorological Service of Canada (MSC) 1. Routine verification of MSC aerological data (prior to card punching but not prior to microfilming) began with January 1, 1950 soundings and is now a continuing program. MSC has no plans to verify data prior to January 1, 1950. 2. MSC routine card punching is into a card form very similar to WBAN #5 standard level cards. 3. MSC is now using such Canadian #5 cards to publish data in tabular formats similar to WBAN-33 as follows: a. Stations south of latitude 70°N. : Monthly Bulletin, Canadian Radiosonde Data . (A monthly periodical which began with January 1959; 50 cents per copy.) b. Stations north of latitude 70°N. : Arctic Summary . (A semiannual periodical which began with January to June 1959; 75 cents per copy.) 4. MSC has also recently published monthly means of aerological data for the years 1954 through 1958 with instrumentation documented in some detail. The title is Summaries of Radiosonde Observations in Canada, 1954-1958 . The price is $1.00. Similar publications, manually compiled under varying formats, cover some years prior to 1954. 5. Miscellaneous a. As in the U. S., scheduled raob times changed from 03 and 15 GMT to 00 and 12 GMT effective June 1, 1957. b. In general, change from relative humidity over ice to relative humidity over water at Canadian operated stations took effect July 1, 1953. c. Effective January 1, 1961, MSC formally took over the aerological program at the five "Joint Arctic" stations. This left only two stations in Canada being operated by U. S. agencies--Argentia and Stephenville, Newfoundland. 49 50 List of Abbreviations and Codes Used in this Section Equipment - Principal type of equipment used in radiosonde or rawinsonde observations during the month. R Radiosonde equipment only. Original radiosonde observation form (WBAN 31A, B, and C) available with or without wind data. Wind data, if reported, are observed by theodolite and are defined as rabal. In some cases the "R" denotes wind data available, but type of equipment is unknown. S Radio Direction Finding equipment (manual tracking such as the SCR-658). S5 Radiosonde equipment and SCR-584 (radar tracking equipment). G Radio Direction Finding equipment (automatic tracking) such as GMD-1 and 2 and the later modified models of each. Also, printed computer data raobs where noted in footnotes. W Radio- theodolite equipment (automatic tracking) WBRT 57 and successors. Observations - Number of regularly scheduled observations per day. M Wind data and equipment known and available, but hours of radiosonde observation unknown and raob forms not available. # Less than ten observations for the month. Period of Record - Indicates "from the beginning" or "to the end" (whichever applies) of the period of record covered by this documentation. Service - Official meteorological service that operated a station. A U. S. Army AF U. S. Air Force N U. S. Navy WB U. S. Weather Bureau C Meteorological Service of Canada 52 MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUK .rui. AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 85 M S H 8 H 3 H 3 H 8 H 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 3 2# S 2 8 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 3 2 8 2 S 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 3 4 8 4 8 4 S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 8 4 8 4 S 4 3 4 S 4 3 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 3 8 3 8 3 3 3 3 4 S 4 8 4 8 4 S 4 8 4 8 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 a 4 S 4 8 4 S 4 3 4 3 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 8 4 8 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 3 4 8 4 3 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 8 4 8 4 S 4 3 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G G G G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 C 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 C 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 H 2 H 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. If 2 V 2 U 2 W 2 W 2 W . 2 W - 2 W 2 tf 2 W 2 If 2 If 2 REMARKS: 04Z «"* 1*>Z - Sept. 1946 thru Jan. 1947; Jut. thru Mar. 1948. 037. , 09Z and L5Z - Feb. thru Hay 1950. First Raob plus SOI 658, Mar. 27, 1946; GHD1A - Hay 7, 1953; WBftT-57, Nov. 6. 19S9. TEAR JANUARY - :,*»RCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 tubs SO mbs HO xo obs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAH IN 1 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1 3 1 12 2 1948 RAOB RABIN 23 2 32 13 38 24 1 1 1 1 1 14 4 1949 RAOB RAWIN 20 4 68 57 47 37 41 31 2 56 41 44 28 30 18 3 2 61 29 65 12 44 ■ 6 13 1950 RAOB RAWIN 66 13 55 8 38 3 I 77 47 60 31 49 23 16 4 74 47 55 32 47 25 24 11 78 21 64 14 54 12 25 1951 RAOB RAWIN 80 7 63 2 55 1 85 33 60 21 48 16 16 8 84 63 65 46 52 32 14 9 88 25 65 14 60 11 28 1952 RAOB RAWIN 111 5 76 3 52 2 9 143 90 110 66 82 48 22 12 125 116 102 91 75 52 5 2 132 44 80 23 64 16 1953 RAOB RAWIN 121 16 90 6 67 6 4 165 105 142 88 115 78 5 3 155 151 126 123 103 97 2 2 112 108 74 70 52 50 1954 RAOB RAWIN 93 85 61 46 44 27 10 4 120 118 89 88 59 57 6 145 143 103 102 64 64 3 3 161 151 128 109 78 56 2 2 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 162 122 99 48 72 20 8 1 167 166 142 130 131 116 20 18 169 168 147 146 122 121 4 4 175 170 151 147 135 131 16 16 1956 RAOB RAWIN 169 161 142 137 116 111 6 6 149 145 125 123 97 92 12 12 144 139 126 123 94 88 162 159 151 150 13S 130 6 4 1957 RAOB RAWIN 160 156 132 129 87 82 158 156 127 124 88 82 159 158 139 138 112 101 2 1 164 159 152 147 135 126 1958 RAOB RAWIN 143 132 134 123 119 109 132 123 107 102 84 75 153 149 132 128 107 99 b s 157 150 141 134 125 115 4 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 164 281 115 190 92 115 12 3 180 314 158 246 140 180 14 13 151 275 132 225 126 186 28 25 130 219 100 160 89 125 39 33 1960 RAOB RAWIN 167 274 146 227 127 183 37 20 183 343 177 316 168 254 60 51 182 355 179 341 166 280 14 I I 170 316 158 274 138 203 32 14 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Montgomery, Ala. (Maxwell Fid.) 13821 32' 24" N 86" 21 'W 50 AF 3- 1-46 1-31-50 Montgomery, Ala. (Maxwell Fid.) 13821 32" 24'N 86" 2l'W 52 AF 2- 1-50 L2-17-54 Montgomery, Ala. (Gunter Fid.) 13801 32° 25 'H 86* 14 'H 53 AF 12-18-54 6- l-5( 6 E Montgomery, Ala. (Dannelly Pld.) 13895 32° 18'N 86' 24*W 61 WB 6- 1-56 12 SW FORT HUACHUCA, ARIZONA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV H i- — i 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. i 1948 EQUIP. OBS. i i 1949 EQUIP. OBS. i 1950 EQUIP. OBS. ! 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 3 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 R 2 R 1 R 1 R 1 R R I R 1 R I G 1 G 1 C 1 YEAB JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 robs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 41 39 18 17 10 9 74 72 41 36 22 21 1 1 64 57 33 33 15 15 57 56 21 21 9 9 1956 RAOB RAWIN 19 18 J 1 1 34 33 19 18 12 11 58 58 15 14 6 6 60 58 43 41 32 30 1957 RAOB RAWIN 46 34 32 22 22 77 65 58 49 44 39 45 45 36 35 26 24 31 28 13 13 6 8 1 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 64 58 32 26 14 12 74 65 48 41 40 35 2 1 58 50 34 31 30 27 6 5 63 60 30 27 19 16 4 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 136 126 104 86 88 61 3 1 166 161 158 91 149 65 22 9 72 70 68 64 56 44 7 6 47 45 35 22 32 5 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Pore Huactiuco, Arte. Pore Huachucs, Ariz. Port Huiichuia, Ariz. Port Huachuca. Ariz. 03124 03124 03124 03124 31" 34'N 31* 34'N 31* 34'N 31* 34'N 110* 20 'U 110* 20'W 110* 20' W 110" 20*M 1428 1422 1423 1433 A 1- 4-55 6-17-58 3- 2-59 3-24-59 6-16-58 3- 1-59 3-23-59 PHOENIX, ARIZONA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R" 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 s 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S I S 1 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 1959 EQUI P . OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. Raob plus SCR 658 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 55 3 1 ° 74 4 1 88 29 10 3 1 1 57 12 4 2 1 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 22 3 41 9 15 6 13 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 26 3 55 3 12 2 5 1 1 10 2 52 4 8 3 4 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 64 14 5 125 6 55 5 8 2 L07 16 48 12 16 3 80 18 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 58 13 131 14 60 5 13 3 112 17 42 4 13 115 22 58 a 20 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 76 3 36 2 9 2 1 142 15 78 8 16 1 155 28 109 17 60 6 3 2 147 20 106 13 80 10 5 1952 RAOB RAWIN 139 8 98 3 45 2 1 165 33 126 19 84 11 161 29 127 19 81 8 164 19 120 9 73 1953 RAOB RAWIN 165 26 113 18 47 10 162 20 116 10 36 2 160 34 134 21 81 9 167 28 123 14 68 11 1954 RAOB RAWIN 156 23 130 11 65 4 1 170 20 149 10 99 6 157 30 128 15 64 3 139 41 100 23 44 5 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 160 26 107 9 13 3 168 39 132 36 29 6 155 105 125 77 67 35 153 72 119 52 48 19 1956 RAOB RAWIN 170 52 118 34 8 171 73 151 54 28 15 171 144 151 119 40 32 167 88 145 69 65 25 1957 RAOB RAWIN 153 30 119 23 29 3 171 77 155 68 75 22 1 175 140 153 123 69 54 92 31 80 21 40 7 1958 RAOB RAWIN 15 7 15 4 13 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fc PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Phoenix, Arte. Phoenix, Ariz. Phoenix, Arlx. 23183 23183 23183 33' 26'N 33* 26'N 33* 26'N 112" orw 112* orw 112* Ol'U 339 338 341 WB MB WB 2-1-50 12-1-52 1-31-50 11-30-52 1-15-58 TUCSON, ARIZONA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JON JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 s 2 s 2 S 2 EQUIP. S S S S S S S S S S S S OBS. 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S S 4 S S 4 S 4 s s s S 4 s s 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 5 3 s 3 S 3 S 3 s s ■ S s S 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S S 4 S S s s 4 s 4 S s 4 S 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 G G G G G G G G 4 G C 4 G 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1954 EQUI P . OBS. G 4 G G 4 G G 4 G 4 G G G G G G 1955 EQUIP. OBS. C G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G G G 4 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: OAZ and 16Z - May thru Aug. 1946, Jan. 1947 thru Feb. 1948. 16Z - Sept. thru Dec. 1946. 03Z, 09Z, and 15Z - Feb. thru May 1950. Pirst CMD1 - Jan. 22. 1952; GHDLA - Sept. 17, 1953. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 nibs 10 100 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 5 3 4 2 5 1947 RAOB RAWIK 3 2 17 17 1948 RAOB RAWIK 48 45 61 61 2 2 50 49 5 4 3 3 3 2 6 5 1949 RAOB RAWIN 23 8 59 21 16 6 10 1 1 60 38 42 22 26 15 4 2 82 41 46 15 25 8 4 3 1950 RAOB RAWIN 52 13 24 5 11 2 1 77 17 63 8 55 6 8 2 89 45 67 13 55 8 16 1 99 29 79 14 68 12 17 5 1951 RAOB RAWIN 91 39 70 18 51 9 14 3 89 32 71 13 63 7 IS 63 66 54 26 41 26 2 2 88 61 58 15 43 8 8 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 105 49 75 19 52 12 2 1 159 86 126 21 104 9 8 1 166 139 132 118 88 82 9 9 149 84 123 44 100 41 3 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 124 43 86 20 56 8 4 1 117 58 85 22 70 16 2 107 102 79 73 61 59 6 5 124 118 73 57 60 48 1954 RAOB RAWIN 108 98 61 47 53 43 3 2 99 91 69 64 61 56 2 2 95 82 68 56 58 47 1 1 86 84 52 50 41 40 1955 RAOB RAWIN 109 101 60 57 39 35 3 2 169 156 142 135 115 107 10 9 .162 161 132 132 120 120 9 8 173 165 137 131 126 123 25 20 1956 RAOB RAWIN 171 151 132 114 95 81 16 14 310 151 238 118 95 69 6 2 265 275 198 207 68 69 289 290 236 241 90 76 1957 RAOB RAWIN 315 300 275 266 131 100 319 320 252 252 87 77 317 328 274 279 153 152 15 8 175 332 146 268 95 150 6 4 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 320 156 293 124 199 170 335 163 314 134 229 10 9 179 288 166 267 146 229 7 5 175 175 164 166 144 135 8 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 167 164 159 157 132 123 2 176 177 170 173 141 138 5 3 161 180 167 170 136 135 14 11 169 no 155 156 136 135 37 15 1960 RAOB RAWIN 170 156 151 141 136 129 59 63 174 174 166 166 154 150 85 62 181 181 176 177 163 160 15 12 177 176 175 172 161 152 16 5 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA, NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fc PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Tucaon, Ariz. (Davie Hon than AFB) 23109 32 s 10* H 110" 54'W 811 AF 5-15-46 3-1-56 Tucson, Ariz. (Municipal AP) 23160 32* 08*N 110' 57' H 783 WB 3- 1-56 7-31-57 4 WSV Tucson, Ariz. (Municipal AP) 23160 32» 08 'N UO* 57 *W 781 WB a- 1-57 »-30-58 Tucaon, Ariz. (Municipal AP) 23160 32* 07 'N 110* 56'W 781 WB 10-1-58 11-1-58 1 SE Tucaon, Ariz. (Municipal AP) 23160 32* 07 'N 110* 56'U 790 WB 11-2-S8 11-8-58 Tucson, Ariz. (Municipal AP) 23160 32° 07'N UO* 56*W 789 WB 11-9-58 YUMA, ARIZONA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JDS JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G* 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 HAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN •1955 RAOB RAWIN 63 59 36 33 23 22 1 1 69 67 44 43 33 32 2 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 77 73 56 54 51 48 2 2 93 82 59 54 48 44 3 2 61 55 33 30 22 20 1 1 120 106 92 79 70 57 1 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 83 64 52 32 36 18 96 77 69 40 54 24 87 75 67 60 41 34 61 53 39 35 27 23 1 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 71 60 41 39 35 30 5 100 91 79 74 48 41 10 4 132 126 98 95 51 45 5 4 116 109 51 49 35 30 1959 RAOB RAWIN 131 130 82 77 60 59 169 168 148 148 130 129 13 6 148 148 128 128 119 119 18 14 122 123 99 100 83 84 21 14 1960 RAOB RAWIN 139 133 123 117 116 109 28 16 135 135 115 114 106 106 13 6 155 156 141 142 124 124 4 4 142 139 122 120 115 113 ■ STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO, (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Yuma, Arle. (Yuma Test Station) 03125 32° 51'N 114* 24 'W 106* A 7- 1-55 8-31-56 Yuma, Ariz. (Yuma Teat Station) 03125 32' 50 'N 114' 24' W 106* A 9- 1-56 9-17-58 1 S Yuma, Ariz. (Yuma Teat Station) 03125 32° 52'N 114* 20'W 135 A 9-18-58 9-19-5,8 4 NE Yuma, Ariz. (Yuma Teat Station) 03125 32' 52'N 114" 20'W 131 A 9-19-58 *Sometimea listed aa 96 meters BLYTHEVILLE, ARKANSAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 194G 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 09Z, 152, end 212 - Mar. thru Kay 1957. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 29 22 2? 21 26 20 16 14 54 45 53 44 52 48 31 30 1958 RAOB RAWIN 56 56 47 47 38 36 10 9 101 98 90 86 80 75 2 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN 86 68 70 61 64 56 19 15 101 99 99 97 95 93 53 37 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Blythevllle, Ark., AFB Blythevllle, Ark., AFB 13814 13814 35' 18'N 35* 18'N 89* 57'W 89* 57'H 77 80 AF AF 3- 1-57 2-15-60 2-14-60 5-22-60 FORT SMITH, ARKANSAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JllN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 3 G 3 C 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 4 G 4 C 4 G 4 G 3 G 3 G 3 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 4 C 4 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 4 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 3 G 4 G 4 G 2 REMARKS: °2Z. 08Z, 14Z, and 202 - Jun. thru Sept. 1953. 02Z, 14Z, and 20Z - Apr. thru Oct. 1954. 02Z and 14Z - Nov. and Dec. 1954. 02Z and 15Z - Jan. 1955. 03Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Feb. thru Sept. 1955. 09Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Jan. thru Dec. 1956, Feb. and Mar. 1957. 08Z, 14Z, and 20Z - Apr. and May 1957. 06Z, 12Z, and 18Z - Jun. thru Aug. 1957. 00Z, 12Z, and 18Z - Feb., Mar., and Aug. thru Oct. 1958, May thru Aug. 1959, and Har. 1960. 00Z, 06Z, and 12Z - Feb. 1959. First GMD1A - Apr. 23, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DSCBIB13 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbB 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbB 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 23 1 17 13 1 172 113 147 83 104 67 8 4 176 167 161 139 138 125 26 25 1954 RAOB RAWIN 114 10S 70 62 59 48 17 15 175 168 156 133 145 125 79 74 175 169 162 158 158 156 64 64 166 138 129 68 95 50 12 10 1955 RAOB RAWIN 144 74 91 40 72 28 12 2 168 159 150 133 131 110 18 15 139 135 132 131 119 118 7 5 1956 RAOB RAWIN 89 77 80 70 61 54 20 18 169 156 157 148 140 135 20 17 1957 RAOB RAWIN 86 69 78 61 75 59 54 39 173 154 163 149 163 149 96 78 84 81 78 76 74 72 65 62 1958 RAOB RAWIN 79 54 50 36 37 27 173 164 151 142 133 129 7 6 170 166 154 150 125 124 17 12 28 27 23 22 17 17 1959 RAOB RAWIN 90 66 84 67 72 60 13 5 182 179 179 177 153 147 20 8 168 162 155 147 127 122 14 7 1960 RAOB RAWIN 89 55 81 56 71 56 19 10 117 110 109 104 104 95 22 9 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Fort Smith, Ark. (Camp Chaffee) 03926 35' 20'N 94* 22'W 146 A 3-17-53 2-14-56 Fort Smith, Ark. (Camp Chaffee) 03926 35° 18'N 94 s 19 'M 147 A 2-15-56 12-31-56 4 SE Fort Smith, Ark. (Camp Chaffee) 03926 35* 20'N 94* 22'W 147 A 1- 1-57 2-14-57 4 NW Fort Smith, Ark. (Camp Chaffee) 03926 35* 20'N 94* 22'W 140 A 2-15-57 2-14-58 Fort Smith, Ark, (Camp Chaffee) 03926 35" 18 'N 94* 18'tf 146 2-15-58 6 ■ 1-6Q 5 SE LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 10 nbB 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 90 3 84 3 3 57 11 29 6 1947 RAOB RAWIN 2 2 1 4 4 2 17 17 7 6 1948 RAOB RAWIN 5 2 67 40 10 2 50 40 3 2 41 12 20 4 9 1949 RAOB RAWIN 47 2 12 1 103 60 50 22 14 4 125 97 46 29 5 2 78 20 7 3 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 76 13 21 1 9 88 55 27 15 I 134 117 42 36 11 10 125 32 56 11 16 3 1951 RAOB RAWIN 124 4 65 2 31 149 77 82 26 34 11 1 1 144 115 112 84 62 39 116 31 75 21 39 9 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 116 5 ' 52 4 12 2 143 66 107 13 59 4 1 157 91 128 44 54 15 154 47 115 20 52 6 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 148 10 88 1 49 160 57 111 25 47 9 170 131 148 76 54 24 165 59 111 23 42 7 1954 RAOB RAWIN 162 4 105 1 35 1 150 58 116 35 63 14 1 . 147 66 129 36 75 19 168 34 129 21 75 15 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 149 4 97 65 a 150 65 113 32 40 5 1 145 126 130 106 33 44 1 1 123 50 86 37 29 6 1956 RAOB RAWIN 146 22 113 11 35 3 l 151 94 134 79 28 33 157 139 140 119 56 46 152 55 134 40 66 17 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 149 21 119 14 39 5 162 100 150 82 92 48 ■0 169 118 149 100 92 57 1 140 18 106 13 62 5 1958 RAOB RAWIN 141 16 112 10 73 5 178 91 163 81 116 53 183 165 173 154 152 133 3 1 121 18 86 13 76 12 6 1959 RAOB RAWIN 114 140 89 130 80 10 17 1 180 99 166 95 153 83 9 2 146 133 131 121 115 105 16 9 143 30 126 25 113 22 18 1960 RAOB RAWIN 160 8 145 8 131 7 14 175 86 166 79 157 74 16 2 173 163 168 160 155 140 6 5 179 58 170 57 155 55 11 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS ft PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Little Rock, Ark. Little Rock, Ark. Little Rock, Ark. 13963 13963 13963 34" 44'N 34* 44'N 34" 44 'N 92" 14'tf 92' 14'W 92* 14'W 79 87 79 WB HB WB 1-29-55 12-23-5* 1-28-55 12-22-56 AUBURN, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R L 1948 EQUI P . OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUI P . OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP . OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 04Z - Jul. thru Sept. 1946, Jun. 1947 thru Mar. 1948. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 14 68 4 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 47 52 12 7 1948 RAOB RAWIN 19 17 4 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Auburn, Calif. 23224 38' 57 'N 121° 04'H 501 WB 7-3-46 4-5-48 BAKER, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 YEAS JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 tabs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 SAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 121 115 172 170 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 8i PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Bator, Calif. 03134 35' 16'N 116* 05'W 234 AP 4-22-57 9-28-57 CHINA LAKE, CALIFORNIA TOWER 8, G-l RANGE TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP 0B3. EQUIP, OBS. REMARKS: WBAH 31 A'e and B'e on microfilja only. WV I 31 A'a end B'a no checked after June 19S6. WBAN 33'a uill not be made ttmt June 1956. X-lo filing ceblnet unchecked - Jul. thru Dec. 1960. Tinea of oba. are varied. Flret GMD1 - Jun. 17, 1954. Laat CW)1 - Sept. 28, 1954. Flrat SSU - Sept. 9, 1958. leet CMDU - Oct. 31, 1958. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 1946 RA0B RABIN 1 1 1947 RAOB RABIN 1 1948 RAOB RAW1N 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 9 7 4 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 11 1 6 2 2 2 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 9 4 1 5 1 6 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 11 5 3 17 9 5 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 9 2 17 4 1 48 21 6 44 31 10 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 50 18 26 13 3 23 13 9 8 2 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 9 6 4 9 5 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 3 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 44 25 13 34 17 13 28 14 7 1959 RAOB RAWIN 31 16 9 11 8 3 1960 RAOB RAWIN 5 2 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 8. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Inyokern, Calif. (8-1 Range) China Lake, Calif. (Tower 8, G-l Range) China Lake, Calif. (Tower 8, C-l Range) 03120 03120 03120 35* 47'N 35* 46'N 35" 46 '» 117° 47'W 117* 41'W 117° 41'W 687 670 666 N N N 7- 9-47 3-10-54 1- 1-57 3- 9-54 12-31-56 6 E Alao see: China Lake, Calif. (O. S. NAP) CHINA LAKE, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R L R R 1 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R R 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R R R 1 R L R L R R 1 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 R 1 R 1 R 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R R 1 R 1 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R I R 1 R 2 R 1 R 1 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 2 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1956 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R I 1957 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R I R 1 R 1 R 1 1959 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: Times of Obe. are varied. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 rnbs 50 cos 30 nibs 10 rnbs 100 mbs 50 robs 30 robs 10 robs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 robs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 18 4 3 5 1 5 1 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 18 1 24 6 ^ 26 5 4 24 5 2 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 11 2 2 1 22 9 3 17 1 9 4 4 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 37 18 5 1 13 6 3 18 12 7 2 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 10 1 1 11 6 1 28 21 7 1 14 12 6 1953 RAOB RAWIN 23 20 10 17 7 3 38 25 16 2 33 27 25 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 36 26 14 33 20 13 1 22 9 7 30 17 14 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 29 25 19 21 10 3 8 4 2 28 19 13 1956 RAOB RAWIN 28 17 9 29 23 14 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA, NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST DIR. PREV AND FROM LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fc PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO China Lake, Calif. (U. S. NAF) China Lake, Calif. (U. S. NAF) 93104 93104 35* 41'N 35* 41 'N 117* 4X'W 117" 41 'H 676 677 N 11-4-55 11-3-55 4-30-59 China Lake, Calif. (Tower 8, G-l Range) EDWARDS, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 REMARKS: Tlmea of obi. are varied. First CMD1 - Feb. 13, 1952; GKD1A - Sepc. 24, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 tnbs 50 mbs 30 mbB 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 2 2 10 1 8 1 1 2 19 14 9 37 28 15 1951 RAOB RAWIN 8 5 3 2 36 1 27 18 5 25 12 4 1 32 3 24 15 1 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 46 29 38 21 34 4 19 14 15 11 13 2 5 4 4 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 2 1 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 77 76 67 66 51 50 10 7 75 74 78 66 53 52 7 5 8 1 8 1 6 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 3 1 3 1 3 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 132 132 129 129 121 120 37 35 174 174 157 156 148 147 23 19 78 75 65 65 64 63 1 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 65 56 63 56 56 52 6 4 32 29 31 28 28 26 18 13 17 17 15 14 14 13 10 8 48 47 47 46 45 43 28 25 1959 RAOB RAWIN 34 31 33 32 33 32 20 12 42 42 42 42 42 42 29 26 50 49 50 49 50 49 32 27 34 34 34 34 34 33 6 1960 RAOB RAWIN 42 38 41 38 41 38 12 5 21 21 21 21 20 20 32 32 32 32 32 32 16 14 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Edwards, Calif. (Edwards A.FB Kiroc) Edwards. Calif. (Edwards AFB Huroc) 23114 23114 34' 54'N 34" 56'N 117° 53'W !!?• 54'V 695 7 25 AF AF 3- 8-50 3-21-56 3-20-56 9-30-60 2 NNW LONG BEACH, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS, 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 3 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 s S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 3 S 3 S 3 s 3 5 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 S 4 S 4 S 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 s 4 S S 4 S . 4 5 2 S S 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S S 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: Timeo of obe. are varied. First GHDIA - Apr. 1. 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 tabs 30 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RABIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 22 2 35 21 38 17 1948 RAOB RAWIN 15 8 26 11 21 16 5 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 13 4 3 47 27 43 35 5 4 3 3 2 1 43 20 24 5 13 3 1950 RAOB RAWIN 55 6 30 14 6 62 24 40 6 27 2 8 72 32 40 4 30 2 8 1 72 9 45 25 6 1951 RAOB RAWIN 91 23 27 3 16 1 7 1 69 13 5 2 124 2 65 47 9 84 14 33 24 4 1952 RAOB RAWIN 114 21 83 2 60 1 14 151 34 120 16 86 15 17 2 129 117 97 85 76 73 9 9 53 15 35 10 15 3 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 58 43 21 14 10 5 101 88 65 27 38 21 2 2 107 91 52 47 30 29 117 113 84 68 55 41 1954 RAOB RAWIN 98 96 54 52 18 17 114 114 61 56 21 19 1 1 96 95 52 52 23 23 92 87 27 26 6 5 1955 RAOB RAWIN 118 113 25 23 3 2 167 165 123 97 78 58 8 8 167 162 151 148 103 100 10 10 167 164 127 123 110 106 3 3 1956 RAOB RAWIN 156 156 113 113 83 83 1 1 28 28 16 16 13 13 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR, FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Long Beach, Calif. Long Beach. Calif. Long Beach, Calif. 23129 23129 23129 33* 49 'N 33* 50'N 33* 50'N 118* 09'W 118* 09'W 118* 09'W 20 20 16 AF AF AF 3-10-47 i-17-53 1- 1-56 4-16-53 12-31-55 4-16-56 1 N 22 NNW Santa Monica, Calif. (Clover Fid.) 4-17-56 "-- MERCED, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAM FEB MAR APR MAY JUN jui, AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 5 4 s 4 S 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 5 4 s 4 G 2 G 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. C . 2 G 2 C 2 C 2 G 3 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 c 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 c 2 C 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: Pir«t OffllA - Nov. 1, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCR APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 4 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 36 10 24 3 16 2 2 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 68 18 45 11 34 9 5 42 20 23 11 16 4 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 54 9 36 3 23 1 7 107 105 77 75 55 55 4 4 1954 RAOB RAWIN 104 101 70 70 42 42 1 1 2 2 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 24 24 18 15 12 8 81 79 46 43 28 25 1956 RAOB RAWIN 80 79 56 53 37 36 3 2 118 118 82 82 66 65 3 3 121 120 65 65 48 48 2 2 79 79 49 49 3S 35 1957 RAOB RAWIN 121 121 82 82 45 45 14 14 11 11 8 8 109 106 95 93 84 80 66 61 1958 RAOB RAWIN 134 115 124 108 112 97 51 39 115 110 93 87 73 69 23 23 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1S8 149 123 118 98 93 10 6 28 27 21 21 16 15 119 no 111 104 97 91 18 7 1960 RAOB RAWIN 182 166 167 157 148 140 3 8 7 8 7 7 7 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Herced, Calif. (Cascle AFB) 23203 37' 22'N 120* 34'W 56 AF 12-2-50 4-4-60 OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 3 4 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 4 G 4 G 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G * G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1956 EQUIP. OBS. C i G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G I* G 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 C 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C . 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: Plrat (Uob plus SCR 658 - Apr. L. L948; GMD1A - Oct. 1, 1954. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEHBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nibs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 robg 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 30 5 4 39 22 51 31 1 1 20 12 2 2 2 2 1 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN LO 3 14 6 8 6 1 24 8 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 63 11 23 2 1 94 IS 37 3 10 1 136 59 64 28 28 7 89 21 42 U 18 4 1949 RAOB RAWIN 92 14 37 7 16 2 150 53 77 18 46 9 1 122 36 65 8 28 5 39 4 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 49 9 117 38 45 7 11 3 1 133 29 28 5 7 113 1 62 26 1951 RAOB RAWIN 121 11 64 29 156 29 98 4 45 1 170 17 127 3 81 3 2 149 17 111 70 1952 RAOB RAWIN 127 9 93 2 58 1 2 134 9 97 60 2 159 35 136 10 90 6 155 26 122 53 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 136 8 81 1 32 1 156 21 116 4 63 1 168 36 139 6 SO 2 151 14 133 1 79 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 157 15 126 3 72 1 1 170 23 148 6 88 3 167 26 139 8 70 1 79 75 40 33 28 26 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 108 108 73 70 43 43 2 160 159 138 135 102 100 1 1 298 304 233 235 184 184 13 10 236 241 185 190 133 109 11 3 1956 RAOB RAWIN 219 213 161 165 98 81 1 1 269 165 210 138 135 103 7 4 287 287 219 220 159 155 11 9 238 238 167 166 103 89 1957 RAOB RAWIN 196 194 135 137 62 S3 10 7 285 281 226 231 102 96 10 8 326 331 286 291 142 137 34 14 139 148 107 120 71 65 17 6 1958 RAOB RAWIN 151 137 126 114 63 32 22 8 166 195 147 169 115 108 33 22 166 174 147 157 90 85 11 9 179 179 157 159 97 86 31 IS 1959 RAOB RAWIN 170 163 164 157 142 132 13 4 180 178 171 170 158 154 37 27 175 175 170 170 156 153 19 14 160 151 146 140 134 126 36 23 1960 RAOB RAWIN 176 162 160 152 147 134 70 43 166 159 153 145 133 119 20 11 177 175 162 162 140 139 6 2 165 162 161 157 136 118 3 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Oakland, Calif. (UBAS) Oakland. Calif. (UBAS) 23230 23230 37* 44'N 37' 44'» 122* 12'W 122* 12'W 8 6 WB WB 1-1-51 12-31-50 POINT ARGUELLO, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUl AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nibs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 ■be 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB HAW IN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN • 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 183 35 7 180 347 165 301 70 82 184 339 172 290 171 277 125 140 1960 RAOB RAWIN 211 344 167 300 157 271 128 182 204 368 191 338 182 310 161 244 207 252 197 236 193 223 145 165 217 377 207 349 200 332 166 .212 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Point Argaello. Calif. 53215 34' 40'N 120" 35'W 113 WB 7-1-59 16 SW Srata Maria, Calif. (WBAS) 6-30-59 POINT MUGU, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. H 1 1948 EQUIP. OBS. E 2 ft 1 ft 1 ft 1 ft 2 ft 1 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 3 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 3 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 ft 2 ft 1 ft Li ft L# R 1 ft 2 ft 2 R 1 ft 2 ft 1 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. ft 1 ft 2* ft 1# ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2# 1954 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2# ft 2 ft 1 ft 1 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2. ft 2 R 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft R- 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 t 2 ft 2 ft 1 ft 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 1 G If G 1 G 1# G 1# G 1# If G G 1# G it G 1 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G 1# G 1 G 1 G G 1# G 1 G I G If G 1# 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 1# G It G l# G 1 1960 EQUIP. OBS. C 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 REMARKS: TInb of oba. an varied. TEAR JANUARY - HARCB APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 obs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 9 7 3 20 9 2 18 9 7 1953 RAOB RAWIN 20 2 9 4 62 7 42 2 19 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 17 2 11 5 51 3 37 1 24 1 60 13 50 9 38 1 69 30 62 27 50 24 1955 RAOB RAWIN 78 28 63 24 49 21 75 20 66 15 39 6 49 10 38 7 20 44 5 25 4 20 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 35 8 15 4 2 1 23 1 10 1 65 23 50 23 33 18 45 44 35 34 1957 RAOB RAWIN 30 26 21 20 7 6 18 15 14 11 9 5 8 7 5 5 18 16 12 10 1958 RAOB RAWIN 31 26 29 21 12 8 25 25 11 9 5 5 32 29 20 17 7 6 15 13 9 9 1959 RAOB RAWIN 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 30 30 30 30 26 26 1960 RAOB RAWIN 57 48 57 47 57 47 52 42 30 29 30 29 30 28 24 21 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fit PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Point Hugu, Calif. Point Hugu, Calif. Point Hugu, Calif. Point Hugu, Calif. 93111 93111 93111 93111 34' 07 'N 34' 07'N 34' 07'N 34* 07'N 119* 07'H 119* 07'W 119' 07'H 119* 07'H IS 23 25 4 N N H N 11- 2-47 10-20-58 1- 5-59 4- 1-60 10-19-5A 1- 4-59 3-31-60 8-31-60 SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP, OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUI P . OBS. EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 1 2 K 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S . 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 C 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: Fir YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbbi 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 50 79 35 4 1947 RAOB RAWIN 13 12 25 2 12 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 52 18 8 130 90 61 9 39 14 3 39 13 6 1949 RAOB RAWIN 35 21 7 2 22 7 2 46 16 4 36 10 6 1950 RAOB RAWIN 33 18 9 2 70 33 22 2 81 53 36 s 70 31 18 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 55 24 10 72 17 6 61 1 22 8 76 4 26 2 8 1952 RAOB RAWIN 34 6 13 5 76 48 40 32 17 14 102 99 70 65 51 43 2 1 101 93 64 50 53 38 1 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 126 66 54 60 33 1 131 111 70 32 60 25 3 1 128 116 94 71 75 58 109 101 63 52 51 37 1 I 1954 RAOB RAWIN 91 76 62 50 51 39 1 173 115 164 105 144 92 138 130 125 117 101 95 126 125 102 98 66 62 1 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 128 123 91 87 59 53 149 146 126 123 106 102 158 155 129 127 104 99 149 147 119 113 60 53 1956 RAOB RAWIN 111 109 75 75 42 40 121 114 86 78 48 43 1 1 160 163 147 151 98 94 s 3 161 159 141 140 94 84 3 1957 RAOB RAWIN 157 145 125 115 77 57 3 1 173 161 155 146 101 81 178 178 163 162 137 130 14 7 172 172 155 155 128 120 35 20 1958 RAOB RAWIN 174 169 155 153 90 78 21 6 174 172 168 166 127 116 22 18 187 182 180 177 153 151 30 29 181 177 163 163 146 134 32 1959 RAOB RAWIN 179 178 172 173 161 160 17 7 177 176 166 167 145 144 15 [1 178 178 169 150 137 136 15 l J 168 166 149 146 129 124 51 31 1960 RAOB RAWIN 162 151 131 121 127 116 66 54 179 178 175 174 166 164 60 46 182 182 178 178 169 167 40 3 7 182 180 181 178 170 161 23 7 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA, NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO San Diego, Calif. San Diego, Calif. San Diego, Calif. (Montgomery) San Diego, Colli. 93112 93112 93112 03131 32* 44'N 32" 43 'N 32' 42'N 32* 49' N 117* 10'W 117* 13'W 117* 12'W 117* 08'W U 11 11 124 N N N WB 1- 1-50 1- 1-53 6-16-56 12-31-49 12-31-52 6-15-56 3 W 1 BSE 8 NNE SAN NICHOLAS ISLAND, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. G - 1# G 2 G G Z 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 2# G 1# G 2 G 1 G 1 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2# C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2# 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1# G 1 G 1 G 2 G 1 G 1 G 1 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G I G 2 G 1 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 1 G 2 G 2 G 1 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G I G 1 G 1 G 1 G 2 G 1 G 2 G 2 G I G 2 C I 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 1 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 1 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: 15Z - Sept. thru Nov. 1952. 1SZ and 22Z - Oct. 1952. 15Z and 21Z - Dec. 1952. Tinea of oba. are varied - 1953 thru 1960. First CMD1B Apr. 5, 1960. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 24 24 19 14 13 12 1953 RAOB RAWIN 4 4 2 2 1 1 58 57 56 54 46 46 38 30 34 24 25 21 1954 RAOB RAWIN 42 41 33 30 24 17 1 24 IS 15 12 11 11 1 1 35 33 25 22 14 12 35 35 28 26 18 13 1955 RAOB RAWIN 49 49 41 39 27 24 60 60 46 45 8 8 60 59 49 46 23 17 42 40 29 28 19 17 1956 RAOB RAWIN 37 37 26 22 6 6 17 16 9 8 1 1 40 39 28 27 16 15 67 67 63 61 46 41 1957 RAOB RAWIN 58 58 53 49 46 43 52 50 47 40 22 16 55 54 38 33 16 10 59 58 42 37 25 23 1958 RAOB RAWIN 70 69 59 57 39 34 67 67 58 56 49 47 67 62 48 44 20 14 44 44 33 31 15 15 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 62 62 52 50 42 37 7 6 87 85 80 74 77 66 18 13 74 74 72 71 69 68 36 36 82 80 81 80 69 78 54 53 1960 RAOB RAWIN 71 68 71 67 69 64 42 37 70 69 70 69 70 69 57 56 71 69 71 70 71 70 71 69 39 39 39 39 39 39 38 36 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DTST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO San Nicholas Island, Colli: San Nicholas Island. Calif 93116 93116 33* 14'N 33* 14'N 119* 27'W 119" 27'W 180 174 N N 9-17-52 2- 2-53 2-1-53 SANTA MARIA, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUS .JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 19S4 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP . OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. R 2 H 2 1 2 S 2 R 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 1 • s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 | R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S .2 . S 2 S 2 S 2. S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 2 S 2 S 2 S S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 S> 2 s 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 9 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 5 , 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R' 2 R 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 R 2 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 £ J i S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mho 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 23 78 " 72 1 5 28 8 1947 RAOB RAWIN 8 1 9 1 1 8 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 39 7 5 1 87 2 24 127 59 64 13 33 3 90 36 27 7 12 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 104 24 41 5 12 3 157 111 80 48 35 20 75 56 4 4 1 1 72 55 1950 RAOB RAWIN 60 25 1 4 ' 3 3 3 126 84 45 33 13 10 148 126 46 39 11 8 141 80 79 47 34 19 1951 RAOB , RAWIN 127 ' 61 72 41 41 22 1 1 172 143 116 94 57 46 2 2 177 160 135 130 85 77 10 4 150 96 111 79 59 41 1952 RAOB RAWIN 155 53 118 40 77 19 174 87 151 79 111 56 2 1 173 144 140 128 97 78 1 166 114 128 94 63 41 1953 RAOB RAWIN 159 89 107 58 51 28 177 84 144 72 64 26 173 137 146 139 71 53 176 95 139 77 68 28 1954 RAOB RAWIN 166 84 137 66 74 33 176 121 166 110 102 63 171 126 154 124 82 54 176 107 130 84 59 38 1955 RAOB RAWIH 163 91 114 64 19 13 216 151 183 128 80 50 149 144 125 125 4S 41 1 144 101 114 81 38 22 1956 RAOB RAWIN 166 89 141 77 21 6 171 105 156 107 39 34 171 149 160 142 52 49 1 162 136 136 116 63 44 1957 RAOB RAWIN 150 48 119 40 44 15 169 103 155 96 61 35 1 166 117 147 105 76 46 176 88 155 76 83 42 1958 RAOB RAWIN 162 40 ; 154 38 73 12 170 65 158 60 77 22 175 145 168 142 145 115 1 178 129 170 123 149 106 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 177 74 175 73 161 67 24 176 101 170 99 155 82 12 3 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO PREV. LOC NAME FROM TO Santa Marie, Calif. (WBAS) 23236 34' 56'N 120* 25'W 71 UB 10-21-54 Santa Maria, Calif. 23273 34* 54'M 120* 27 'W 73 WB 10-22-5* 10-23-54 2 SStf Santa Karla, Calif. 23273 34* 54'N 120* 27 'W 74 WB 10-24-54 6-30-59 16 SW Point Arguello, Calif. 7-1-59 SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAM FEB MAR APR HAY Jl'\- JUL AUG S KPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952" EQUIP. OBS. . 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 97 85 63 55 49 46 3 1 271 278 199 199 137 137 16 17 326 311 291 278 229 200 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 330 263 288 234 209 149 23 12 344 161 307 148 101 81 357 356 330 332 291 2S7 29 24 169 320 147 267 123 190 40 30 1958 RAOB RAWIN 173 289 156 240 138 182 30 14 171 316 163 285 148* 216 37 35 178 349 172 334 156 261 33 25 180 351 175 336 168 297 89 62 1959 RAOB RAWIN 171 310 152 275 123 202 50 47 179 341 169 322 149 256 41 23 179 349 170 329 149 251 10 9 169 334 157 293 141 242 47 41 1960 RAOB RAWIN 1S2 322 158 277 146 236 84 77 180 348 172 323 159 273 56 66 182 351 176 328 159 259 31 29 183 352 177 336 166 276 54 19 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Santa Monica, Calif. (Clover fid.) 93197 34* Ol'H 118' 27'W 38 UB 4-17-56 22 HNW Long Beach, Calif. 3-10-47 4-16-56 VANDENBERG AFB, CALIFORNIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G G 1 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G G 3 G 4 G G 4 G 3 G G G 3 G 4 G- 3 1960 EQUIP. OBS. C 3 G 3 G 4 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mba 50 mbB 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mba 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 62 60 55 53 50 47 22 20 51 44 50 44 48 43 34 32 1959 RAOB RAWIN 91 88 88 85 80 76 27 21 115 113 113 111 104 102 38 46 114 111 111 109 106 104 54 39 111 105 105 101 99 91 54 36 1960 RAOB RAWIN 77 72 70 67 64 62 33 20 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS k PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Vandenburg. Calif. (Cooke AFB) Vandenburg, Calif. (Cooke AFB) Vandenburg, Calif. < Cooke AFB) 93214 93214 93214 34* 43'N 34° 45'N 34* 45'N 120" 34'W 120' 34'W 120* 34'W 123 104 98 AF AF AF 7- 1-58 12- 1-58 12-22-59 11-30-58 12-21-59 3-31-60 2 N DENVER, COLORADO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S S 4 S 4 S S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S S S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 s 4 5 S EQUIP. S s S S S S S S S S S S OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 C 4 G G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G G 4 G G 4 1954 EQUI P . OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G G G 4 G G 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G G 4 G 4 G G G G G G G C 1956 EQUI P . OBS. G 4 G G G 4 G G 4 C G G G G G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 70 8 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 3 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 9 2 4 2 33 7 17 4 9 3 1! 0" 69 40! 45 18 27 11 8 78 62 63 48 45 36 13 9 1950 RAOB RAWIN 81 24 69 12 52 10 23 4 94 51 72 34 43 17 14 6 92 40 80 28 66 23 I 25' 7 86 7 62 2 41 14 1951 RAOB RAWIN 73 12 54 7 49 5 12 1 79 19 59 5 46 3 11 102 60 73 14 61 9 13 1 45 14 28 5 25 1 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 52 14 35 3 25 1 1 70 28 56 13 40 4 3 77 14 61 5 51 1 87 3 64 53 10 1953 RAOB RAWIN 122 110 101 92 56 49 1 118 118 74 51 50 2 2 115 113 70 69 56 55 5 5 92 92 48 48 29 29 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 101 91 60 S3 48 42 12 11 98 97 73 73 60 60 23 28 143 135 122 116 108 103 30 29 157 151 132 129 100 97 8 7 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 166 128 119 80 90 58 32 17 148 135 130 113 100 87 23 21 153 134 112 97 87 79 15 14 182 176 173 170 154 152 42 41 1956 RAOB RAWIN 181 173 172 166 137 133 61 60 178 166 156 148 137 133 26 25 142 132 122 118 109 103 41 41 1SS 154 137 US 103 , 94 8 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 329 299 262 242 141 108 3 1 315 317 246 251 128 117 16 11 294 306 233 236 115 113 19 15 175 340 161 308 99 123 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 174 346 162 319 115 171 6 3 191 356 189 349 135 230 4 2 198 344 190 326 173 290 6 6 181 358 177 346 158 290 14 8 1959 RAOB RAWIN 176 348 163 325 140 245 8 3" 183 352 175 337 162 292 40 27 179 347 161 312 139 252 52 71 176 342 163 297 126 195 3 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN 178 354 155 304 122 222 14 14 181 346 173 327 165 300 109 114 180 357 166 334 150 282 36 26 183 362 176 346 165 297 42 26 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Denver, Colo. (WBAS) 23062 39' 46 'N 104* 53'W 1618 WB 3-31-46 Denver, Colo. (Lowry AFB) 23C12 39* 43'N 104" 53'W 1640 AF 10-15-41 2-20-49 3 S Denver, Colo. (Lowry AFB) 23012 39* 43'N 104" 53'W 1643 AF 2-21 -45 1- 7-50 Denver, Colo. (Lowry AFB) 23012 39° 43'N 104" 53'W 1640 AF 1- 8-50 12-12-52 Denver, Colo. (Lowry AF^ J , 23012 39' 43'N 104" 52'W 1661 AF 12-13-52 8-14-56 1 B Denver, Colo. (WBAS) 23062 39* 46' N 104" 53'W 1611 WB 8-15-56 3 N GRAND JUNCTION, COLORADO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG EPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. K 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 3 S 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 B 2 8 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S . 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S ' 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 W 2 u 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. H 2 U 2 u 2 w 2 H 2 w 2 II 2 w 2 U 2 y 2 U 2 li] TEAK JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 tabs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 46 1 72 3 57 5 1 9 1 1 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 9 4 16 12 5 3 24 8 1948 RAOB RABIN 75 29 12 4 106 46 21 7 103 49 47 21 3 50 27 10 7 1 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 30 11 10 3 2 42 27 70 44 83 37 6 3 1950 RAOB RAWIN 76 13 18 2 102 27 29 3 4 1 130 78 44 22 14 8 139 28 62 8 13 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 146 25 69 11 18 1 131 54 78 29 33 13 163 65 107 35 57 16 1 1 156 33 81 13 35 5 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 122 35 63 17 19 3 149 68 101 36 54 16 2 159 103 139 81 92 36 3 1 161 76 124 48 41 15 1953 RAOB RAWIN 164 45 85 21 35 6 167 48 129 33 55 11 170 93 134 66 45 20 170 66 112 46 17 1954 RAOB RAWIN 161 29 116 17 40 5 171 41 143 36 80 23 162 62 135 47 79 28 171 47 142 39 64 17 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 157 15 89 8 21 4 160 50 131 36 31 7 167 89 139 71 69 27 1 156 26 129 20 98 17 6 1956 RAOB RAWIN 159 26 117 19 41 7 165 62 144 45 63 25 164 85 148 62 53 18 169 54 151 46 59 14 1957 RAOB RAWIN 173 27 124 18 28 5 175 71 1S8 62 75 31 166 92 159 82 127 66 178 37 151 24 60 9 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 64 161 58 61 10 161 53 146 43 47 4 176 83 173 78 160 72 10 3 177 63 172 61 158 53 13 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 171 31 168 30 162 29 176 55 167 51 154 44 40 8 180 77 168 65 144 55 24 15 156 100 110 64 84 43 15 9 1960 RAOB RAWIN 170 130 143 117 121 97 55 32 181 170 177 165 164 149 67 47 184 180 182 179 162 155 33 28 178 156 172 153 157 133 33 8 REMARKS: Fir HURT 57 - Nov. 3. 1959. STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV-, ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Grand Junction, Colo.(WBO) Grand Junction, Colo.(WBO) Grand Junction, Colo.(WBO) 23066 23066 23066 39' 07'N 39° 07 'N 39° 07* N 108" 32'W 108" 32'W 108* 32' H 1474 1481 1474 WB UB WB 8-11-53 11-2-56 8-10-53 11-1-56 WASHINGTON, D.C. TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY jira JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S . 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 ' S 4 S 4 S 4 5 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S C 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G G G G G 4 G G G 4 G G 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 W 2 W 2 H 2 W 2 H 2 II 2 W 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 V 2 W 2 V 2 V 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 79 3 86 US 2 58 2 1 1947 RAOB RAW IN 71 7 4 91 13 11 91 23 13 85 59 24 1948 RAOB RAWIN 69 30 5 118 24 10 68 1 92 15 7 1949 RAOB RAWIN 90 47 30 137 43 17 1 129 7 33 7 133 37 10 1950 RAOB RAWIN 135 1 54 26 151 7 61 3 24 159 98 43 143 55 100 34 66 19 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 156 8 110 7 69 3 10 163 73 115 44 106 38 18 164 79 145 69 122 54 7 133 36 100 30 81 26 1952 RAOB RAWIN 160 5 123 3 92 3 4 163 71 137 59 104 39 1 169 102 133 80 92 50 4 171 21 150 17 115 12 4 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 150 112 109 86 86 72 6 1 158 149 143 140 127 126 13 9 169 168 145 144 133 131 3 1 162 152 118 113 93 87 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 166 159 136 129 87 75 163 162 142 140 102 95 170 167 149 144 119 93 160 149 139 133 105 95 2 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 156 133 121 109 85 75 1 31S 313 277 277 195 186 4 1 314 321 275 282 159 159 8 8 264 224 196 175 139 107 4 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 318 160 241 132 172 86 14 4 352 138 327 135 243 117 8 325 301 292 272 162 153 5 5 322 213 268 181 173 108 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 287 139 240 118 163 51 4 2 323 300 272 250 233 198 61 19 345 323 331 312 272 253 58 27 172 246 150 217 113 114 20 12 1958 RAOB RAWIN 193 269 178 231 143 148 17 20 172 307 157 267 128 177 20 14 143 252 126 215 104 141 42 39 134 185 107 147 88 - 95 27 15 1959 RAOB RAWIN 163 203 142 183 130 156 31 15 180 342 174 322 152 252 39 36 177 341 170 312 158 264 62 73 172 287 159 253 152 206 70 57 1960 RAOB RAWIN 171 241 156 215 149 16B 54 47 178 326 167 210 156 176 46 50 178 337 174 313 160 273 31 37 176 328 168 298 151 242 39 35 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS Si PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Washington, D. C. (H.t'l AP) Washington. D. C. (Silver Hill, Md.) Washington, D. C. (Stirling, v«.) 13743 93722 93734 38* 51 'N 38" 50'» 38' 59'N 77* 02'W 76" 57'W 77* 28'W 25 88 84 UB WB WB 10- 1-50 10-11-60 9-30-50 LO-10-60 5 BSE 32 NW APALACHICOLA, FLORIDA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JON JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 194b EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. I960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 50 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 91 3 85 93 7 81 4 1947 RAOB RAWIN 64 75 5 53 a 4 1 73 27 13 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 40 7 3 147 74 26 2 80 47 28 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1964 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAIIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. SO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO ApaUchlcole, Fla. (UBO) 12832 29* 44'N 85' 02'W 23 WB 8-31-46 CAPE CANAVERAL, FLORIDA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JON JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 3 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 C 4 G 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G . 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1953 EQUIP. G G C G G G G G C" G G G OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 * 4 4 4 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G 4 G 3 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 1958 EQUIP. C G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 C G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 3 G 3 G 3 C 3 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 4 G 3 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: Printed computer data RAOBS - May thru Dec. 1960. Raob summaries available (to approximately 700 mba . only) - Mar. thru Nov. 1946. Several types of equipment used from Jul. 1950 thru Jan. 1952. 03Z , 09Z , and L5Z - May 1954, Jan. and Feb. 1956. O0Z, 12Z, and 18Z - Jun. 1957. Sept. 1959 thru Jan. 1960 Mar. and Apr. 1960. Other times of obs . are varied for Nov. 1956 thru Dec. 1960. Flrat GMD1A - Feb. 5. 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nibs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAVIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 47 19 21 8 16 7 3 1 61 56 44 32 36 25 3 68 58 52 43 43 36 10 4 51 21 30 22 7 1951 RAOB RAWIN 73 33 52 12 45 10 16 3 43 25 25 14 18 9 5 1 73 51 52 36 40 27 1 95 78 58 50 40 27 10 8 1952 RAOB RAWIN 120 112 65 61 46 42 1 1 118 117 72 71 43 32 72 49 43 27 28 18 64 40 21 16 15 13 3 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 122 101 77 65 54 50 6 6 1S8 155 116 112 93 85 7 4 151 149 101 100 51 48 2 2 118 112 72 65 S6 48 2 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 118 102 78 57 61 41 2 1 109 95 73 65 66 56 3 2 146 142 123 119 93 91 24 22 143 138 110 104 80 73 2 2 1955 RAOB RAWIN 112 101 81 70 55 47 8 6 128 99 92 69 76 56 5 1 167 165 151 146 123 120 22 8 161 157 146 132 137 121 54 20 1956 RAOB RAWIN 172 161 158 146 139 124 47 31 160 155 124 120 101 96 16 6 172 166 168 163 157 151 68 56 149 143 143 138 135 134 37 21 1957 RAOB RAWIN 169 160 157 150 142 139 33 28 177 177 166 164 156 152 74 SS 168 163 159 157 144 141 52 41 159 153 153 147 144 143 58 45 1958 RAOB RAWIN 156 107 143 134 125 100 115 106 28 23 144 139 137 133 132 130 95 74 142 142 139 138 137 136 107 91 130 127 123 120 121 119 87 75 1959 RAOB RAWIN 134 129 126 121 99 88 141 140 133 131 129 126 98 83 152 148 148 143 144 140 101 92 160 159 152 151 147 145 63 51 1960 RAOB RAWIN 147 136 145 139 141 138 76 56 46 45 46 45 44 44 20 11 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Banana River, Fla. 12845 28* 15'N 80* 36' W 10 N 3- 3-4( 11-30-46 Cocoa, Fla. (Patrick AFB) 12867 28* 14'N 80* 36 'U 4 AT 2- 4-50 11-17-56 1 S Gapa Canaveral, Fla. 12868 28* 29'N 80" 33'W 5 AF 11-18-56 15 NNE JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY .TON JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R ' 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 6 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 C 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 REMARKS: Raob suoturlee available - Jan. thru Oct. 1946, Feb. thru Aug. 1947, Oct. 1947 thru Oct. 1948, Jul. 1949 thru Jul. 1950. Plrat GMD - Jan. 16, 1953, CMD1A - Apr. 1, 1953. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 nbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 nbs 30 nbs 10 mbs 100 nbs 50 mbs 30 nbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 29 12 3 34 16 12 1951 RAOB RAWIN 26 10 3 33 18 7 28 15 4 1 6 4 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 10 2 1 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 118 99 62 54 53 46 109 105 68 68 57 55 91 55 60 41 47 33 80 72 52 46 31 29 1954 RAOB RAWIN 64 55 43 37 25 24 106 93 77 69 62 53 2 117 85 87 72 57 39 158 153 140 134 110 100 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 152 136 120 112 94 81 1 167 164 142 141 128 122 98 96 73 68 44 40 59 56 53 52 36 33 1956 RAOB RAWIN 155 152 115 115 46 35 146 136 120 117 57 76 159 154 141 139 92 87 1 166 154 148 137 84 66 1957 RAOB RAWIN 162 148 128 122 50 25 158 160 125 128 62 48 150 155 124 127 100 98 14 10 169 162 152 145 122 106 22 16 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 123 147 107 97 52 22 7 157 155 137 136 105 92 21 13 169 175 134 135 113 111 28 24 170 167 148 147 111 104 1959 RAOB RAWIN 169 131 149 119 136 103 8 1 160 157 152 152 139 135 36 23 154 155 128 127 114 109 35 32 131 130 106 99 103 91 49 28 1960 RAOB RAWIN 162 116 125 95 114 83 31 9 172 165 166 159 159 150 30 21 182 182 164 165 141 141 1 2 172 160 168 155 152 139 6 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Jacksonville. Fla. (HAS) 9 3837 30° 14 "N 81' 41'U 3 N 10-31-55 Jacksonville, Fla. (Imeson AP) 13889 30* 25'N 81* 39 'U 6 WB 11-1-55 2-15-60 11 NNE Jacksonville, Fla. (Imeson AP) 13889 30' 25'N 81* 39 'V 5 WB 2-16-60 KEY WEST, FLORIDA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JDH JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 1 G 2 G 2- G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 C 2 G - 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 1 G G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS, C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 I960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: 032 - Aug. 1934 and Mar. 1956. PI tat GWD1A - May 1, 1954 I GKD - Dae. 1, 1960. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 ibs 30 nibs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 39 33 21 19 10 8 43 26 34 21 17 8 141 134 114 110 71 58 1955 RAOB RAWIN 102 98 80 74 42 29 41 27 30 20 6 3 89 71 64 52 28 16 68 59 41 37 29 21 1956 RAOB RAWIN 60 49 34 34 25 21 31 28 24 24 16 15 97 92 66 64 45 40 2 1 32 28 16 12 a 7 1957 RAOB RAWIN 45 39 25 20 127 125 99 97 45 36 115 108 87 84 43 36 1 1 118 115 104 103 97 96 1958 RAOB RAWIN 123 120 87 81 64 62 154 150 141 138 128 127 10 5 156 155 147 147 139 136 49 26 161 161 153 153 142 141 44 27 1959 RAOB RAWIN 135 124 132 118 124 112 82 62 154 146 150 147 143 140 5* 40 171 167 168 167 160 155 22 14 172 170 163 161 155 150 65 57 1960 RAOB RAWIN 177 169 169 168 162 156 90 81 176 174 171 170 159 155 9* 78 170 168 162 161 156 155 114 106 172 171 157 156 149 148 122 119 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO by Uo»t, Fla. (HAS) 12850 24" 35'N Bl' 42'w 3 N 5-1-54 MIAMI, FLORIDA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY jim JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S5 2 SS 2 SS 2 SS 2 SS 2 SS 2 SS 2 SS 2 S5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 U 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. W 2 2 U 2 2 tf 2 2 II 2 W 2 H 2 U 2 W 2 B 2 REMARKS: Pint WBRT 57 - Dec. 1, L959. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nibs 50 30 mbs 10 robs 100 robs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 rubs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 11101! RAWIN 75 64 70 5 2 42 26 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 33 10 31 18 1 1 40 32 3 1 12 9 1948 RAOB RAWIN 33 16 9 1 1 90 51 42 16 8 3 10S 93 56 47 12 11 65 47 29 16 7 5 1949 RAOB RAWIN 33 23 109 94 40 29 11 10 60 55 9 9 4 66 55 2 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 106 67 5 1 74 55 18 8 5 3 104 98 22 18 5 5 122 60 64 12 22 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 127 65 79 16 40 1 139 76 76 31 40 13 138 133 95 83 45 33 1 129 88 85 36 39 12 3 1952 RAOB RAWIN 98 38 50 7 18 1 1 118 74 85 36 48 18 145 139 109 101 66 39 136 87 100 28 47 5 1953 RAOB RAWIN 159 63 117 31 55 6 1 148 97 119 54 59 15 149 137 103 79 21 13 149 59 102 25 35 5 1954 RAOB RAWIN 157 50 114 18 56 6 152 108 114 61 46 17 152 145 131 124 57 40 153 84 132 52 64 19 1 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 158 83 109 42 74 24 144 111 100 67 40 11 149 180 121 151 42 43 154 111 133 85 82 40 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 147 52 103 31 50 7 125 85 102 64 38 40 138 133 118 112 78 63 151 117 128 97 78 51 1957 RAOB RAWIN 145 78 IIS 57 52 17 152 139 135 125 102 80 2 2 132 131 116 115 104 99 15 9 153 115 134 98 92 61 15 7 1958 RAOB RAWIN 151 7 119 6 69 1 8 131 92 110 73 83 55 8 6 182 186 173 173 159 151 13 10 169 120 137 106 120 91 7 6 1959 RAOB RAWIN 166 60 136 51 115 43 10 3 166 122 155 112 141 100 7 2 164 168 125 123 100 89 1 1 130 118 114 103 104 90 48 30 1960 RAOB RAWIN 176 168 161 15b 143 135 67 37 16S 165 157 158 143 134 23 10 178 178 169 166 156 150 13 8 173 172 162 161 133 126 12 4 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. SO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR, FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Miami. Fla. (WBAS) Miami, PLa. (WBAS) Miami, Fla. (Int'l AP) 12839 12839 12839 25° 49 'N 25° 49' N 25* 48 'N 80" 17 'W 80* 17'W 80* 16'W 12 WB WB WB 12-1-54 5-1-57 11-30-54 4-30-57 1 SE PENSACOLA, FLORIDA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FIB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP! OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R i 1 R 1 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 1 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 K 2 R 2 R 2 2 R 2 R 2- R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS, R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 1 R L R 1 R 1 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 2 R 2 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 1 R 1 1956 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1 R L R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R L 1957 EQUIP. OBS. C H G H G H G H G H G 14 G M G 1# G It G H G H C H 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G H G M G K G H G H G M' G H G H C M G H G M G K 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G H G M G H G H G H G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 19 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G L G 1 G 1 G 1 & 1 G 1 G ; i G 1 I G I G 1 G 1 REMARKS: Raob sunaaries available - Sept. thru Dec. 1946, Jun. thru Nov. 194t>, Jun. 1949 thru Jan. 1951. 152 - Jun, and Jul. 194b, Aug. thru Oct. 1947, May 1948. 13Z - Sept. and Oct. 1954. 09Z and 13Z - Nov. 1954. 12Z - Jun.. 1959 thru Dec, 1960. Times of obe,. are varied for - Dec. 1954, Jan. 1955 thru Dec. 1957. Firm GHD1A - Jan. 7, 1957. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 vbs 50 afbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 •be 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 2 1 1947 RAOB RAVIN 6 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 8 2 1 48 23 9 49 25 15 1 38 18 9 1952 RAOB RAWIN 22 e 6 1 33 9 3 20 12 6 1 27 16 8 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 45 20 15 70 43 3* 85 48 29 71 40 U 1954 RAOB RAWIN 68 29 12 , 26 18 13 15 12 8 14 8 3 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 19 11 3 17 7 5 15 7 1 9 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1 5 1 1 8 4 2 5 1957 RAOB RAWIN 4 4 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 14 14 11 10 8 8 41 40 34 32 18 15 1 1 34 33 31 31 28 28 17 16 1960 RAOB RAVIN 42 33 38 29 36 27 16 15 55 53 49 48 46 44 10 10 44 44 35 35 30 30 IS 16 47 46 41 39 38 36 30 28 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Pensacola, Pla. (NAS) Penaacola, Fla. (NAS Sherman Forest Fid) 93829 03855 30° 21 'N 30° 21' N 87* 16'W 87* 19'W 10 10 H N 5-27-55 5-26-55 3 W TAMPA, FLORIDA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN .rm. AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP, OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 a 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS, R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 & 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 B 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS, S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUI P . S S S S S S S S S S S S OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2. G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: ' 03Z - Jan. chru Apr. 1946. First Raob plus SCR 658 Jan. 16, 1954 and GMDLA - Jul. 16, 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 22 54 1 73 62 5 1947 RAOB RAVIN 63 4 60 1 30 3 2 73 2 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 75 29 14 146 1 89 43 a 103 1 73 42 78 8 37 3 25 2 1949 RAOB RAHN 75 5 5 141 4 65 4 8 1 90 7 35 4 5 95 8 2 1950 RAOB RAWIN 123 12 10 1 129 6 38 2 8 132 8 64 2 17 144 6 77 2 46 1 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 145 11 97 6 52 1 134 2 90 1 55 1 131 10 98 6 54 2 151 9 122 4 97 2 7 1952 RAOB RAWIN 139 ; 95 2 64 1 3 147 9 118 5 80 2 150 6 109 4 65 167 4 134 2 93 2 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 173 4 141 3 105 2 1 1 166 5 134 74 2 2 158 6 114 3 43 1 118 7 95 4 60 4 1954 RAOB RAWIN 158 43 122 33 68 18 1 149 128 130 112 78 59 142 116 113 112 60 47 164 91 138 79 74 37 1955 RAOB RAWIN 158 68 109 47 73 30 165 128 130 103 58 37 140 174 140 150 48 55 143 91 121 77 66 26 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 150 55 103 36 44 14 138 104 123 95 75 72 155 155 136 134 79 72 1 156 IIS 136 101 93 62 1957 RAOB RAWIN 145 64 125 56 72 27 142 119 121 102 65 49 169 170 159 161 139 140 28 15 178 120 170 115 159 107 26 19 1958 RAOB RAWIN 157 8 133 5 105 2 158 108 135 93 102 65 162 164 147 147 136 131 6 6 142 81 129 74 120 69 18 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 147 38 135 35 112 28 17 2 158 130 139 117 120 95 3 140 140 121 123 IDS 103 4 103 62 79 49 72 44 6 2 1960 RAOB RAWIN 127 11 102 10 84 7 15 154 116 131 101 111 83 10 3 170 171 159 157 137 133 15 10 190 191 168 171 139 128 9 4 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV, LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Tampa, FU. (UUS) Tampa, Fla. (WBAS) Tampa, Fla. (BUS) 12842 12842 12842 27' 58'N 27" 58'N 27" 58'N 82' 32'W 82* 32'W 82* 32'W 14 7 8 UB WB WB 1- 1-55 J- 16-57 12-31-54 3-15-57 VALPARAISO, FLORIDA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. S S S S S S S S S S S OBS. 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EQUIP. S S S S S S S s S 5 S s OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 EQUIP. S S S S S S S S S S S S OBS. 2 3 4 4 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 EQUIP. S S S S s S S S S S 5 S OBS. * * 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EQUIP. S S S S s S S S S s S S OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1953 EQUIP, OBS. G G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G G 4 G G 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 C 4 G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1957 EQUIP. G G G C G G G G G C C G OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1958 EQUIP. G G G C G G G G G G G G OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G u G 4 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 REMARKS: 03Z, 09Z, od 1SZ - Feb. 1950. Plr.t CMD1A - One. 19, 19S2. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 31 25 3 2 1 1 1 50 49 5 2 2 19 11 1949 RAOB RAWIN 15 6 36 7 20 1 17 2 41 25 14 3 10 3 1 68 31 50 23 34 19 10 6 1950 RAOB RAWIN 94 18 64 5 49 3 11 54 13 26 3 14 1 2 57 6 49 2 36 2 11 65 8 47 37 11 1951 RAOB RAWIN 43 9 30 1 23 1 1 55 10 46 3 35 3 18 1 65 48 45 8 26 3 7 62 22 7 35 5 3 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 60 a 43 4 37 3 8 114 61 79 28 63 19 17 5 147 132 110 75 82 46 6 1 127 73 97 49 64 29 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 14S 142 114 109 77 73 140 140 98 96 74 72 1 1 147 145 112 110 69 66 2 2 106 101 69 66 51 49 1954 RAOB RAWIN 64 62 32 31 21 20 1 1 155 152 132 127 102 97 14 10 158 150 132 124 101 86 S 168 164 130 123 101 92 3 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 153 119 99 65 76 28 14 167 138 145 81 126 56 16 6 154 153 130 130 106 106 18 11 165 161 126 124 99 94 7 5 1956 RAOB RAWIN 161 144 122 104 97 80 15 7 171 164 144 141 126 123 29 22 170 170 148 148 142 139 41 24 175 173 168 165 158 156 67 25 1957 RAOB RAWIN 172 166 165 163 151 149 61 52 180 177 174 172 165 161 68 54 177 173 167 165 159 157 40 27 177 171 146 139 122 25 16 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 131 140 122 131 124 36 22 179 173 174 169 164 162 108 91 184 183 179 177 171 168 137 113 179 173 166 165 154 152 81 57 1959 RAOB RAWIN 175 158 157 150 138 133 74 S3 177 174 166 164 156 156 93 57 177 177 174 174 170 168 88 67 183 172 175 171 170 166 79 58 1960 RAOB RAWIN 177 126 171 142 168 162 80 S3 178 176 175 174 172 167 62 52 181 181 177 175 170 168 22 St 171 161 152 143 146 141 102 82 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS b PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Valparaiso. PL. (Eglln APE) Valparaiso. PL. (Eglln AFB) Valparalao, PL. (Eglln AFB) 13858 13858 13858 30* 31'N 30" 29'N 30" 29'N 86* 35'W 86" 31 'W 86" 31'W 28 18 20 AF AP AF 2-23-48 10-21-51 3-15-54 10-21-51 3-14-54 5 ESE ALBANY, GEORGIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG 3 KIT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 C 3 G 3 G 3 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 REMARKS: 09Z, 1SZ, and 21Z - Fab. thru Hay 1956, Fab. thru Hay 1959 and Fab. thru Hay 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - .TUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 rabs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RABIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RABIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN •1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 45 19 40 18 35 16 15 6 44 33 41 32 37 29 5 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 86 59 80 58 70 54 39 28 94 84 92 83 81 69 35 18 1960 RAOB RAWIN 87 71 77 63 74 67 48 32 94 91 90 89 85 93 47 36 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Albany, G«. (Tumor AFB) Albany, G*. (Turner AFB) 13815 13815 31" 35'N 31* 35'B 84' 06'W 84* 06'» 61 66 AF AF 2-15-56 2-15-59 2-14-59 5-17-60 ATHENS, GEORGIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP, OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 tf 2 2 2 W 2 u 2 W 2 1960 EQUIP, OBS. W 2 W 2 W 2 2 W 2 U 2 H 2 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 H 2 REMARKS: First Raob plus SCR 658 - Oct. 4, 1957 and HBRT 57 Jun. 30, 1959. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RABIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 SAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN •1955 RAOB RAWIN 33 32 27 25 13 11 125 117 96 90 59 45 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 148 145 113 106 55 46 1 122 122 98 98 26 26 1 1 140 137 117 119 31 32 158 150 130 123 46 33 1957 RAOB RAWIN 142 126 96 86 35 12 148 147 120 122 51 46 147 147 118 115 101 96 27 11 151 28 125 20 80 12 9 1958 RAOB RAWIN no 3 155 111 4 155 71 124 60 88 37 19 10 164 161 140 134 114 103 3 169 40 158 32 146 31 1959 RAOB RAWIN 144 5 128 4 113 3 13 1 180 89 166 74 154 61 17 5 153 137 126 109 99 81 119 111 80 76 68 57 30 19 1960 RAOB RAWIN 165 132 130 102 107 76 33 14 165 162 158 154 139 130 26 17 175 165 169 159 155 140 10 7 172 168 1S9 159 146 139 19 6 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. EPT IX-T NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. K 2 R 1 * 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 a 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 3 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1 . 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: First GHD1 - Fob. 1.7, 1954. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 ObB 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 79 3 87 99 67 1947 RAOB RAWIN 78 3 70 4 59 4 5 3 43 3 11 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 65 42 21 146 6 72 2 24 2 128 2 87 2 59 2 101 7 43 2 24 1 1949 RAOB 34 I 112 72 23 128 36 11 130 8 RAWIN 8 6 2 8 2 1 5 1 1950 RAOB 132 24 1 110 40 14 130 35 12 119 52 23 RAWIN 4 2 5 1 1 1951 RAOB 140 82 38 1 111 67 29 136 96 49 4 122 89 64 2 RAWIN 1 1 1 1 5 * 2 1952 RAOB RAWTN 78 1 39 1 16 I 158 3 122 2 90 1 1 142 5 104 2 63 2 166 1 141 94 1953 RAOB RAWIN 154 1 102 52 167 134 87 156 130 2 59 152 14 122 11 72 6 1954 RAOB RAWIN 136 29 106 21 50 9 < 158 149 127 115 69 55 116 106 82 74 53 41 144 130 87 78 23 20 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 152 129 82 70 43 33 151 148 109 105 68 59 104 96 81 75 48 38 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO, (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAM! FROM TO Atlanta, Ga. (WBAS) 13874 33* 39' N 84* 25'W 309 WB 9-3-55 68 ENE Athene. Ga. 9-4-55 WARNER ROBINS, GEORGIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCI NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 5 4 S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 5 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 s 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 03Z, 15Z, «nd 21Z - Jm. thru Apr. 1954. SCR 658 - Nov. 15, 1948 and GMD1A - Jan. 2, 1954. TEAR JANUARY - HARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - S iPT EMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbB 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 34 18 19 9 15 7 2 1 31 28 18 15 16 13 1 16 12 12 8 10 6 42 24 31 16 23 6 7 3 1950 RAOB RAWIN 51 10 43 6 30 4 8 2 72 38 56 32 41 14 2 47 26 37 17 26 12 5 52 12 43 8 33 5 13 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 61 3 38 27 4 74 24 60 15 45 10 22 1 75 68 63 49 57 43 3 2 99 24 80 14 72 12 8 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 120 1 S3 66 1 1 140 36 99 14 74 8 5 34 27 19 15 11 6 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 83 61 50 33 41 28 1 1 50 47 35 32 31 29 2 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO PREV. LOC. NAME FROM TO Warner Robins, Ga. (Robins AFB) 13860 32° 38'N 83' 38'W 36 AP 11-15-48 1-25-49 Warner Robins, Ca. (Robins AFB) 13860 32" 36'N 83* 34'W 90 AF 1-25-49 2-28-54 5 ESE Warner Robins, Ga. (Robins AFB) 13860 32" 36'N 83* 34'W 86 AF 3- 1-54 4-30-54 BOISE, IDAHO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 E 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUI P . OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 'S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S> 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. H W W If U W W H H If If W OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 REMARKS: First Raob plus SCR 658 - Mar. 5, 1946 and starts again Jul. 27, 1949. First WBRT 57 - Dec. 17. 1959. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 ml.R 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 44 7 57 10 1 49 17 30 3 2 1947 RAOB RAWIN 20 12 2 7 3 8 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 4 1 119 5 58 1 11 1 144 4 88 1 32 103 3 64 I 18 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 114 5 51 3 17 127 4 77 2 28 1 46 8 10 1 19 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 49 4 7 1 92 25 31 5 10 1 1 127 49 51 21 14 4 100 9 44 3 5 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 123 30 55 13 16 4 1 145 89 70 44 23 12 140 45 81 15 37 6 140 29 91 18 54 10 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 151 18 112 7 77 5 6 161 35 139 12 112 7 1 180 33 164 17 140 9 7 1 158 21 133 6 84 3 1953 RAOB RAWIN 146 13 106 10 60 8 168 73 148 50 92 27 2 176 81 166 56 93 33 166 54 130 32 73 19 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 162 35 121 20 65 11 156 43 120 25 59 9 147 39 115 21 53 6 157 71 108 42 29 13 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 151 35 86 19 27 7 208 99 176 84 74 23 1 174 64 156 53 60 18 131 28 105 21 30 5 1956 RAOB RAWIN 148 23 118 16 16 167 74 153 61 51 17 159 59 122 45 48 17 132 47 102 36 45 16 1957 RAOB RAWIN 124 36 88 27 33 9 129 66 106 54 40 12 165 35 156 28 109 16 1 153 20 116 12 74 4 1958 RAOB RAWIN 164 47 141 3S 65 13 17 5 76 159 57 107 30 177 52 162 37 131 27 162 20 127 15 95 9 1959 RAOB RAWIN 165 19 149 12 122 2 172 40 166 30 148 26 18 2 168 13 158 9 127 8 1 150 33 133 22 107 15 5 2 1960 RAOB RAWIN 163 130 144 116 122 95 46 16 182 164 176 159 159 138 26 14 181 160 179 160 168 148 14 15 180 144 175 140 161 118 20 5 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. SO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Boise, Idaho (WBAS) 24131 43' 34'N 116' 13'W 868 WB BELLEVILLE, ILLINOIS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAM FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S H S H SS M S H EQUIP. S5 SS S5 S5 SS S5 S5 S5 S3 SS ss' SS 19|1 OBS. M M H M M H H H H M H H EQUIP. S5 S5 S5 S5 S5 SS 95 SS SS SS SS SS OBS. H M H H H M M H M H H H EQUIP. S3 S5 S5 S5 S5 S5 S5 SS SS SS SS S5 OBS. K H H M M H H H H H H H 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G it 1955 EQUIP. OBS. -4 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. a 3 G . 3 6 ' 3 G 3 C 4 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 032, 15Z, and 21Z - Hay thru Oct. 1954, May thru 3«pt. 1955, OOZ, 122, and LSZ - Hay thru Aug- 19S9. First GMD1A - May 16, 1954. UBAN 33 only - Hay thru Sept. 1955. YEAR APRIL - JUNE 3ER - MARCH OCTOBER DECEMBFJ 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 10 robs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 86 76 74 67 60 57 27 27 171 136 155 130 145 125 49 33 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 90 84 St 77 74 77 2 1 140 134 133 125 123 118 10 9 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 66 66 63 62 61 59 27 20 179 177 164 160 149 146 23 14 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Belleville, 111. (Scott ATS) Belleville, 111. (Scott ATS) Belleville, 111. (Scott AfB) 13802 13802 13802 38* 33'K 38* 33'H 38* 33 'N 89* 59 "V 89* 59 'H 89* 51'W 136 133 133 AF AF AT 7-5-50 4-1-52 5-28-59 3-31-52 5-28-59 9-30-59 7 B JOLIET, ILLINOIS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY jun JUL AUG SEP! OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. It 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. ft. 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 X 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft a ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 it 2 R 2 ft 2 1 2 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 abs 50 mbs 30 tabs 10 mbs 100 nbs 50 mbs 30 nbs 10 mbs 100 robs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 61 3 93 5 116 8 66 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 13 I 23 1 61 4 24 3 9 1 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 9 35 1 47 1 7 1 31 36 19 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 68 21 1 106 38 7 120 10 94 4 1950 RAOB RAWIN 86 14 6 91 17 6 122 1 28 4 77 18 4 1951 RAOB RAWIN 99 1 18 2 131 64 24 162 113 46 3 131 65 27 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 105 61 27 I 130 2 97 58 2 116 89 42 1 138 104 52 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 92 52 13 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN -y STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS .'. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Jollet, 111. (WBO) 14834 41* 30'N 88* 10 'U 179 WB 3-14-53 PEORIA, ILLINOIS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS.- 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 c G 4 G 4 G G G G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: Pint GHDIA - Sept. 12, 1956. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 nbe 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 34 30 31 30 27 27 335 267 270 225 141 109 3 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 338 169 266 145 104 32 10 1 330 312 305 294 210 171 11 9 340 337 312 306 235 212 23 9 176 325 167 298 96 119 3 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 322 159 297 123 144 12 3 1S2 306 172 286 106 126 5 3 201 336 192 313 173 261 7 6 182 304 160 268 135 189 9 5 1959 RAOB RAWIN 163 269 141 226 112 164 2 187 313 175 270 148 198 18 11 165 302 158 272 146 244 36 41 155 247 121 185 108 142 40 32 1960 RAOB RAWIN 170 287 157 250 140 205 25 12 180 311 170 277 152 213 18 11 172 324 165 305 148 234 34 28 178 322 166 276 144 209 31 10 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS Si PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Peoria, 111. (Greater AP) 14842 40* 40' N 89* 41'W 201 WB 9-12-56 38 WNW Rantoul, 111. (Chanute API! 1-1-46 9-11-56 RANTOUL, ILLINOIS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUS JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S5 H 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S H S 1 S 2 S 2 S 1 S 1 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 4 s 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 s 4 S 4 3 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 3 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 s 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 4 S 4 S 4 s 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 s S 4 S 4 S 4 S . 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 s 4 G 4 c 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 6 4 C 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 2 G 2 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUI P . OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 15Z - Jun. 1947. 04Z - S«pt. and Oct. 1947. 03Z, 09 Z , and 152 Feb. thru Hay 1950. First GMDLA - Mr... 25. 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DEC EMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 nibs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1 2 1 4 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN " 23 20 28 27 37 31 1949 RAOB RAWIN 30 4 8 6 3 48 45 19 16 17 13 1 49 42 15 14 4 52 27 35 16 23 11 3 1950 RAOB RAWIN 32 3 17 6 1 41 9 20 5 17 8 1 60 15 53 3 35 2 7 92 12 71 7 55 5 13 1951 RAOB RAWIN 87 15 71 10 56 10 13 2 89 51 67 33 57 28 17 9 92 43 65 32 52 25 21 12 81 16 56 8 45 6 11 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 106 8 84 5 64 5 14 2 94 24 70 15 44 9 5 153 71 126 14 95 22 17 6 151 26 118 12 86 9 6 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 115 14 86 8 49 5 2 118 116 79 76 52 50 1 1 143 142 102 102 83 83 9 8 130 125 95 90 62 60 1954 RAOB RAWIN 94 88 57 51 34 32 105 100 72 61 65 59 10 10 141 137 97 83 75 70 1 1 125 117 95 64 75 66 12 11 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1S4 135 115 99 94 78 5 174 171 158 153 136 129 181 175 156 155 122 114 16 10 180 176 124 120 94 87 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 179 171 142 134 103 98 19 15 174 171 149 146 132 126 26 13 142 137 132 131 124 121 33 15 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN : STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 8. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Rantoul, Ill.(Chanuce AFB) 14806 40' 18'N 38' 09'W 227 AF 1-1-46 9-11-56 36 WNW Peoria, 111. (Greater AP) 9-12-56 SOUTH BEND, INDIANA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 REMARKS: 00Z , 122, and 18Z - Kay thru Aug. 1959, July and Aug. 1960. Flroc CMD1A - Hay 29, 1959. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNI JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 nibs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbB 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 65 64 62 61 56 52 4 3 122 120 113 110 95 95 6 5 1960 RAOB RAWIN 46 43 64 61 39 37 2 2 140 139 129 128 120 116 52 24 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- PERIOD DIST. AND DIR, FROM CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO PREV. LOC. NAME FROM TO South Bend, Ind. South Bend, Ind. 94848 94848 41* 42'H 41° 42'N 86° 19'U 86' 19 'H 237 234 AF AT 5-29-59 6-5-60 6-4-60 9-16-60 CEDAR RAPIDS, IOWA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JlIN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. ,OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G ' 3 G 3 G 3 G 3* 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 G 3 REMARKS : Times of obB. are varied - May thru Oct. 1954. 02Z, 14Z, and 20Z - Apr. thru Oct. 1955. 08Z. 142, and 20Z - Jul. thru Sept. 1956. OOZ, 12Z, and IflZ - May thru Jul. 1960. 00Z and 12Z - Aug. 1960. 00Z, 12Z, and 23Z - Sept. 1960. YEAR JANUARY - march APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 90 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 rabs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 1947 RAOB RAH IN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 78 76 71 68 62 59 13 13 177 174 169 166 156 154 52 51 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 152 152 136 135 126 126 37 37 140 140 131 130 129 129 82 82 1956 RAOB RAWIN 71 61 69 63 67 61 14 10 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN 81 77 76 72 75 72 SO 34 166 163 158 155 146 145 42 19 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. N'O. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Cedar Rapids, Iowa(Hin.AP) Cedar Rapids, Iowa(Mun.AP) 94917 94917 41* 53'B 42" 05' N 91* 43'U 91* 37'W 263 265 AF AF 5-16-54 5-20-60 9-30-56 9-30-60 14 N'Ni: OTTUMWA, IOWA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs robs mbs mbs REMARKS: &«°>> ' urles available Jan. thru Dec. 1946 and Feb. 1947. STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PHEV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Ottunnra, Iowa (HAS) 14948 41' 06'N 92* 26'H 256 H 6-30-47 WATERLOO, IOWA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 EQUIP OBS. EQUIP OBS. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 robe 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 robs 50 robs 30 robs 10 mbs 100 robs 50 mbs 30 robs 10 robs 1946 RAO!) RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 27 25 20 18 16 14 1 169 167 143 141 123 121 8 7 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN M M 64 63 60 59 39 32 178 178 173 172 162 160 14 11 1960 RAOB RAWIN REMARKS: First CMD1* Jim. 1. 1953. STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Waterloo. Iowa (Hun. AP) Waterloo , Iowa (Mm. AP) 94914 94914 42' 33'N 42' 33'N 92* 24'W 92* 24'W 264 255 AF 6-1-53 5-28-59 5-27-59 9-30-59 WAVERLY, IOWA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 Equip. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 6 3 G 3 G 3 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 3 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 nibs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbB 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1934 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN m 23 26 22 23 21 9 9 73 68 56 54 49 49 14 14 1958 RAOB RAWIN 60 60 58 58 54 52 33 26 175 169 161 15S 148 145 25 11 19 16 14 13 9 8 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fc PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO tfaverly, lava Wcvarly, Iowa 94922 94922 42* 41'* 42* 41'P 92* 29'» 92* 29'H 307 305 AP AT 6-1-57 6-1-58 5-31-5! 10-15-5! DODGE CITY, KANSAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ia52 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R . 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 S 4 S 4 S 4 5 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS, S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 If 2 W 3 2 2 V 2 W 2 U 2 W 2 U 2 REMARKS: Pint Bub plue SOI 658 - K«r. 19, 1953 «nd UBRT 57 Apr. 11, 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbB 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 13 59 53 43 1947 RAOB RABIN 44 81 1 37 2 20 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 14 1 47 3 9 1 1 71 14 11 69 8 14 5 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 50 4 5 4 97 14 5 1 1 1 124 19 16 1 115 21 9 L 1950 RAOB RAWIN 137 IS 30 6 9 2 1 109 12 42 5 16 1 120 18 57 9 15 1 139 11 77 5 25 4 1951 RAOB RAWIN 126 4 47 16 154 4 94 1 45 1 8 169 9 133 1 81 1 3 123 6 108 1 93 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 74 3 41 1 13 153 15 114 3 66 123 28 79 6 30 151 29 87 1 29 1953 RAOB RAWIN 165 22 114 16 46 6 128 90 103 71 51 34 1 155 148 121 122 60 52 165 106 123 74 45 25 1954 RAOB RAWIN 147 44 107 25 31 8 161 107 129 69 52 27 153 136 129 107 68 44 163 82 117 54 37 11 1955 RAOB RAWIN 165 41 102 24 22 7 160 100 122 75 47 15 166 155 147 136 45 31 147 46 113 36 37 6 1956 RAOB RAWIN 161 53 120 36 30 4 158 120 136 104 55 28 165 161 143 136 31 29 180 107 157 100 40 18 1957 RAOB RAWIN 148 36 109 26 38 8 152 91 140 79 80 40 171 142 153 120 75 57 177 37 165 33 82 13 1958 RAOB RAWIN 16S S9 146 47 70 17 175 104 164 94 82 32 196 140 184 127 144 84 6 1 176 40 161 31 114 15 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 173 31 157 27 145 24 7 193 69 187 62 175 17 5 174 136 161 112 141 83 1 1 130 15 102 7 70 5 2 1960 RAOB RAWIN 143 114 * 93 3 21 188 166 164 145 143 121 59 33 180 172 167 160 142 134 3 174 169 146 141 119 108 . STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Dodge City, Km*. (WBAS) Dodge City, Una. (WBAS) 13985 13985 37* 46'N 37* 46'N 99* 58'U 99* 58'H 800 792 UB MB 12-26-55 12-25-55 FORT LEAVENWORTH, KANSAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JOL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2# R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 R 2 R 1 S 1 R 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 4 s 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S M S 4 S S 4 s 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 3 s 3 S 3 S 3 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S S 4 S S 4 S 4 S s 4 S S 4 S 4 s 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 s 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4' G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 16Z - Jan. 1947, 042 - Jun. and Jul. 1947. 03Z, 09Z, and 15Z Feb, thru Hay 1950. First GHDl - Mar. 5, 1952. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1 12 1 1 1 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 7 5 30 15 47 11 8 1949 RAOB RAWIN 23 12 8 1 52 27 36 17 26 10 3 31 9 22 3 17 1 i 27 8 15 3 10 2 2 1950 RAOB RAWIN 67 4 49 35 13 73 2 52 1 33 1 9 68 6 39 2 23 2 3 83 6 57 4 39 2 6 1951 RAOB RAWIN 61 37 30 10 90 12 71 6 58 4 31 2 96 28 75 16 57 8 19 3 87 10 64 7 53 6 21 1952 RAOB RAWIN 13S 46 102 14 72 8 17 1 147 123 108 72 74 51 8 7 137 133 102 99 81 78 2 2 123 111 75 69 61 53 19 16 1953 RAOB RAWIN 94 87 58 53 38 38 8 8 138 132 104 98 80 77 10 8 138 131 102 98 82 78 10 S 22 22 17 17 13 13 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Ft. Laevenvorth, Kins. (Sheraan AFB) 13921 39* 20 'N 94' 55' U 267 AF 10-22-46 8-26-48 Ft. Leavenworth, tana. (Sheraan AFB) 13921 39* 19'N 94" 55'W 274 AF 8-27-48 5-31-51 1 S Ft. Leavenworth, Kane. (Sheraan AFB) 13921 39* 19'N 94" 55'W 327 AF 6- 1-51 10-19-53 47 ESE Topeka, Kansaa 12-21-53 FORT RILEY, KANSAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JOT, AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUI P . OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS, 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 1 G 1 G 1 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DEC EMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 167 158 158 151 139 115 8 3 101 99 96 93 90 87 19 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN REMARKS: 00Z, 12Z, and 15Z 12Z - Aug. thru Oct. 1958. Jim. 1958. 00Z, 12Z, and 21Z - Jul. 1958. STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 8; PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Fore Riley, Kanaas 13947 39* 03'H 96° 46'u 317 A 4-4-56 10-12-58 GOODLAND, KANSAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQU I P . OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1954 EQUI P . OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3# 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 4 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 4 G 3 G i G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 3# C 3 G 2 G 2 G 3 REMARKS: 03Z. 15Z, and 21Z - Jul. thru Sept. 1952, May thru Oct. 1954, May thru Sept. 1955. 082, 15Z, and 21Z - Jul. thru Sept. 1956. 06Z, 1ZZ, and 16Z - Jun. and Jul. 1957. OOZ, 12Z, and 18Z - Jun., Aug., and Sept. 1958, May thru Sept. 1959, May and Jun. 1960. 00Z, 12Z, 18Z, and 20Z - Jul. 1958. 00Z, 122, and 23Z - Sept. 1960. First CMD1A - Jun. I, 1953. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbR 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 52 41 29 18 15 8 1953 RAOB RAWIN 34 34 26 25 21 19 3 3 171 168 150 141 135 128 12 12 1954 RAOB RAWIN 88 88 76 71 66 63 24 22 174 172 155 150 145 140 44 34 3 3 3 3 2 2 1955 RAOB RAWIN 85 78 67 60 51 47 2 2 140 136 134 130 124 120 31 31 1956 RAOB RAWIN 73 73 72 70 69 69 10 5 1957 RAOB RAWIN 28 27 26 25 24 24 10 10 43 43 39 39 36 36 10 8 1958 RAOB RAWIN 60 55 59 54 57 52 30 27 178 174 176 169 167 162 68 58 30 30 29 29 24 24 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 65 63 61 58 53 51 29 21 181 175 171 165 151 140 59 44 1960 RAOB RAWIN 60 57 57 56 56 53 32 22 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Goodland, Kans. (Hun. AP> 93056 19° 22*N 101" 42'W 1113 AF 7-18-52 7-24-57 Coodland, Kans. (Mun. AP) 93056 39* 22'N 101* 42'W 1100 AF 7-25-57 5-31-58 Goodland, Kana. (Mun. AP) 93056 39* 22 "N 101* 42'W 1112 AF, 6- 1-58 9-30-60 SAUNA, KANSAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC EQUIP. 1946 OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. S S S S G G G OBS. 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 C 3 G 3 G 3 G 3* EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G OBS. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 K 1956 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G OBS. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 C 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1958 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G OBS. 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 03Z, 15Z, and 212 - Hay thru Oct. 1954, Feb. thru Oct. 1955. 092, 15Z. and 21Z - Feb. thru Sept. 1956, Mar. thru Hay 1957. 06Z, 12Z, and 18Z - Jim. thru Sept. 1957. 00Z, 122. and 182 - Apr. 1958. First GMD1A - Jun. 16, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 nbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 58 9 46 1 32 1 4 181 47 162 31 126 23 13 1 182 172 170 152 153 133 10 9 1954 RAOB RAWIN 83 73 68 53 60 49 19 16 166 156 153 142 130 126 18 16 4 4 4 4 4 1955 RAOB RAWIN 52 49 25 19 18 12 2 1 152 146 115 104 89 75 12 6 135 127 123 116 94 88 17 17 1956 RAOB RAWIN 45 34 43 32 34 26 7 7 73 69 62 58 57 52 8 6 68 62 61 57 56 52 6 6 1957 RAOB RAWIN 31 29 22 19 12 10 4 3 59 56 48 48 42 42 14 13 1 1 1 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 57 5'! OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 2 B 1 R 1 S 1 R 1 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S I S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS, S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 - S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 W 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. V 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 a 2 H 2 2 u 2 If 2 1 2 2 YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 43 38 28 2 1947 RAOB RAWIN 12 34 9 26 22 1 1 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 3 1 1 65 26 12 4 1 128 12 60 1 12 87 2 48 23 1949 RAOB RAWIN 87 1 35 12 68 2 16 3 69 2 74 10 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 52 6 1 83 21 e i 2 122 21 47 5 6 1 144 11 82 30 1951 RAOB RAWIN 144 20 92 12 30 5 145 54 100 21 23 5 157 61 100 21 28 149 31 75 7 31 3 1952 RAOB RAWIN 126 7 93 2 39 131 20 102 11 54 8 1 153 41 129 21 65 11 152 15 104 9 45 3 C 1953 RAOB RAWIN 158 14 111 38 160 31 127 7 67 4 172 49 157 21 112 14 2 159 29 118 12 67 3 1954 RAOB RAWIN 168 12 131 50 2 160 31 139 16 79 6 a 176 32 154 24 124 15 1 172 17 147 11 99 4 1955 RAOB RAWIN 167 14 140 11 74 5 170 85 147 73 63 19 176 112 172 106 104 54 5 1 174 22 157 IS 69 7 I 1956 RAOB RAWIN 160 27 138 20 49 6 152 40 136 39 66 24 172 27 163 24 HI 15 1 165 42 143 34 59 18 1957 RAOB RAWIN 165 19 140 16 48 3 176 63 153 60 90 32 180 45 171 39 126 26 163 22 149 19 104 15 1958 RAOB RAWIN 162 36 149 28 98 10 174 34 168 33 137 24 183 40 178 36 162 31 181 11 173 10 150 10 4 1959 RAOB RAWIN 172 3 169 2 152 1 25 177 63 174 61 159 54 24 6 173 106 165 101 151 94 19 8 135 33 114 31 101 28 30 13 1960 RAOB RAWIN 164 126 148 115 134 105 78 53 173 169 167 162 157 148 61 69 177 174 177 173 162 156 39 33 166 135 161 132 138 116 34 13 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Nantucket, Haas. 14756 41* 15'R 70* 04'U 14 HB 4-16-46 11-21-50 Nantucket, Haaa. 14756 41* 15'N 70' 04'W 20 WB 11-22-50 2-28-51 Nantucket, Maaa. 147S6 41' 15'W 70* 04'W 14 UB 3- 1-51 BATTLE CREEK, MICHIGAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP, OBS. EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 032, LSZ t and 21Z - Key thru Oct. 1954. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 30 10 100 50 30 11) 100 50 30 10 100 50 30 10 nibs tnbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs 1946 RAOB RAVIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN RAOB 89 75 67 9 165 145 132 24 4 1 1 RAWIN 87 73 66 9 158 141 127 24 4 1 1 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Bactle Creek, Mich. (Ft. Custer) 94829 42* 15 'H 85* 10'H 27 3 5-16-54 10-2-54 FLINT, MICHIGAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JDS Jin, AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQDIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: 00Z, 12Z, and I8Z - Aug. 1958. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULT - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 tabs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 nibs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAH IN 1947 RAOB RAIIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 17 16 13 13 9 8 145 128 105 95 73 59 12 6 1957 RAOB RAWIN 149 116 125 90 93 63 171 166 156 147 111 98 1 1 163 158 146 141 109 98 10 2 139 129 119 110 86 77 3 1958 RAOB RAWIN 169 165 157 153 123 99 3 178 173 169 166 143 133 24 7 176 175 143 141 124 106 17 5 179 159 17C 165 143 138 27 8 1959 RAOB RAWIN 170 153 160 145 123 111 5 1 176 176 165 164 147 144 12 7 171 167 161 161 149 144 78 47 151 137 113 106 92 88 35 16 1960 RAOB RAWIN 173 162 161 150 147 140 50 39 160 175 177 174 163 159 37 15 iei 181 179 179 166 163 26 17 181 172 176 169 155 148 18 7 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 8. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Flint, Mich. (BlBhop AP> 14826 42* 58'N 83" 44'W 234 WB 9-19-56 52 WWW He. Clemens, Mich. (Selfrldge AFB) 1-4-47 9-18-56 MOUNT CLEMENS, MICHIGAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY J11N JUL AUG SEP? OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S M S H S 2 S M S M S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 4 s 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S S s 4 S s S 2 s 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 4 s 4 S S s S S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 s 4 s 4 5 S 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 s S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G G G G 4 G G G G 4 G G 4 G G 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G C 4 G 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP, OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 04Z - Jan. 1947. First GMD1 - Jun. 30, 1952 and CMDIA Sept. 4, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nbB 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RABIN 4 1 2 7 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 4 6 2 16 16 2 2 1 1 10 8 1949 RAOB RAWIN 6 1 38 23 15 7 8 5 3 23 12 2 39 20 15 8 7 4 1 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 38 9 7 3 7 3 3 2 82 26 65 17 52 14 29 7 81 50 38 21 31 18 13 85 28 60 19 55 18 19 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 78 LO 59 6 51 5 14 1 82 48 63 38 57 35 18 12 158 65 126 26 96 17 11 157 32 116 18 76 9 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 147 34 107 16 69 9 3 1 137 64 64 31 51 18 1 90 88 54 50 31 30 127 112 94 86 65 60 16 13 1953 RAOB RAWIN 135 117 99 90 55 51 5 3 127 120 107 99 74 70 6 6 98 94 70 67 53 50 148 147 114 114 93 93 4 4 1954 RAOB RAWIN 96 86 69 65 44 40 3 3 149 144 119 115 89 86 7 3 176 175 157 154 124 122 12 8 159 158 121 119 89 84 5 3 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 150 145 89 88 53 48 6 4 159 158 124 124 88 86 10 5 164 161 131 130 104 101 24 18 164 159 125 122 87 81 7 5 1956 RAOB RAWIN 174 167 150 145 112 108 13 3 168 162 144 142 127 120 17 9 157 154 146 146 137 133 26 14 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Ht. Clemens, Mich. (Selfrldge AFB) 14804 42* 37' N 82° 50'W 176 AF 1-4-47 9-18-56 52 WNW Flint, Mich. (Bishop AP) 9-19-56 SAULT STE. MARIE, MICHIGAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R i R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S S S 4 S G 4 1954 EQUI P . OBS. G 4 G 4 G G 4 G G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G C 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G G G G 4 G G G G G 4 G 4 G 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G G G G 4 G G G G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G G G G G 4 G 4 G G G G 4 G G 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G G G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G 4 G G 4 G G 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G G 4 G G 4 G G G G 4 G 4 G G G 1960 EQUIP. OBS. 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G 2 G G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: Firot GMD1A - Dec. 6, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 »bs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RABIN 65 98 4 107 6 43 3 3 1947 RAOB RAWIN 10 9 1948 RAOB RAWIN 16 6 69 34 15 7 23 5 18 6 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1 1 11 6 66 26 43 10 1950 RAOB RAWIN 80 7 21 4 15 4 109 23 36 8 3 132 51 41 12 10 2 136 18 67 8 14 3 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 128 19 62 6 17 165 23 114 7 42 1 164 22 99 3 57 2 7 149 4 97 54 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 140 11 105 8 44 3 1 161 5 133 2 84 7 163 6 137 3 100 2 3 169 5 122 3 57 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 158 6 111 1 31 158 18 127 9 63 2 122 109 56 45 38 33 2 77 71 35 27 14 13 1954 RAOB RAWIN 81 74 51 45 29 26 84 79 52 49 36 36 6 1 101 98 53 51 40 37 36 35 14 14 8 5 1955 RAOB RAWIN 64 60 37 34 28 26 230 225 129 129 50 44 3 1 260 251 171 168 103 94 2 1 143 138 84 79 40 30 7 1956 RAOB RAWIN 237 224 172 160 78 53 221 106 165 81 104 58 4 284 274 248 238 187 176 8 3 272 249 231 213 118 93 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 278 220 196 156 95 67 2 1 297 252 252 212 165 114 322 291 268 241 211 162 25 9 322 290 274 246 177 126 21 12 1958 RAOB RAWIN 328 307 281 263 222 185 54 20 329 319 290 285 209 182 3 2 317 317 266 270 229 228 37 35 308 298 255 252 203 187 26 15 1959 RAOB RAWIN 332 319 297 285 260 239 71 16 325 323 307 305 286 277 78 41 316 315 288 280 261 248 67 58 323 293 282 254 233 196 55 11 1960 RAOB RAWIN 334 319 294 287 243 208 33 7 335 332 307 240 278 202 42 23 170 169 138 139 90 88 1 1 164 150 143 130 120 102 5 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Saulc Ste. Marie, Mich. (WBO) SaulC See. Marie. Mich. (WBO) L4847 14847 46° 28'N 46° 28'N 84° 22'W 84* 22'W 225 221 HB WB 12-5-53 12-4-53 INTERNATIONAL FALLS, MINNESOTA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: Pltst GMD1 - Oct. 4. 1954 nod WBRT 57 - Jan. 24, 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - OH EMBER 100 robs 50 mbe 30 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 robs 10 mbs 100 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 nibs 50 30 nibs 10 nibs 1946 RA0B RAW IN 71 15 103 15 98 b 19 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 11 7 17 6 26 5 35 14 6 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 52 15 7 1 121 58 29 11 2 2 53 20 2 59 34 9 4 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 56 25 21 13 2 2 72 45 26 20 4 1 77 41 45 20 1950 RAOB RAWIN 42 21 10 5 I 57 32 3 2 1 50 34 10 5 5 2 101 42 28 11 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 115 60 41 21 5 2 134 81 18 23 8 1 150 39 66 13 36 10 1 141 37 97 13 35 3 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 119 42 78 19 31 11 2 I 163 47 142 32 110 21 7 1 167 33 148 28 109 18 7 2 152 24 114 12 43 4 1953 RAOB RAWIN 164 49 116 29 41 8 170 50 150 38 64 17 163 40 126 29 63 15 163 24 118 16 29 5 1954 RAOB RAWIN 159 30 104 22 28 4 166 41 129 26 71 15 167 24 151 16 97 6 2 154 143 117 104 44 30 1955 RAOB RAWIN 145 143 81 72 30 26 127 122 93 92 17 13 148 138 119 108 58 49 132 123 94 91 31 15 1956 RAOB RAWIN 116 107 68 65 13 8 111 101 71 61 9 17 128 122 84 88 2 6 135 132 92 89 10 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 106 90 60 54 8 4 151 146 126 125 45 37 163 163 143 146 94 95 9 3 155 257 132 219 62 47 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 170 331 159 295 89 66 175 336 166 300 70 82 177 343 158 294 111 177 2 177 342 155 294 122 184 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 178 347 155 284 119 164 1 1 170 325 151 270 121 188 15 17 176 327 164 292 145 230 IS 20 150 283 105 192 68 108 21 19 1960 RAOB RAWIN 175 320 135 231 101 119 14 7 180 347 173 302 159 236 33 23 182 359 171 328 155 249 8 8 176 338 144 243 88 99 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO International Palls. Minn. (WB0) International Falle. Minn. (WBO) International Palls, Hlnn. (WBO) 14918 14918 14918 48* 34'H 48' 34'N 48* 34'N 93* 23'W 93* 23'W 93* 23'W 360 368 360 WB UB WB 12-1-52 12-1-54 11-30-52 11-30-54 SAINT CLOUD, MINNESOTA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1946 1947 1949 1950 1954 1955 1958 1959 EQUIP 0B3. EQUIP. 0B3. EQUIP, 083. REMARKS: WAN 33 only - H«y 1947 thru tHr. 1948, Jul. thru 3«pt. 1948. »lr»t UBSI 57 - r«h. 22, 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mb9 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 SA0B RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 17 1 13 7 1 1 30 10 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 61 25 10 5 30 12 5 1 38 21 19 9 1 72 36 15 8 4 3 1 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 71 20 24 4 1 127 69 33 12 138 84 41 22 4 3 91 24 14 4 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 97 32 4 113 55 55 28 18 10 1 146 84 63 38 25 15 143 25 93 13 44 9 6 1951 RAOB RAWIN 161 63 81 28 35 16 4 1 155 88 100 57 70 45 3 165 70 111 47 68 37 6 1 154 50 92 28 45 13 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 148 75 93 51 39 10 150 91 120 82 73 41 171 69 150 73 112 56 1 160 70 127 51 42 12 1953 RAOB RAWIN 163 53 127 37 41 9 161 72 130 54 48 17 166 98 146 87 43 23 166 90 117 71 24 9 1954 RAOB RAWIN 172 65 106 43 31 10 172 69 148 81 81 48 168 86 157 97 95 54 .177 93 155 83 73 29 1 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 166 70 128 52 39 10 177 154 151 139 97 70 0- 166 119 148 119 123 99 2 173 76 151 77 113 S8 3 1956 RAOB RAWIN 163 75 125 62 56 25 171 97 142 89 95 63 174 106 159 HI 101 71 167 55 140 49 60 26 1 1957 RAOB HAWIN 163 49 135 43 90 27 161 82 153 84 129 81 2 169 75 150 84 126 82 42 16 176 76 161 70 114 41 15 4 1958 RAOB RAWIN 167 97 162 102 142 88 1 173 80 158 81 122 69 5 174 67 167 76 146 71 181 41 180 43 165 43 7 1959 RAOB RAWIN 179 49 177 57 162 55 20 3 179 70 173 86 163 95 22 6 180 92 174 119 159 127 22 12 171 39 143 32 101 23 9 1960 RAOB RAWIN 171 116 151 no 121 82 24 11 181 178 177 173 162 154 20 8 183 182 180 179 164 162 15 5 180 177 176 175 163 160 14 4 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO St. Cloud. Mlmi. (HBO) 14926 45' 35'N 94 - ll'K 317 UB 5-25-47 71 WW St. Paul, Hlon. (WBO) 5-20-47 SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 30 mbs 10 nibs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 76 7 1 97 3 115 2 M 6 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 32 9 194B RAOB RABIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO, (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO St. Paul, Minn. (ifBO) 14927 44" 56'N 93° 04'U 224 WB 5-20-47 71 NW St. Cloud, Minn- (WBO) 5-25-47 JACKSON, MISSISSIPPI TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEU MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG S I- IT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP . OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS, G G 4 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. C 3* G 4 C G 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 1956 EQUI P . OBS. G 4 G G 4 G G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 3 G 4 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 w 2 H 2 W 2 W z W 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DEC EMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 55 43 44 30 24 16 75 68 60 55 45 39 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 103 96 63 59 54 50 8 8 57 56 53 50 45 42 12 12 1955 RAOB RAWIN 80 67 61 46 53 37 11 9 59 58 52 42 46 42 5 S 1956 RAOB RAWIN 95 90 70 66 36 31 152 122 124 102 78 55 160 159 137 133 85 72 163 146 146 131 116 101 1957 RAOB RAWIN 158 118 136 107 103 77 1 168 159 144 138 109 93 157 153 140 139 133 126 18 3 175 123 163 120 142 107 5 2 1958 RAOB RAWIN 173 83 165 86 140 75 174 145 158 139 134 123 24 11 170 169 159 158 152 149 39 23 178 132 170 131 1S7 126 . 33 14 1959 RAOB RAWIN 172 79 151 81 120 75 6 180 163 168 155 142 131 9 3 179 177 169 168 154 150 32 27 158 101 128 96 120 90 73 48 1960 RAOB RAWIN 170 56 144 54 129 60 51 16 131 158 179 156 165 143 57 27 181 177 179 176 172 167 39 15 182 U8 174 116 160 108 31 6 REMARKS: Tinea of ob». are varied - Jan. 1954 thru Apr. 1955, Peb. thru Apr. 1956. 00Z, 122, 1958, Kay 1959. Pirat GMD1A - Peb. 15, 1955 and 03Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Pel and 18Z - Kar. and May UBRT 57 - Aug. I, 1960. STATION LOCATION ■ — ■ ■ STATION NAME STA. N'O. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Jackaon, Hiss. 13927 30* 23 'N 90* 13'W 105 AF 3- 1-53 1-25-54 (Hawkins Fid-) Jackaon, Hi as. 13927 30* 23 'N 90" 13'W 98 AF 1-26-54 2-14-55 (Hawktna Pld.) Jackaon, Mias. 139 27 30° 23'N 90* 13'W 96 AF 2-15-55 2- 1-56 (Hawkins Pld.) Jackaon, Mlsa. 13956 32° 20'N 90' 13'tf 101 tra 2- 1-56 2-19-60 3 S Jackaon, Hies. 13956 32* 20'N 90" 13'W 94 WB 2-20-60 COLUMBIA, MISSOURI TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 2 S 2 1948 EQUI P . OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 1954 EQUI P . OBS. G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 U 2 W 2 W 2 H 2 U 2 REMARKS: First GHD1 - Dec, 6, 1953 and WBRT 57 - Apr. 6, 1960. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 27 2 29 15 45 37 9 6 1947 RAOB RAWIN 8 3 11 6 16 15 33 23 2 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 36 9 2 84 48 22 9 1 67 53 22 11 3 3 49 32 23 6 7 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 6 46 35 85 52 72 21 1950 RAOB RAWIN 127 30 7 2 115 62 25 9 3 1 116 76 36 18 3 121 40 41 12 5 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 100 14 44 7 12 2 2 158 79 104 11 57 2 8 1 158 56 113 20 46 8 143 19 89 6 48 5 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 135 8 83 43 1 156 35 126 8 80 2 152 49 130 21 80 15 2 175 48 152 23 93 9 1953 RAOB RAWIN 165 24 132 7 91 2 1 165 34 138 6 72 2 1 174 63 147 24 77 10 152 84 129 33 61 9 1954 RAOB RAWIN 165 154 130 101 76 37 164 148 137 111 98 64 161 143 137 114 92 56 155 136 128 98 77 47 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 151 128 97 71 27 11 162 161 141 141 65 48 164 163 136 139 83 81 3 2 142 156 118 132 74 56 1 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 164 159 145 143 62 48 153 154 118 123 51 50 159 159 142 143 47 54 169 164 147 144 47 34 1957 RAOB RAWIN 164 136 142 123 74 49 179 193 167 179 120 123 186 185 173 173 94 97 179 178 164 164 94 64 1958 RAOB RAWIN 177 176 171 170 94 52 193 194 176 178 109 97 207 209 192 193 152 150 185 179 178 173 140 133 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 183 174 170 165 135 126 9 202 202 198 199 168 160 11 3 173 179 170 171 146 140 1 3 138 132 97 94 78 69 19 9 1960 RAOB RAWIN 170 161 141 137 121 110 22 12 198 198 194 192 185 181 37 19 182 180 172 171 168 165 39 37 153 148 125 120 106 95 6 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME 1 ROM TO Columbia, Mo. (WBO) 13983 38° 58*N 92° 22'w 238 WB 2-2-46 GLASGOW, MONTANA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY Jim JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 3 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 W 2 2 W 2 H 2 2 W 2 2 2 W 2 w 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 tabs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIK 35 5 54 1 55 4 1 27 2 2 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 33 1 42 1 66 1 5 52 1 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 62 105 3 58 3 20 1 12S 76 52 4 100 45 15 1949 RAOB RAWIN 35 76 19 2 89 36 12 25 1950 RAOB RAWIN 98 4 93 26 7 135 3 75 24 124 55 29 1951 RAOB RAWIN 131 67 26 142 4 69 23 1 164 4 118 2 79 2 5 151 4 126 1 86 6 1952 RAOB RAWIN 121 80 40 145 3 96 65 1 155 4 98 2 59 1 154 3 115 2 62 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 117 74 41 152 114 54 154 1 135 1 77 1 158 133 76 1954 RAOB RAWIN 137 93 24 Q 158 9 116 4 40 1 2 161 22 134 14 61 6 1 160 24 122 15 42 3 1955 RAOB RAWIN 152 8 108 4 24 1 164 16 146 12 53 7 1 1 157 21 142 15 94 6 3 133 40 111 3S 50 7 3 1956 RAOB RAWIN 159 76 141 64 26 8 168 96 155 87 42 21 158 86 137 73 42 21 137 42 104 31 23 3 1957 RAOB RAWIN 140 45 101 38 30 3 165 115 150 105 63 37 168 68 1S7 58 96 31 172 58 151 51 74 12 1958 RAOB RAWIN 177 90 172 84 81 15 174 73 167 68 114 34 1 164 59 151 52 133 48 176 19 150 13 124 8 1959 RAOB RAWIN 171 41 167 40 145 35 3 176 67 173 65 161 54 13 a 175 55 168 51 153 47 4 174 30 166 28 152 23 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN 172 104 165 99 151 90 58 30 177 172 165 158 159 152 109 97 181 177 175 171 162 158 46 40 165 163 159 157 148 141 20 6 REMARKS: Fin Feb. 29. 1960. Raob plus SCR 658 - Oct. 27, 1955 and WBRT 57 - STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Glasgow, Mont. (WBO) Glasgow, Mont. (WBAS) 24034 94006 48° ll'N 48' 13*N 106' 38'W 106" 37'W 696 696 WB MB 10-26-55 10-26-55 2 NNE GREAT FALLS, MONTANA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP OBS. EQUIP, OB3. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP OBS. REMARKS: rim bit plu« SCK 584 - Apr. 2. 1953 and CMD1 - Dae 18, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MABCB APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbe 100 mbs BO mbs 30 mbs 10 mbe 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mba 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN a i 1 S3 4 2 104 1 6 1 49 8 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 64 3 62 2 47 3 56 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 58 3 108 3 39 19 107 56 31 123 2 56 18 1949 RAOB RAWIN 123 52 23 114 2 53 1 24 107 65 41 40 1950 RAOB RAWIN 41 6 68 9 124 14 47 3 18 2 71 3 27 18 1951 RAOB RAWIN 91 2 36 1 18 1 130 15 93 3 57 3 2 138 12 122 9 72 9 10 137 11 100 7 62 5 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 140 15 106 13 81 10 11 2 153 27 130 18 92 10 15 ISO 36 135 29 108 20 12 1 166 22 124 16 71 10 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 164 12 108 9 53 5 158 9 111 5 S3 171 15 145 11 93 1 163 34 140 27 89 11 3 1954 RAOB RABIN 137 108 102 96 64 53 161 150 134 126 104 87 175 161 154 147 121 102 163 118 115 89 53 40 1955 RAOB RAWIN 160 134 97 86 29 18 169 166 138 138 75 63 175 175 159 160 117 110 148 149 121 128 71 46 1956 RAOB RAWIN 169 164 154 151 100 75 155 149 127 124 66 55 1 150 150 123 123 74 80 149 134 120 111 49 37 1997 RAOB RAWIN 140 128 120 111 42 33 169 167 165 161 116 107 173 173 158 159 129 130 26 8 168 326 152 291 98 108 4 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 175 344 162 317 115 137 2 1 175 342 168 325 126 193 22 19 176 342 163 320 143 254 16 17 181 355 171 328 148 234 1659 RAOB RAWIN 178 345 171 326 152 253 t 4 175 335 169 314 157 276 46 32 179 353 174 341 164 299 25 IB 180 327 173 315 156 252 32 10 1960 RAOB RAWIN 16J 306 135 232 109 154 47 38 172 340 167 327 160 296 75 77 178 348 165 317 144 250 23 29 183 346 172 312 142 239 3 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Great rails, Mont. (UBAB) 24143 47* 29 'B 111* 21'« 1123 WB KEARNEY, NEBRASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 TEAR JANUARY - MARCH ATRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 tubs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 tnbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 15 14 1949 RAOB RAWIN 50 27 29 11 9 5 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN •1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO, (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Kearney, Neb. (AFB) 14905 40* 44'N 99" 01*W 650 AT 10-18-46 3-31-49 NORTH PLATTE, NEBRASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAT JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 S 4 S 4 8 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 3 S 3 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 H 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. H 2 2 u 2 u 2 H 2 u 2 H 2 H 2 H 2 U 2 U 2 U 2 REMARKS: 002, 12Z, and 1SZ - Jun. chru Sept. 1958, Hay and Jun. 1959. Fine Raob plua SOt 656 - Max. 23, 1953 and WBRT 57 - Nov. 30, 1959. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 71 2 1 84 4 3 83 10 6 79 4 1947 RAOB RAWIN 75 3 61 49 1 43 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 36 3 2 1 93 8 13 I 5 61 7 23 2 8 4 1949 RAOB RAWIN 32 2 12 1 2 74 1 99 4 3 110 1 12 1950 RAOB RAWIN 131 1 33 13 112 2 48 2 26 1 I 108 2 44 16 130 2 66 1 16 1951 RAOB RAWIN 114 12 72 6 30 3 146 7 101 5 52 3 7 1 161 7 127 4 88 4 4 157 10 106 6 54 2 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 158 6 119 3 68 1 4 161 16 119 7 76 2 2 159 13 137 5 83 2 165 20 118 13 58 9 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 138 14 84 6 28 3 114 59 88 40 62 28 140 HI 109 73 73 43 123 67 83 38 33 14 1954 RAOB RAWIN 147 21 91 15 24 3 159 56 137 34 75 12 157 71 139 56 85 31 1 166 38 145 18 61 4 1955 RAOB RAWIN 174 25 142 15 51 157 62 129 42 36 8 161 55 141 31 47 9 144 20 89 8 28 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 165 51 137 41 27 2 157 90 126 64 26 7 168 119 155 101 34 23 174 78 156 66 44 12 1957 RAOB RAWIN 163 47 125 41 40 7 1 168 114 146 103 69 44 165 165 148 150 77 76 172 103 148 83 68 18 1958 RAOB RAWIN 174 120 155 111 85 38 196 119 186 110 144 72 5 1 215 150 214 149 201 141 39 22 177 61 169 61 160 56 29 7 1959 RAOB RAWIN 174 54 167 54 159 52 25 3 187 126 183 123 169 117 29 15 184 161 180 154 169 144 21 10 146 72 125 71 111 64 53 18 1960 RAOB RAWIN 177 153 168 143 144 112 57 29 182 178 175 171 168 161 62 47 179 175 177 172 168 160 31 20 182 168 179 163 158 134 19 4 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO North PUtte, Neb. (NBAS) 24023 41* 08'N 100* 41'U 848 WB OFFUTT AFB, NEBRASKA OMAHA, NEBRASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR HAY Jim .JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S5 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S5 4 35 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 S5 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S3 4 S5 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 S5 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 S5 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S5 4 S5 4 S5 4 S5 4 SS 4 S5 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 S5 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. SS 4 S5 4 S3 4 35 4 SS 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABL STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Offutc AFB (Omaha, Neb.) Offurt AFB (Omaha, Neb.) 14949 14949 41* 07'N 41' 07'N 95* 54'U 95* 54'H 318 305 AF AF 12-4-50 6-7-S2 6- 6-52 5-16-54 Alao see: Qaaha, Neb. (WBAS) ... ... OMAHA, NEBRASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG JEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 B 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R* 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G ' 2 G 2 .„,„ EQUIP. 1960 OBS. ' G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: OOZ. 12Z, and 182 - May thru Sept. 1958, May 1959. First GMDl - Sept. 16, 1954. GMD1A - Feb. 2, 1959, and GMD1 - Jun. 12, 1960. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbg 100 robs 50 nibs 30 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 86 8 68 3 82 3 56 2 1947 RAOB RAWIN 56 66 4 40 15 ( 29 8 1948 RAOB RAWIN 18 3 117 14 17 2 1 117 24 37 10 19 7 67 16 17 5 5 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 73 8 52 6 26 3 99 17 32 10 18 6 135 24 12 2 138 27 13 6 1950 RAOB RAWIN 133 6 41 3 19 2 93 16 35 5 11 2 130 20 26 5 7 1 131 15 54 8 8 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 133 4 69 2 19 1 145 11 80 7 40 7 1 150 15 114 10 75 4 1 74 10 47 5 25 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 93 10 61 6 25 1 110 7 83 2 52 1 81 14 54 5 17 97 10 62 6 27 4 1953 RAOB RAWIN 117 8 69 4 33 1 132 5 91 2 46 1 137 9 111 6 61 4 1 158 2 134 1 59 1954 RAOB RAWIN 158 2 125 49 131 102 51 163 40 138 25 76 11 164 152 143 128 62 42 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 171 154 120 96 37 23 152 146 132 127 99 84 155 149 127 126 107 97 3 1 150 141 125 116 89 83 3 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 155 153 135 133 106 94 1 161 159 135 131 91 83 163 159 142 135 102 86 164 160 150 145 110 92 1957 RAOB RAWIN 157 126 123 99 80 58 2 2 166 166 150 149 122 119 1 170 170 148 147 130 126 22 8 176 175 166 164 141 136 28 12 1958 RAOB RAWIN 173 170 165 162 143 136 13 6 177 175 168 165 148 137 11 5 177 173 171 165 148 142 14 179 169 175 166 166 156 22 12 1959 RAOB RAWIN 171 168 164 160 137 134 19 6 174 171 163 162 149 146 42 31 162 157 148 143 125 121 13 10 159 153 101 98 74 72 29 25 1960 RAOB RAWIN 178 178 169 167 149 144 66 57 179 177 174 172 165 159 S3 35 178 177 173 172 160 159 19 10 178 178 173 171 157 1S2 5 3 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME ; STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST DIR. PREV AND FROM LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Omaha , Neb. (WBAS) 14942 41° 18'N 95* 54'W 403 WB 9-16-54 Omaha , Neb. (N. Omaha AP> 94918 41* 22'N 96° OL'tf 403 WB 9-16-54 8 NNV Also Be Offutt AFB (Omaha, Neb. J 12-4-50 5-16-54 SCOTTSBLUFF, NEBRASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG .EPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 3 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 C 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 and 18Z - Oct. 1953, Jim. thru Sept. 1958. and YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbB 10 mbB 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbB 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 41 29 25 16 17 10 165 162 132 129 108 10S 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 52 39 46 36 38 33 27 23 179 164 173 165 157 150 36 31 30 25 27 24 20 17 12 10 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN SI 48 50 49 46 44 1 1 155 143 146 139 144 137 81 60 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO SAME FROM TO Scoecabluff. Neb. 24007 41* 52'N 103* 36'W 1204 AF 6-1-53 9-26-60 SIDNEY, NEBRASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 REMARKS- 032, 15Z. and 21Z - May thru Sept. 195S. 092, 15Z, and 21Z - Jul. thru Scot. 1956. 06Z, 12Z. 15Z, and 18Z - Jun. 1957. 06Z. 12Z, and - Jul. and Sept. 1957. 06Z, 122, 18Z, and 20Z - Aug. 1957. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RABIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 83 65 58 43 49 38 4 3 135 129 122 117 103 98 26 26 1956 RAOB RAWIN 74 73 69 67 66 65 27 26 1957 RAOB RAWIN 27 27 24 24 24 23 4 3 73 71 61 60 55 53 9 4 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV, LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS k PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Sidney, Neb. (Sioux 0RD Depot) 94007 41* 13'N 103* 06'W 1340 AF 5-15-55 9-15-57 ELY, NEVADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2# S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 V 2 V 2 U 2 W 2 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 tf 2 W 2 TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 42 71 2 85 5 1 49 2 2 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN IS 1 44 65 2 7 37 9 7 1948 RAOB RAWIN 15 2 61 1 9 54 1 11 61 16 24 10 5 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 55 1 15 2 98 20 39 6 8 2 124 51 65 31 24 13 72 21 23 8 12 4 1950 RAOB RAWIN 74 10 18 1 2 100 39 35 21 14 5 151 33 59 13 27 4 158 37 69 15 30 9 1951 RAOB RAWIN 151 17 76 6 31 4 147 35 97 24 61 19 1 167 60 134 40 91 29 1 145 26 108 16 76 12 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 146 24 106 16 59 10 3 148 41 HI 30 83 23 1 1 140 56 106 36 89 29 2 1 160 38 118 31 72 22 1953 RAOB RAWIN 160 27 97 19 31 6 171 37 131 27 40 11 168 41 143 35 77 10 1 157 36 129 29 69 18 1954 RAOB RAWIN 157 47 115 30 54 12 161 34 127 21 53 5 165 29 145 16 87 9 158 34 122 22 37 6 1955 RAOB RAWIN 149 16 89 7 21 1 197 71 162 59 49 10 1 168 72 149 59 69 18 142 33 120 30 77 17 1956 RAOB RAWIN 172 28 150 24 34 163 73 135 56 53 12 169 89 155 82 48 25 160 59 120 46 35 11 1957 RAOB RAWIN 149 25 106 16 28 3 127 56 91 40 31 13 178 76 171 66 131 49 2 173 43 146 27 94 10 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 32 167 26 110 14 167 35 161 30 100 23 173 50 167 45 147 40 176 51 153 41 121 30 1959 RAOB RAWIN 176 18 173 13 167 13 48 1 179 54 177 49 169 45 65 13 178 58 176 45 162 43 29 8 176 28 167 21 150 19 9 Q 1960 , RAOB RAWIN 162 103 142 92 124 82 60 34 180 167 177 159 163 147 56 43 183 183 180 179 169 165 30 23 180 161 172 153 153 129 26 9 REMARKS: Pin Jan. 18, 1960. Raob plus SCR 656 - Oct. 29, 1953 and WBRT 57 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FHOH TO Ely, Nev. Bly, Nev. 23154 23154 39° 17'N 39' 17*N 114" 51'W 114 # 51'W 1913 1908 WB WB 6-1-55 5-31-55 JACKASS FLATS, NEVADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY J1JN Jin, AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 3 C G ', 1 I G 1 1960 EQUIP. OBS. ;j G 1 G 2 G 1 G L C L G 1 G 1 REMARKS: 122 - Apr. J959, Jul. and Aug. 1959, May and Jim. 1960, Aug. thru Dec. 196Q. iQOZ, 12Z, and 182 - Hay 1959. First GMD1A - Apr. 29, lft59_ YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mhB 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 101 96 46 49 41 38 5 4 47 47 42 43 33 33 8 1960 RAOB RAWIN 36 33 31 31 27 28 8 8 109 115 99 97 83 76 12 8 92 90 78 78 62 56 10 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Jackaaa Flats, Rev. 03143 36" 48 *N 116* 16'W 1100 MB 4-29-59 8 -- 59 2 E 16 SW Mercury, Nev. (AEC Teat Site) Yucca Flat, Nev. 8-11-51 9-16-56 11-5-55 4-2A-59 Jacks* a Plata, Nev. 03143 36° 48'N 116" 16'W 1100 MB 5 -- 60 16 NE 16 SW Yucca Flat, Nev. 8 -- 59 7-14-60 LAS VEGAS, NEVADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR HAT JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 2 R 2 a 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 C 2 G 3 G 2 C 2 C 2 C 2 C 2 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 e 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 C 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 C 2 C 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: 04Z, Jan. thru Har. 1946. 032. 15Z, and 21Z - Feb. thru Hay 1955. First GHD1 - Feb. L, 1954. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULT - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 16 78 1 60 1 5 1 1 1 61 8 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 33 13 54 2 64 10 4 72 2 4 1948 RAOB RAWIN 82 3 3 62 13 6 42 10 6 1 82 10 11 1 10 1949 RAOB RAWIN 95 10 26 5 17 4 140 25 76 17 53 10 108 6 59 2 34 1 113 21 60 1 33 1950 RAOB RAWIN 111 24 23 130 4 63 23 154 10 69 2 25 1 157 7 109 3 57 3 10 1951 RAOB RAWIN 158 22 128 6 83 5 17 172 21 131 2 77 12 170 19 121 72 8 166 31 126 8 94 5 6 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 150 4 117 2 86 1 s 161 9 147 4 126 2 13 165 21 140 2 120 10 148 9 106 2 65 1 6 1953 RAOB RAWIN 83 14 45 4 19 2 165 6 122 1 68 160 8 140 2 94 163 8 137 4 105 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 142 62 101 43 69 32 157 142 138 120 107 92 3 2 124 117 95 90 74 64 152 146 107 105 60 54 1955 RAOB RAWIN 138 135 85 61 22 16 193 191 162 162 97 83 162 159 134 127 101 95 4 2 141 148 122 133 87 78 3 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 156 141 131 119 64 40 1 1 128 132 108 108 33 27 143 142 122 123 49 46 155 148 124 121 42 28 1957 RAOB RAWIN 136 132 111 106 51 35 1 1 155 161 137 141 80 78 172 204 149 175 101 117 2 172 175 161 163 98 73 2 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 168 163 161 105 87 15 8 171 173 149 152 116 100 17 16 181 181 168 171 144 142 180 179 162 162 123 109 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 169 166 157 155 133 118 11 3 173 169 153 152 126 119 3 2 175 173 163 167 146 143 3 3 178 177 158 160 145 144 53 23 1960 RAOB RAWIN 175 173 157 159 146 143 68 46 176 172 165 159 146 139 23 13 183 180 180 176 167 163 2 1 178 174 163 160 150 141 10 2 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fc PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Lis Veg.s, Nev. (UEAS) 23169 36° 05'N 115" 10'W 660 WB Also see: Nellls AFB, Nev. 1-14-46 2-1-S4 MERCURY, NEVADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 3 S 4 G 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G . 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G G G G G 3 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: Hoot observations during 1955 + 1 hour off scheduled times. 03Z, 152, and 21Z - Oct. 1955. First CHD1 - Apr. 29, 1952 and GMD1A - Feb. 1, 1955. YEAR JANUARY - MARCfl APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 8 5 4 2 1 1 17 6 10 1 7 1952 RAOB RAWIN 15 1 8 1 1 75 57 40 20 22 9 1 42 35 25 17 9 5 82 64 36 28 21 6 5 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 107 65 63 45 39 23 6 1 53 36 27 5 24 1 s 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 87 82 54 52 45 40 1 1 61 57 43 41 32 31 12 12 11 11 8 6 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STA. ELEV- PERIOD DIST . AND CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS STATION NAME NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ATION meters VICE DIR. PREV FROM . LOC. FROM TO NAME FROM TO Mercury, Nev. 03109 36° 56'N 116° 04'W 1259 AF 8-11-51 4-28-52 (AEC Test Site) AEC Test Site, Nev. 03109 36* 36"N 115* 58'W 1155 AF 4-29-52 12-4-52 25 SSE AEC TeBt Site, Nev. 03109 36° 57'N 116' 03'W 1197 AF 12-4-52 6 -5-53 24 NNW AEC Test Site, Nev. 03109 36* 57'N 116" 05'W 1196 AF 2 -1-55 11-5-55 2 2 16 16 16 E SH NE SW Yucca Flat, Nev. Jackass Flats, Nev. Yucca Flat, Nev. Jackass Flats, Nev. 9-16-56 4-29-59 8 -- 59 5 -- 60 4-28-59 8 -- 59 7-14-60 NELLIS AFB, NEVADA LAS VEGAS, NEVADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S5 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. SS SS 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S5 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS SS SS 4} SS S5 SS 4 SS 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S5 SS 4 S5 4 SS 4 SS 4 S5 4 SS 4 SS 4 S5 4 SS 4 S5 4 S5 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 35 4 SS SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 S5 4 S5 4 S5 4 S5 4 SS 4 SS 4 SS 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S5 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: Rawlna only. Obs . ended - Jul. 3, 1951. 15Z; began Aug. 30, 1951, 09Z; ended Jun. 28. 1953, 15Z; began Jul. 27, 1953, 21Z. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS k PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO LVAAF (LC) Lae Vegas, Nov. Nellls AFB, Nev. Nellla AFB, Nev. 23112 231L2 23112 36* 15'N 36' 15' N 36* 15' N 115' 02*W 115* 02'U 115' 02'W 572 569 569 AF AF AF 1-14-46 8-29-50 1-31-51 1-31-46 9- 4-50 2- 1-54 Also see: Las Vegas. Nevada (WBAS) ... ... RENO, NEVADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP . OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 1954 EQUI P . OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 4 G 3 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 03Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Feb., Mar., and May 1955, Apr. and May 1957. OOZ, 12Z, and 18Z - Jun. thru Sept. 1957. Flrat GMD1 - Oct. 15, 19S3 and (MD1A - Feb. 8. 1955. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 nibs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 69 55 44 34 39 28 11 10 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 94 86 71 61 61 54 23 22 86 72 71 60 60 48 32 31 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 127 125 115 110 103 91 49 45 141 141 127 127 109 109 24 24 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Reno. Nev. (Stead AFB) Reno, Nev. (Stead AFB) Reno, Nev. (Stead AFB) 23118 23118 23118 39° 40'N 39' 40'N 39° 40'N 119° 52'W 119" 52'W 119* 52'W 1555 1530 1545 AP AF AP 10-15-53 11-28-53 2- 8-55 11-27-53 2- 7-55 9-23-57 TONOPAH, NEVADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 REMARKS- All observations In 1955 were + 2 hours off scheduled release time. 152 - Sept. thru Dec. 1956. First GM>1 - Oct. 8. 1951 and GMD1A - Feb. 1, 1955. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 87 86 58 48 38 4 4 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 3 3 1 1 29 28 7 5 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 34 32 21 15 7 4 100 98 71 66 34 31 3 3 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 92 84 60 57 38 34 7 6 52 48 41 35 37 31 7 3 1956 RAOB RAWIN 19 19 17 17 6 6 1957 RAOB RAWIN 104 85 71 56 40 31 204 217 153 161 69 61 321 323 172 177 92 94 2 1 60 58 49 49 35 30 1958 RAOB RAWIN 45 46 39 40 16 13 1 15 14 15 14 3 48 59 32 33 18 15 97 136 40 41 26 23 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS k PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Tonopah, Bev. (AAP) Tonopah, Nev. 23128 03132 38* 04'N 38* 04' N 117' 05'W 117' 06'W 1652 1650 AF . WB 10-8-51 9-20-56 5-15-55 10-31-5! 1 W WINNEMUCCA, NEVADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR hay JUK JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbe 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 89 82 78 72 52 43 149 146 125 125 87 84 5 2 144 135 121 116 63 53 1957 RAOB RAWIN 116 93 88 74 40 25 158 147 140 136 77 71 164 158 142 136 115 111 16 6 173 139 164 134 133 97 22 10 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 147 152 130 112 87 27 10 166 155 151 138 105 94 3 178 172 169 165 143 139 169 149 148 135 116 101 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1M 144 146 129 125 101 172 159 156 147 138 124 5 4 180 174 170 164 152 143 12 9 180 171 179 171 169 158 85 57 1960 RAOB RAWIN 153 115 133 104 116 92 68 44 176 162 163 152 151 141 61 51 184 179 182 175 169 162 57 52 183 168 174 160 155 141 28 14 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Wtnnenucca, Nev. (UBAS) 24128 40* 54 'N 117* 48'U 1310 WB 5-1-56 YUCCA FLAT, NEVADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 REMARKS: 15Z - Sept. mid Oct. 1956. 15Z mil 21Z - Nov. 1956. Jan. thm Mar. 1957. 15Z, 182, and 21Z - Dec. 1956. 12Z - Jan. and Nov, 1958, Jan. thru Apr. and Aug. 1959, May and Jul. 1960. 06Z and 12Z - Jul. and Aug. 1958. 12Z and 18Z - Dec. 1958. 12Z, 16Z, and 21Z - Sept. 1959. 00Z, 12Z, 17Z, and 22Z - Oct. 1959. The USAF also took obs. Apr. 13, 1957 thru Oct! 7, 1957 and are Included In the table. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 DOS 50 ■bo 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 13 11 13 11 10 9 60 71 45 54 23 21 1957 RAOB RAWIN 84 58 44 33 24 22 1 8 8 3 159 157 65 63 60 54 48 45 88 86 67 67 33 23 1958 RAOB RAWIN 128 121 112 108 45 31 123 128 110 113 61 57 124 136 105 107 78 72 143 148 96 95 80 76 1959 RAOB RAWIN 50 33 27 26 85 74 36 37 32 29 2 1 206 199 151 151 140 140 25 11 1960 RAOB RAWIN 214 192 !54 155 138 133 46 31 76 73 70 67 62 56 34 27 3 2 2 2 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fc PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Mercury, Nev. 8-11-51 U-5-55 (AEC Test Site) Yucca Plat, Nev. 03133 36" 57'N 116" 03'W 1196 WB 9-16-56 4-28-60 2 E 16 SW Jackass Flats, Nev. 4-29-59 8 -- 59 Yucca Flat, Nev. 03133 36" 57'N 116" 03'U 1196 WB 8 -- 59 7-14-60 16 NE 16 SW Jackass Flats, Nev. 5 -- 60 LAKEHURST, NEW JERSEY TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 1 R 1 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R. 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. !R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 A 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: Pibalu only. L5Z - Mar. and Apr. 1946 and Jul. 1952. YEAK JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 nbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 3 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 7 6 2 1 1 16 6 1947 RAOB RABIN 5 10 3 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 6 5 10 1949 RAOB RAWIN 2 1950 RAOB RAWIN 17 3 3 69 27 10 91 47 32 2 21 12 9 1951 RAOB RAWIN 23 9 4 34 15 6 92 55 16 71 37 19 1952 RAOB RAWIN 71 30 20 78 39 16 34 23 13 37 25 13 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 24 13 7 53 27 17 73 45 30 66 39 16 1954 RAOB RAWIN 33 21 11 24 15 4 40 22 7 14 3 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 16 2 1 33 13 6 3 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Lakehurst. N. J. (HAS) 14780 40" 02'N 74" 19'H 40 N 7-13-55 ALAMOGORDO, NEW MEXICO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 3 S 4 S 2 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 3 5 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 S L s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 3 2 s 2 s 2 S 2 s 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 19,52 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 4 G 3 G 3 1953 EQUIP. OBS, C 3 a 3 S 3 S 3 S 3 G 3 C 3 G 3 C 3 G 4 C 2 G 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 4 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 C 2 G L C 2 G 1 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. e 2 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 3 G 4 G 4 G 3 1957 EQUIP. OBS. c 4 G 3 C 4 G 4 C 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 3 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G G 4 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 3 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 1 G 2 G 1 G 1 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 2 G K G 2 G IE G IB G IE G IB G IB G IE G IB G IE REMARKS: 03Z and 21Z - Mar. thru Hay and Jul. thru Oct. 1949. Jun. thru Sept. 1950. 03Z - Nov. 1949 thru May 1950. 03Z, L2Z, 15Z. and 21Z - Oct. 1952. 09Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Nov. 1952 thru Feb. 1953. 03Z, L2Z, and 2LZ - Mar. thru May 1953. 12Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Jun. 1953. Timea of oba . are varied for Jul. 1953 thru Dec. 1959, except 18Z and 21Z - Jan. 1956. Printed computer data RAOBS have been taken May thru Dec. 1960. Estimated one ob. per day at Irregular hours - Hay thru Dec. 1960. From Jul. 5 thru Oct. 31. 1952 both SCR 658 and CMD1A were uaed; hovever the SCR 658 was used the majority of the time. First GKD1A - Jul. 2, 1952. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IS 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 6 I 1 1 1 47 41 36 30 23 16 3 3 59 59 41 40 28 26 7 2 13 7 6 4 5 4 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 2 9 7 7 5 2 2 3 2 7 5 1950 RAOB RAWIN 10 3 18 3 3 1 1 1 6 4 6 1 3 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 42 11 20 4 11 3 1 1 28 4 17 2 10 1 7 7 1 1 1 1 ; 24 4 12 1 7 1 a 1952 RAOB RAWIN 66 7 55 4 29 2 73 54 SB 42 32 20 55 53 34 31 25 21 3 3 33 29 19 16 15 13 1953 RAOB RAWIN u 8 9 1 6 5 2 3 2 2 1 45 37 24 15 15 7 30 28 26 23 23 19 5 4 1954 RAOB RAWIN 39 29 36 28 32 27 20 IB 12 12 11 11 11 11 3 3 35 35 31 31 27 27 27 27 26 26 26 26 5 5 1955 RAOB RAWIN 40 30 36 32 30 29 2 2 37 35 37 35 32 30 Z 2 38 37 30 29 25 24 3 3 41 39 38 37 36 35 3 3 1956 RAOB RAWIN 54 42 32 41 47 39 10 9 52 47 51 48 49 47 14 12 57 55 57 56 55 54 25 24 52 48 52 48 49 44 13 12 1957 RAOB RAWIN 44 27 44 29 40 28 6 4 55 32 S3 52 51 49 10 9 48 46 45 43 38 36 16 15 25 20 19 16 17 16 8 a 1958 RAOB RAWIN 29 20 27 22 24 20 5 5 44 37 42 39 40 39 25 25 45 45 43 43 42 42 11 11 33 31 32 32 30 30 a 8 1959 RAOB RAWIN IS 7 15 8 15 12 6 3 11 11 11 11 11 11 7 6 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 24 14 2 1 10 3 J949 RAOB RAWIN 27 10 12 1 9 3 28 20 6 1 2 1 40 27 18 6 8 4 43 8 18 4 13 2 8 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 66 9 56 6 46 4 26 1 84 20 56 10 48 9 14 57 16 34 3 30 2 13 51 3 36 28 9 1951 RAOB RAWIN 44 2 33 1 26 1 10 L 80 26 61 13 51 11 14 2 79 21 1 59 9 50 4 14 1 57 9 1 42 5 35 4 5 1952 RAOB RAWIN 45 4 26 1 20 4 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN •1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Nevburgh, N. Y. (Stewart AFB) Nevburgh, H. Y. (Stewart AFB) 14714 14714 41* 30 14717 14717 43* 14'N 43' 14'N 75* 25'V 75* 25'W 146 152 AF AF 5-12-47 3-13-53 3-12-53 LO-11-55 88 WNW 88 ESE Albany, N. Y. Albany, N. Y. 10-19-55 5-11-47 CAPE HATTERAS, NORTH CAROLINA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S Z S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S Z S 2 S z S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S Z S 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 . S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S Z S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S" 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G Z G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G Z G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: First GXD - Sept. 16, 1956. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 15 1 28 9 38 21 31 12 1947 RAOB RAWIN 33 3 27 9 40 24 2 2 12 1 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN u 26 13 6 1 1 1 121 64 60 24 17 4 70 15 42 8 15 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 10 3 96 55 47 28 9 4 72 50 23 14 2 1 75 20 25 3 6 1950 RAOB RAWIN 57 13 91 64 4 2 98 72 21 12 3 2 138 49 48 U 18 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 147 ie 71 7 41 2 2 139 66 101 41 35 11 a 145 104 83 49 47 20 1 1 131 48 65 19 35 6 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 88 4 68 1 42 1 141 55 108 42 74 23 l l 147 96 121 76 80 39 3 1 118 26 90 13 35 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 146 16 94 8 47 1 139 66 102 48 45 12 155 127 139 107 72 43 169 66 150 53 73 24 1954 RAOB RAWIN 157 12 112 9 36 2 166 90 130 67 59 21 164 116 141 100 86 51 2 1 163 60 146 52 101 30 2 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 155 7 105 6 56 174 106 148 96 45 27 154 159 139 146 77 77 1 1 148 37 129 32 78 15 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 159 18 137 15 60 6 153 84 126 66 43 20 158 138 140 126 58 51 161 153 132 130 72 60 1957 RAOB RAWIN 152 82 127 70 68 32 142 137 130 124 66 58 120 119 104 103 89 88 40 19 144 142 118 114 92 72 3 2 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 154 155 139 87 60 1 136 133 115 108 75 63 IS 10 154 162 131 132 114 110 24 20 165 157 138 130 117 9.9 1959 RAOB RAWIN 177 147 163 139 138 109 170 163 160 156 143 127 8 3 171 170 148 147 118 112 15 12 143 138 123 118 117 108 62 41 1960 RAOB RAWIN 160 134 136 121 116 99 30 19 176 174 163 127 15 11 . 84 68 177 173 165 167 137 130 S 4 179 175 171 168 143 129 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST, AND DIR. FROM PREV, LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Hatteras, N. C. 13745 35* 16'N 75' 40'W 15 WB 3-1-57 Cape Hatteras, N. C. 93729 35* 16'N 75* 33'W 15 WB 3-1-57 8-3-57 7 E Cape Hatteras, N. c. 93729 35° 16'N 75* 33'W 4 WB 8-4-57 CHERRY POINT, NORTH CAROLINA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA EQUIP OBS. REMARKS: Raob Sunnarlaa available - Aug. 1946 thru Jan. L947 i Apr. thru Aug. 1947. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO, (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST, AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Cherry Point, N. C. Cherry Point, N. C. Cherry Point, N. C. 13754 13754 13754 34* 54'N 34' 54'N 34* 54'N 76' 53'W 76' 53'W 76° 53'W 11 5 19 N N N 8-1-46 10-1-46 4-1-47 9-30-46 3-31-47 6-31-47 GREENSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT KOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 & 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 2 1 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S - 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP . OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 W 2 V 2 H 2 W 2 tf 2 tf 2 W 2 tf 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nibs 50 DbB 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 4 52 1 68 66 1947 RAOB RAWIN 70 2 80 1 1 45 4 3 2 54 1 19 11 1948 RAOB RAWIN 56 S 25 2 12 1 105 62 46 27 7 4 99 74 51 30 5 3 72 18 46 15 15 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 60 10 32 8 8 1 82 59 39 28 5 4 72 53 1 1 99 31 2 1950 RAOB RAWIN 51 9 0. 98 77 32 27 8 5 1 123 104 45 31 10 6 145 68 84 36 32 10 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 145 22 79 11 29 4 151 84 79 39 32 17 1 165 113 111 65 35 16 163 42 95 23 41 3 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 133 9 96 6 58 2 153 91 126 73 74 37 158 132 134 108 72 49 170 41 142 36 92 19 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 150 21 104 14 56 6 160 69 135 55 73 20 164 87 138 67 81 21 2 181 40 134 28 66 15 1954 RAOB RAWIN 156 12 113 6 61 2 163 84 147 74 77 29 1 166 81 148 60 126 49 2 156 28 133 6 88 2 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 143 8 114 6 70 3 170 72 147 42 65 15 173 141 150 93 61 25 150 31 128 21 76 7 1956 RAOB RAWIN 174 12 139 6 51 1 1 161 88 135 69 72 41 1 167 139 155 117 86 64 176 78 160 69 90 31 1957 RAOB RAWIN 170 90 145 31 59 152 108 128 85 42 24 127 110 97 82 30 27 179 51 155 42 84 16 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 25 148 19 81 4 169 90 130 63 95 36 1 1 179 168 152 147 133 120 175 31 166 31 159 - 28 4 1959 RAOB RAWIN 169 7 155 7 147 7 31 180 94 177 91 165 82 30 6 173 163 169 160 155 145 10 9 140 26 117 20 102 17 22 1960 RAOB RAWIN 146 8 122 5 112 4 34 152 135 137 122 124 108 58 43 172 170 163 159 150 146 59 58 182 174 179 170 163 153 35 13 REMARKS: MZ - Jan. thru Apt. 1946. Pit Mar. 1, 1948 and WBRT 57 - Apr. 17, 1960. Raob plus SOt 658 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fc PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Greensboro, N. C. Greensboro, N. C. 13723 13723 36* 05 'N 36* 05'N 79* 57'U 79* 57 'W 27 5 27 3 WB WB 6-8-50 6-7-50 BISMARCK, NORTH DAKOTA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. a 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 . 8 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. a 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 5 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 W 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. W 2 W 2 H 2 H 2 V 2 U 2 W 2 H 2 W 2 W 2 tf 2 H 2 REMARKS: Plr.t R«ob plu. SCR 658 - Apr. 23. 1946 and WBRT 57 - Dec. 8, 1959. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 80 3 11 1 79 37 2 1 45 24 3 1 16 10 2 2 1 1 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 2 1 1 35 27 1 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 57 32 6 5 135 112 40 30 3 3 132 92 71 50 17 9 61 41 14 11 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 50 29 9 4 92 60 38 25 15 8 123 84 53 24 9 3 79 25 22 6 3 1950 RAOB RAWIN H 24 9 L 4 1 103 54 24 9 7 2 117 77 41 9 14 3 116 21 51 7 11 1 3 1951 RAOB RAWIN 98 37 42 15 14 4 145 90 92 35 50 18 157 64 88 18 59 10 3 1 144 57 86 23 38 6 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 139 80 94 40 35 11 159 71 122 37 66 10 16S 53 140 32 99 19 161 72 125 40 38 13 1953 RAOB RAWIN 159 53 116 25 56 10 1 154 68 125 42 54 12 167 64 147 38 80 17 158 57 122 31 26 6 1954 RAOB RAWIN 160 37 117 22 29 4 170 39 140 25 82 14 1 167 60 146 43 100 22 2 172 49 133 38 39 9 1955 RAOB RAWIN 167 48 124 37 38 7 165 92 133 76 38 20 165 59 140 48 79 25 4 153 37 126 31 58 9 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 163 46 137 40 43 6 173 61 163 52 90 25 2 176 55 166 46 82 21 2 174 25 141 21 58 9 1957 RAOB RAWIN 16] 38 134 34 34 6 1 166 87 143 72 56 16 179 70 165 63 128 53 39 7 155 48 137 39 75 22 12 2 1958 RAOB RAWIN 173 83 166 78 79 36 3 176 58 173 49 104 25 3 183 56 176 51 154 47 14 4 172 35 159 34 145 31 16 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 177 49 174 47 157 40 29 1 178 57 168 52 156 49 36 7 178 75 174 73 162 65 14 7 158 53 139 51 117 41 16 6 1960 RAOB RAWIN 175 161 159 148 140 123 30 13 173 165 170 160 161 151 64 50 181 179 175 172 158 154 36 34 172 162 159 153 144 125 10 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS t PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Blomarck, N. D. Bismarck, N. D. Blomarck. N. D. 24011 24011 24011 46' 46'N 46 # 46* N 46" 46*N 100* 45 'W 100° 45'W 100' 45'W 505 511 505 WB WB WB 11-1-55 12-1-56 10-31-55 11-30-56 TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN Jin, AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. • S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 EQUIP. S S S S S S s S S S S S OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G ' 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 1956 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 ' G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G C OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 REMARKS: Flrat GMDIA - Feb. 11, 1953. ITTON, OHIO QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 30 10 100 50 30 10 100 50 30 10 100 50 30 10 mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs robs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB 25 20 17 2 46 39 30 2 RAWIN 10 5 2 10 2 1952 RAOB 102 62 30 1 165 123 78 144 116 72 101 59 28 | RAWIN 3 2 1 114 85 58 114 95 61 61 42 20 1953 RAOB 103 64 25 83 56 22 109 70 39 1 106 63 34 o ! RAWIN 81 51 22 81 55 21 108 69 39 1 103 60 31 | 1954 RAOB 120 76 47 5 123 92 70 1 157 128 91 1 126 89 55 1 ! RAWIN 84 49 27 1 110 80 59 153 124 88 1 122 86 54 1 1955 RAOB 142 82 33 155 117 77 4 174 149 107 3 158 118 85 1 RAWIN 98 52 19 151 114 74 3 170 147 98 2 152 116 78 1956 RAOB 167 129 91 1 173 134 78 4 306 266 125 296 224 54 RAWIN 161 125 84 1 175 135 76 3 310 269 123 290 213 38 1957 RAOB 300 237 92 312 246 66 310 261 107 15 339 315 163 9 1 RAWIN 274 224 47 310 246 47 319 265 101 7 333 313 92 7 1958 RAOB 226 213 120 185 170 104 14 197 181 155 25 182 173 157 RAWIN 336 315 96 321 282 118 10 340 297 234 23 344 314 247 1959 RAOB 175 162 137 22 189 185 165 31 179 173 156 17 175 162 143 55 RAWIN 314 275 178 6 347 325 265 20 345 323 268 16 293 243 193 23 1960 RAOB 171 148 136 78 178 171 161 55 161 172 156 2n MAY JUN JUL A Lie, SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 2 G G 2 w 2 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. H 2 9 2 If 2 H 2 H 2 H 2 tf 2 W 2 W 2 V 2 H 2 W 2 REMARKS: First Raob plus SCR 658 - Apr. 21, 19*7, GKD1 - Oct. 1, 1957, and WBRT 57 - Oct. 30, 1959. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 71 14 1 76 1 3 74 2 1 95 6 21 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 65 4 35 9 1 11 9 3 3 1 1 33 8 3 1948 RAOB RABIN 27 2 5 114 70 40 21 6 4 133 121 67 58 22 16 87 27 39 15 20 6 1949 RAOB RAWIN 16 3 3 1 73 34 33 15 15 4 121 105 55 49 7 4 114 39 14 6 1950 RAOB RAWIN 81 8 14 5 85 53 18 11 9 5 127 113 41 29 8 154 60 85 33 34 11 1951 RAOB RAWIN 151 26 93 15 53 7 1 167 77 131 53 59 26 1 154 132 104 83 58 41 2 1 162 75 102 36 59 12 3 1952 RAOB RAWIN 140 7 106 5 75 3 4 146 79 120 59 70 30 153 130 122 107 69 43 159 47 124 34 78 19 1953 RAOB RAWIN 150 19 111 9 72 6 1 166 80 146 68 76 23 163 141 134 114 77 53 160 60 129 52 74 29 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 167 20 131 13 64 5 1 178 113 161 98 108 58 1 168 147 139 121 102 73 1 171 62 139 57 65 34 1955 RAOB RAWIN 171 5 119 4 78 3 158 79 134 67 61 18 162 170 139 149 57 55 1 152 46 133 40 86 22 1956 RAOB RAWIN 155 5 127 4 65 163 108 143 100 76 54 172 164 163 156 92 82 1 176 83 159 75 99 35 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 169 23 142 14 64 4 149 120 122 97 50 36 138 142 115 117 58 60 165 160 153 146 94 78 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1A2 131 122 116 69 54 151 146 135 132' 81 67 193 197 187 188 167 168 183 173 178 169 170 158 1959 RAOB RAWIN 178 156 173 153 152 130 15 5 179 177 175 173 159 154 19 11 136 139 124 121 109 103 11 9 119 113 98 97 97 96 57 52 1960 RAOB RAWIN ISO 160 122 105 114 98 82 65 170 170 163 163 157 158 113 112 156 159 151 149 136 134 46 44 148 135 136 129 119 112 19 10 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO, (tfBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NA M ]■: FROM TO Charleston, S. C. 13880 32° 54' N 80* 02' W 13 WB 177 HURON, SOUTH DAKOTA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 «*TE REMARKS- 03Z, 15Z, and 21Z - May thru Oct. 1954 and May thru Sept. 1955. 09Z 15Z, and 21Z - Jul. thru Sept. 1956. 06Z. 12Z, and 18Z - Jun. thru Sept 1957. OOZ, 122, and 18Z - Jun., Jul., Sept., and Oct. 1958, Hoy thru Aug. 1959 and Jul. 1960. OOZ, 12Z, 14Z. and 18Z - Aug. 1958. First GHD - Jun. 15, 1960. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 id be 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 38 35 23 21 19 17 2 1 170 164 149 139 127 119 8 8 1954 RAOB RAWIN 91 89 86 81 74 27 26 165 L64 156 153 136 131 52 49 3 2 3 2 2 1 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 93 90 81 80 65 63 6 S 138 136 124 122 114 112 21 21 1956 RAOB RAWIN 72 71 68 67 64 63 11 11 1957 RAOB RAWIN 27 27 26 26 25 25 9 7* 75 67 67 M 64 32 32 1958 RAOB RAWIN 57 48 56 51 S3 51 * 179 174 172 168 162 160 9 8 27 23 16 16 10 10 3 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 63 60 55 53 48 45 7 5 147 1*1 III 111 90 86 1960 RAOB RAWIN 31 31 30 29 27 26 2 1 139 137 127 125 118 116 47 21 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS k PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Huron, S. D. (Hun. AP) 94913 44* 23'N 98* 18 'W 394 AF 6-1-53 9-30-53 Huron, S. D. (Hun, AP) 94913 44* 25'N 98" 13'U 392 AF 5-16-54 10-2-54 5 ENE Huron, S. D. (Hun. AP) 94913 44' 23'N 98' 13'U 392 AF 5-15-55 5-27-59 2 S Huron, S. D. (Hun. AP) 94913 44* 23'N 98* 13'U 398 AF 5-28-59 9-26-60 RAPID CITY, SOUTH DAKOTA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2# S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G C OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1957 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 : GMD1A - Apr. 2, 1955. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 rubs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAVIN 48 1 5 77 71 5 1 6 1 1 1 1947 RAOB RAVIN 2 6 1 1 35 29 1948 RAOB RAVIN 38 23 2 124 98 25 16 1 1 125 81 69 15 20 2 81 49 33 17 6 1 1949 RAOB RAVIN 50 13 14 3 1 57 18 57 29 84 27 1 1950 RAOB RAVIN 115 37 23 4 12 2 95 60 21 2 4 1 118 77 50 9 7 2 87 16 33 1 6 1951 RAOB RAVIN 74 25 17 4 2 139 52 47 6 19 1 150 66 77 4 25 2 129 54 77 11 15 1952 RAOB RAVIN 120 79 68 24 31 6 163 91 133 26 87 5 168 69 142 12 103 8 2 153 44 114 10 36 1 1953 RAOB RAVIN 155 25 107 5 51 1 166 52 136 16 58 3 170 61 134 25 57 5 168 49 140 22 48 4 1954 RAOB RAVIN 166 14 124 7 44 175 44 141 18 81 9 166 47 147 18 110 15 1 171 49 137 35 54 12 1 1955 RAOB RAVIN 152 42 96 23 31 6 159 159 112 112 61 53 2 2 145 148 103 108 65 66 81 74 37 36 18 10 1956 RAOB RAVIN 88 84 50 51 26 24 108 112 69 74 44 44 7 5 124 126 81 82 49 47 2 2 98 95 56 58 35 32 1957 RAOB RAWIN 118 108 66 58 20 8 122 123 85 85 47 44 167 168 142 146 115 114 27 3 82 67 34 26 24 16 1 1958 RAOB RAVIN 145 134 105 101 62 43 8 2 188 184 175 172 129 110 196 191 188 184 169 160 7 5 182 161 171 155 158 128 9 1 1959 RAOB RAVIN 174 159 162 149 138 119 1 173 166 163 157 148 141 23 13 181 178 167 167 147 142 36 171 150 142 123 102 86 27 11 1960 RAOB RAVIN 179 169 156 148 137 125 52 28 178 176 172 167 162 155 49 28 177 174 175 172 162 158 35 25 179 168 176 163 152 133 21 4 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (VBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Rapid City, S. D.(Hun. AP) 24090 44* 09'N 103" 06'» 980 MB 10-12-50 Rapid City, S. D.(rtun. AP) 24090 44* 02'N 103* 03 'W 967 UB 10-13-50 10-24-S2 8 SSE Rapid City, S. D.(Mjn. AP) 24090 44' 02'N 103* 03'U 973 WB 10-25-52 9-30-54 Rapid City, S. D. (Km. AP) 24090 44* 02'N 103* 03'H 966 WB 10- 1-54 KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - joira JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 78 32 61 16 SO 8 2 1 53 42 45 16 40 17 4 3 1956 RAOB RAWIN 45 33 38 28 28 23 3 2 79 77 74 73 70 70 4 3 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Khoxvllle, Tenn. (HcGhee Tyson AP) 03351 35° 49'N 83" 59'W 301 AF 2-15-55 6-18-56 MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FFB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G G 4 G 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G G 3 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 032, 1SZ, and 21Z - Feb. thru Apr. 1954, Feb. thru Apr. 1955. 09Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Feb. thru Jun. 1956. 002, 12Z, 14Z, and 182 - Apr. 1960. 00Z. 12Z, and 18Z - May 1960. First GMD1A - Feb. 1, 1954. YEAR JANUARY - -ARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 nJia 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 53 45 34 22 21 15 75 69 56 45 40 34 1954 RAOB RAWIN 83 68 60 55 50 46 3 3 52 45 45 37 38 31 15 10 1955 RAOB RAWIN 73 15 59 12 46 8 19 3 37 32 4 28 4 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 43 35 43 33 35 25 11 6 91 88 84 78 71 62 3 3 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 83 57 77 61 68 62 41 28 102 99 85 84 78 75 5 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Memphis, Tenn. (AFB) Memphis, Tenn. (AFB) Memphis, Tenn. (Mun. AP) Memphis, Term. (Mim. AP) 13862 13862 13662 13862 35° 03'N 35' 03'* N 35° 09'N 35° 03'N 89° 59' W 89" 59 'W 90" 03'W 89" 58'W 78 S3 80 88 AF AF AF AF 3- 7-53 2- 1-54 2-15-56 2-15-59 5-14-53 4-30-55 6-30-56 5-23-59 7 NNtf 8 SSE NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAM FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 S 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 ■ 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 B I EQUIP. S S S S S S S S S S a s OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 fc 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 • s 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 2 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 s S 2 1953^ EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 7 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 5 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: First GHD1 - Feb. I, 1960. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 nibs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 56 1 55 18 37 13 16 4 1947 RAOB RAWIN 24 2 45 20 1 51 22 4 1 20 6 1948 RAOB RAWIN 14 1 49 13 6 1 1 74 36 21 7 6 3 63 6 21 6 1949 RAOB RAWIN 85 LI 47 1 11 107 65 61 30 19 11 58 42 84 30 2 1950 RAOB RAWIN 66 9 61 38 7 140 99 36 19 11 3 139 45 73 11 32 7 2 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 128 16 85 8 42 3 2 141 78 96 38 59 16 166 116 136 73 82 36 1 128 36 95 15 49 7 1952 RAOB RAWIN 139 9 92 6 47 1 156 79 144 55 101 27 172 126 149 95 89 43 164 31 133 13 77 1 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 161 10 117 1 68 2 167 48 142 30 84 IS 175 124 156 93 96 58 1 174 59 119 26 35 5 9 1954 RAOB RAWIN 154 3 114 1 45 170 84 140 60 84 32 156 126 13S 97 81 58 173 65 138 39 54 13 1955 RAOB RAWIN 163 7 101 4 40 1 162 92 136 72 51 22 161 164 138 143 46 43 149 41 129 30 65 8 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 121 9 86 8 32 1 150 78 134 72 72 40 173 158 162 144 78 71 152 65 126 56 53 16 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1*1 15 96 10 36 1 172 117 155 105 125 83 186 142 141 122 112 95 32 14 123 24 75 13 54 9 s 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 147 14 112 6 75 4 5 175 78 154 65 113 45 10 6 156 120 133 101 113 85 4 1 149 22 117 18 98 15 5 1959 RAOB RAWIN 127 5 81 3 67 3 8 179 115 169 108 153 95 32 6 159 154 151 143 141 133 7 5 118 14 83 13 72 12 20 6 1960 RAOB RAWIN 131 71 101 60 80 49 11 4 171 166 164 158 144 136 SO 31 183 181 182 179 169 167 30 21 179 156 169 149 147 126 24 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Nashville, Tenn. Naahvllle, Tenn. 1389 7 13897 36* 07' N 36* 07' N 86* 41'H 86* 41'W 160 178 WB WB 1-1-50 [2-31-49 ABILENE, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 4 G 3 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 4 G 4 G 3 1960 EQUIP. OBS. C 3 G 3 G 3 G 4 G 3 REMARKS: 09Z, 15Z and 212 - Mar. and Kay 1957. OOZ, 06Z and 12Z - Feb. 1959. OOZ, 12Z, and 18Z - May 1959, Feb. thru Apr. 1960, and Jun. 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs SO mbs 30 10 100 mbf^ 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 31 31 30 30 29 28 20 20 55 53 53 52 53 52 40 40 1958 RAOB RAWIN 56 44 47 37 42 32 5 2 93 86 89 83 88 83 19 4 1959 RAOB RAWIN 87 70 77 68 70 65 32 28 91 85 82 74 77 71 IS 13 1960 RAOB RAWIN 82 65 72 55 59 48 17 13 120 119 111 110 101 99 39 25 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Abilene, Tex. (Dye»» AFB) Abilene, Tex. (Dyess AFB) Abilene, Tex. (Dyeaa AFB) Abilene, Tex. (Dyees AFB) 13910 13910 13910 13910 32* 26 'N 32* 26'N 32' 26'N 32* 26'N 99' 51'W 99* 51'H 99" 51'W 99* Sl'V 545 539 547 550 AP AF AF AF 3- 1-57 3- 1-58 2-15-59 2-15-60 5-31-57 5-31-58 5-31-59 6- 4-60 AMARILLO, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. S S S S S S S 5 S S S OBS. 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EQUIP. S G G C G G G G G G G G OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G G 4 G 4 G G 4 G G 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G G 1958 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: 03Z. L5Z. and 21Z - Feb. 1952. 00Z. 12Z, and 18Z - Apr Sept. 1958. First GMD1A - Feb. 13, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 nibs 30 mbs 10 tnbs 100 50 ■ lis 30 mbs 10 100 tnbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 57 7 33 3 IS 1 74 11 56 6 41 5 6 89 44 69 18 43 10 2 1 130 16 96 2 58 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 120 55 84 35 53 26 3 :i6 97 71 58 56 47 1 1 142 140 104 100 82 78 105 101 63 60 50 47 3 3 1954 RAOB RAWIN 109 95 69 54 55 s 2 95 76 68 47 56 40 13 6 138 133 103 100 96 93 26 26 1S7 116 129 93 109 66 4 3 1955 RAOB RAWIN 152 131 111 90 73 59 166 154 136 117 90 73 3 2 164 161 134 132 108 104 3 2 170 165 138 132 121 115 20 19 1956 RAOB RAWIN 177 177 148 145 123 121 8 8 167 164 134 133 115 115 16 13 178 178 151 149 130 128 29 22 311 305 274 276 203 189 40 14 1957 RAOB RAWIN 326 317 277 274 209 197 29 12 327 328 286 291 227 221 14 5 326 333 278 287 125 122 13 1 127 230 71 118 25 22 1 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 163 309 132 236 74 87 1 194 311 174 262 103 140 16 15 175 288 156 236 121 161 9 9 180 335 170 304 157 242 13 1959 RAOB RAWIN 157 274 142 237 116 166 7 194 315 177 261 157 200 8 2 144 243 131 196 111 153 7 7 149 262 111 180 84 114 16 1960 RAOB RAWIN 147 23S 109 154 80 77 10 191 310 167 237 143 175 3 3 176 318 153 253 124 169 5 2 13S 251 97 158 69 84 3 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR, FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Aaarlllo, Tex. (AFB) 23003 35* 13'N 101" 50'W 1099 AF 2-15-52 L0- 9-52 Aaarlllo, Tex. (AFB) 23003 35* 13'N 101* 50'W 1096 AF L0- 9-52 L0- 9-56 Aaarlllo. Tex. (AFB) 23003 35* 13'N 101* 50'W 1099 WB L0- 9-56 L 1-24-56 Aaarlllo. Tex. (AFB) 23003 35* 14'N 101* 42 'W 1096 WB 11-24-56; 12- 1-56 8 ENE Aaarlllo, Tex. (English AP) 23047 35* 14'N 101* 42*W 1096 WB 12- 1-56 12-30-56 Aaarlllo. Tax. (English AP) 23047 35* 14'N 101* 42'W 1095 WB L2-31-56 BIG SPRING, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 rabB 50 mhs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 itibs 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 35 6 37 24 41 37 1 1 1 6 4 2 1 I 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN I 7 2 1 19 16 3 58 23 17 12 3 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 3 87 70 36 27 16 10 99 93 50 50 12 10 85 20 45 13 18 6 1949 RAOB RAWIN 43 3 1 127 69 78 49 35 19 108 106 54 54 16 15 92 42 1950 RAOB RAWIN 113 23 10 2 102 50 23 10 4 1 103 87 37 28 9 5 112 49 43 17 9 5 1951 RAOB RAWIN 92 11 63 6 18 2 1 128 30 79 15 33 5 128 57 84 23 42 9 131 18 88 9 55 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 144 6 92 65 3 147 64 118 46 90 34 3 165 148 141 118 102 77 1 152 44 112 32 61 16 1953 RAOB RAWIN 146 25 102 17 48 6 158 67 127 52 48 17 164 135 129 103 50 36 1 78 51 55 30 16 7 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN •1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Big Spring, Tex. (Hun. Big Spring, Tex. (Mun. AP) AP) 23041 23041 32° 14'N 32° 14'N 101° 30'W 101° 30 'W 774 784 WB WB 1-1-51 L2-31-50 Ll-13-53 46 WSW Midland, Tex. (Sloan Fid.) Ll-15-53 BROWNSVILLE, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN .JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 S 2# S 2 3 2 S 2 3 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 1947 Equip. OBS. 8 2 s 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 S 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 3 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 s 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 s 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 5 2 8 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 w 2 W 2 H 2 w 2 U 2 H 2 U 2 ' REMARKS: Flr« MBRT 57 - May 10, 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RABIN 92 9 79 17 2 43 36 27 24 1947 RAOB RAWIN 19 6 1 16 12 10 9 36 25 9 4 1948 RAOB RAWIN IS 5 47 27 15 9 6 5 95 85 35 30 11 5 101 57 43 25 25 16 1949 RAOB RAWIN 30 6 110 54 50 21 24 7 85 64 54 36 13 7 96 42 17 8 3 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 115 35 14 3 7 2 94 33 19 6 1 1 131 84 52 22 9 3 137 66 62 21 28 7 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 147 39 73 11 37 4 1 148 67 88 34 46 13 146 129 99 83 44 37 1 138 63 69 31 55 IS 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 112 27 61 12 22 5 117 37 78 21 57 13 2 130 107 HI 85 72 48 2 ISO 34 114 16 58 7 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1S1 21 107 8 42 3 132 48 104 32 42 9 136 109 100 76 45 27 129 40 84 13 33 3 1954 RAOB RAWIN 138 13 111 2 61 1 1S1 88 121 59 35 13 155 143 128 118 66 49 153 29 112 14 71 17 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 141 23 85 9 44 3 118 59 83 41 22 6 132 122 99 88 34 21 108 60 72 37 35 8 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1S4 29 127 19 78 5 147 89 121 70 60 30 160 139 145 123 89 68 172 35 153 22 94 11 1957 RAOB RAWIN ISO 44 127 32 68 14 121 62 117 41 44 17 165 150 151 130 105 91 1 1 164 20 153 17 108 11 1958 RAOB RAWIN 163 120 92 7 178 86 152 77 65 37 2 170 164 160 149 14S 125 1 159 63 14S 55 135 42 30 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 175 6 162 5 ISO 4 41 182 110 173 96 158 86 36 10 160 160 ISO 144 135 127 12 3 116 29 96 21 86 19 12 3 1960 RAOB RAWIN 168 4 150 2 128 1 27 176 114 167 111 149 96 67 30 163 162 155 156 139 136 37 22 172 168 163 1S8 140 129 13 2 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS !i PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Brownsville, Tex. Br TBvllle, Tex. 12919 12919 25° 55 'N 25' 54'H 97* 28'» 97* 26'U 6 7 WB UB 1-1-51 12-31-50 2 E5E BRYAN, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 4 G 3 G 3 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 4 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 3 G 3 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 03Z, 1SZ. and 212 - Feb. thru Jul. 1954, Sept. and Oct. 1954. Feb. 1955, and Apr. thru Sept. 1955. 032 and 15Z - Nov. 1954 thru Jan. 1955. 09Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Feb. thru Jun. 1956 and Feb., Apr., May 1957. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nibs 50 robs 30 robs 10 robs 100 mbs 50 robs 30 robs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 robs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RABIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 97 92 61 58 53 51 IS 15 164 144 144 125 132 115 31 27 167 152 160 146 144 131 27 24 165 151 136 120 103 97 23 22 1955 RAOB RAWIN 153 138 89 81 72 63 12 12 157 156 133 127 118 116 32 31 138 138 127 127 107 107 6 8 1956 RAOB RAWIN 45 36 41 38 32 29 4 3 74 68 64 59 47 42 1957 RAOB RAWIN 51 51 46 45 40 39 12 8 49 48 47 47 47 45 29 20 1958 RAOB RAWIN 104 61 92 58 81 63 5 4 89 68 86 68 81 75 23 22 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 8. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Bryan, Tex. (AFB) Bryan, Tex. (AFB) 13905 13905 30° 40'N 30' 40 'N 96' 33'U 96" 33'W 81 84 AF AF 2-1-54 2-5-57 2- 4-57 5-18-58 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JIW JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 2 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 1# G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 1 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 1 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 C 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. G C G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 REMARKS: 15Z - Aug. thru Dec. 1954, Jul. 1955, and Apr. 1956. 00Z, 12Z, and 18Z - Apr. thru Oct. 1957. First GHDl - Aug, 28, 19S4 and GHDLA - Sept, 19, 1955. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 59 50 33 29 24 23 65 51 37 28 27 21 1 1 81 64 59 48 34 26 57 27 32 20 14 12 1954 RAOB RAWIN 27 3 8 3 101 9 61 5 22 3 58 45 35 31 9 9 40 39 31 31 14 11 1955 RAOB RAWIN 124 121 82 77 51 49 79 74 54 50 19 12 66 61 49 43 13 10 73 69 28 24 10 10 1956 RAOB RAWIN 65 SB 26 25 11 11 49 45 14 12 3 1 57 53 28 27 12 10 66 82 61 59 42 41 1957 RAOB RAWIN 111 108 69 69 39 36 120 117 86 82 55 50 117 115 85 81 60 57 88 82 42 41 26 23 1958 RAOB RAWIN 52 40 18 15 12 9 96 93 80 77 69 64 144 139 122 120 99 96 17 12 107 101 60 59 42 40 1959 RAOB RAWIN 147 138 106 »5 82 72 40 26 149 140 129 104 109 84 30 13 141 138 122 121 88 83 10 8 121 116 86 83 68 66 10 B 1960 RAOB RAWIN 144 140 93 90 65 64 13 9 117 113 104 99 84 72 13 8 142 138 113 109 95 90 10 6 132 130 100 97 90 87 40 35 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Corpus Chrlstl, Tex. Corpus Chrlstl, Tes. Corpus Chrlstl, Tex. 12926 12926 12926 27* 41'N 27* 41'N 27' 41'N 97* 17*H 97* 17'W 97* 17'W 6 18 11 N H N 2- 1-53 2-21-57 2- 2-59 2-20-57 2- 1-59 DEL RIO, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SKIT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUI P . OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 C 3 G 2 G 2 1955 EQU IP . OBS. G 2 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1956 EQUI P . OBS. G 3 G G 3 G 3 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 3 C 3 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G G G G 4 G G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 3 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 C 4 G G G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G G G 4 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G G 3 C 3 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQU I P . OBS. G 3 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 REMARKS- 03Z. L5Z, and 21Z - Jan. thru Oct. 1954, Feb. 1955 thru Jan. 1956. 032 and 15Z - Nov. 1954 thru Jan. 1955. 09Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Mar. and Apr. 1956, Nov. 1956 thru Jan. 1957. OOZ . 06Z, and L2Z - Dec. 1957. OOZ, 12Z, and 182 - Apr. thru Jun. 1959. Jan. 1960, Mar. thru Jul. 1960, and Hov. 1960. OOZ, 02Z, and 12Z - Sept. 1959. OOZ, HZ, and 12Z - Dec. 1960. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RABIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 100 86 58 54 50 48 7 6 169 159 144 133 133 123 33 32 181 154 179 143 154 122 40 27 164 108 142 71 122 59 17 7 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 148 111 102 70 76 61 5 3 160 158 128 126 117 115 7 6 158 152 140 138 125 123 5 5 168 167 151 150 134 134 8 7 1956 RAOB RAWIN 133 131 118 114 107 103 43 42 149 148 146 146 139 139 27 27 183 183 170 170 156 156 69 69 110 109 108 108 101 101 39 39 1957 RAOB RAWIN 144 143 138 137 129 128 91 88 175 172 157 156 149 148 62 61 177 177 169 168 161 161 56 56 159 152 132 122 117 112 33 26 1958 RAOB RAWIN 175 125 154 129 138 127 11 7 175 164 165 158 153 150 38 26 179 171 164 159 155 149 52 38 176 172 156 156 143 143 111 102 1959 RAOB RAWIN 178 173 170 167 158 156 108 91 181 180 181 180 179 178 nil 89 182 179 180 177 178 175 123 103 181 176 179 175 179 175 107 75 1960 RAOB RAWIN 182 158 181 165 179 171 91 52 180 179 177 177 175 174 51 27 172 172 169 169 165 163 96 80 172 162 149 142 139 127 3 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SEE- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Del Rio, Tex. (Laughlln AFB) Del Rio, Tex. (Laughlln AFB) Del Rio, Tex. 22001 22001 20001 29* 20* N 29° 22' N 29* 20*N 100* 53'tf 100" 47'W 100" 46 'W 333 333 333 AF AF AF 1-28-54 7-19-54 1- 1-56 7-18-54 12-31-55 6 ENE 2 SSB EL PASO, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN jul AUG 3EPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R -2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 B 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP, OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 a 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. II 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R I R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R .2 R , 2 R 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 20 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 • S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 ' H 2 W 2 2 ; W 2 REMARKS: First Raob plus SCR 658 - rtar. 25, 1955 and WBRT 57 - Aug. 1, 1960. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 rabs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbB 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN so 3 64 2 77 3 15 2 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 9 53 8 36 7 2 24 4 11 6 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 16 L 1 1 51 13 9 5 57 17 3 1 1 1 82 15 11 6 6 4 1949 RAOB RAWIN 61 21 32 12 19 7 98 31 54 18 22 6 51 28 3 2 33 11 1950 RAOB RAWIN 78 25 25 10 8 4 55 20 12 6 3 2 70 31 27 18 9 6 103 37 53 22 27 14 2 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 124 24 55 10 28 6 4 138 42 85 32 45 23 144 53 107 44 71 33 2 1 133 44 105 36 71 21 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 145 34 104 24 77 20 4 169 51 137 45 105 36 1 162 65 136 57 104 44 171 54 144 47 97 32 1 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 165 40 129 31 91 30 4 173 81 152 63 66 30 1 161 60 141 57 78 26 163 49 135 39 79 19 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 83 21 37 10 8 2 132 53 102 42 53 20 1 161 66 137 53 59 13 159 58 123 46 32 6 1955 RAOB RAWIN 117 28 63 14 7 1 156 39 124 31 51 12 158 151 141 131 86 79 143 81 126 72 79 34 1956 RAOB RAWIN 153 47 124 35 43 12 148 86 127 72 56 25 159 151 143 141 62 58 152 83 130 72 69 29 1957 RAOB RAWIN .42 34 106 21 49 6 1 165 116 153 105 112 74 1 139 141 119 113 90 85 17 9 117 42 71 21 47 12 8 3 1958 RAOB RAWIN 161 31 146 22 83 7 11 1 172 115 165 105 106 82 7 6 174 171 162 161 139 137 * 169 124 143 100 120 79 8 1959 RAOB RAWIN 179 53 172 47 158 41 33 7 183 125 179 123 166 112 SO 23 162 155 152 144 146 139 39 114 62 85 52 78 49 32 12 1960 RAOB RAWIN 155 35 139 28 116 17 6 181 123 177 116 167 107 14 6 180 178 177 174 172 163 25 16 183 183 181 181 168 160 7 3 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR, FROM PREV, LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO 81 Peso, Tex. (Hun. AP) 23044 31° 48'N 106* 24 'W 1195 WB 6-30-57 El Peso, Tex. (Hun. AP) 23044 31" 48'N 106* 24 'W 1197 MB 7-1-57 7-31-60 Bl Paeo, Tex. (Mud. AP) 23044 31* 4Q'N 106' 24 'H 1193 WB 8-1-60 FORT BLISS, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUS JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 194C EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 s 1 S 1 S 1 s 2 s . 2 S 1 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. | 21Z - Mar. and Apr. 1948. 162 - Jul. thru Sept. 1948. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbfi 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1 1 2 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Fort B1U6, Tex. 23038 31" 9-12-53 11-4-53 San Antonio, Tax. (AP) 12921 29" 32'» 98* 28'U 243 w> 11-5-53 SHERMAN, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV BEC 1946 EQUIP. 0B3. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 4 R 4 R 4 R 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 3 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. 1 REMARKS: 03Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Hay 1952. First Raob plus SCR 658 - Apr. 1, 1952. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nbg 50 mbB 30 tube 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 49 46 26 24 18 16 6 3 19 18 8 7 5 4 1 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 118 59 89 33 70 30 19 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PBEV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Sherman, Tex. (Perrin AFB) Sherman, Tex. (Perrin AFB) 13923 13923 33* 43 'N 33* 43'N 96* 40'W 96* 40 'W 251 247 AP AF 1-1-51 4-4-52 4- 3-52 6-30-52 WACO, TEXAS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 03Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Feb. thru Jun. 1952. Flrat ) SCR 658 - Mar. 7, 1952. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 ■bs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 10 100 tabs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 50 39 26 12 23 5 10 2 12 11 4 4 2 1 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 56 26 36 12 21 97 20 67 4 49 3 12 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Waco, Tex. (Connally AFB) Waco, Tex. (Connally AFB) 13928 13928 31" 38'N 31" 38'N 97" 16'W 97" 04'W 145 138 AF AF 1-17-51 2-29-52 4-16-51 6-15-52 12 E OGDEN, UTAH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP, OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUI P . OBS. EQUIP. OBS„ R 1 R 2 R 2 S 3 S 2 S 4 S G G 4 G 4 G R 1 R 2 R 2 S S 3 S S G G 4 G 4 G R 1 R 2 R 2 S S 3 5 S 4 G 4 G 4 G G R 2 R 2 R 2 S 4 S 4 's 4 S 4 G G 4 G G R 2 R 2 R 2 S s 3 S s G G G G R 2 R 2 R 2 S 4 S 4 S 4 S G G 4 G 4 G R 2 R 2 R 2 S S 4 S 4 S 4 G 4 G 4 G G R 2 R 2 R 2 S 4 S s s 4 G G 4 G G R 2 R 2 S 4 S S 4 S 4 G 4 G G R 2 R 2 S S S 4 S G G G 4 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S s 4 S G G 4 G 4 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S S c 4 G 4 G G REMARKS: 04Z - Jan. thru Mar. 1946. 03Z, 152. and 21Z - Jan. 1949. 032, 09Z, and 15Z - Feb., Mar., and May 1950. First Raob plus SCR 658 Nov. 5, 1948, GMD1 - Dec. 6. 1952, and GMD1A - Sept. 19, 1953. TEAR JANUARY - MARC B APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - D EC EMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbB 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 29 104 3 94 9 1 77 11 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 39 1 54 35 6 65 15 1948 RAOB RABIN 77 8 96 25 5 70 16 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 12 9 21 16 54 38 31 22 16 8 2 1 36 18 12 5 6 3 2 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 46 3 20 11 1 101 25 64 16 47 11 13 1 81 19 41 8 35 8 13 2 34 20 7 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 50 3 28 17 6 63 11 45 2 32 6 40 3 28 1 19 1 2 14 2 4 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 38 4 22 2 15 1 3 131 36 96 20 64 13 12 2 43 15 26 8 15 3 1 56 24 37 7 20 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 89 66 47 37 20 18 2 1 122 84 89 56 60 42 2 2 118 105 84 74 62 53 1 1 134 116 93 84 63 56 3 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 65 54 35 26 27 20 110 88 69 52 54 40 6 2 160 142 135 117 104 89 2 1 147 111 113 88 80 60 3 3 1955 RAOB RAWIN 122 104 71 61 35 28 170 154 122 no 87 76 a 160 127 131 107 100 80 150 130 91 80 57 54 3 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 146 133 105 102 69 60 4 2 176 170 158 148 130 121 6 1 74 73 70 68 60 57 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO, (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM Til Ogden, Utah 24126 41° 12'N 112" Ol'W 1355 WB 8-26-48 Ogden, Utah 24101 41° 07'N 112" OO'W 1451 AF 11-5-48 8-18-50 5 SSE Ogden, Utah 24101 41* 07'N 112* OO'W 1448 AF 8-19-50 12-31-51 Ogden, Utah 24101 41" 07'N 112" OO'W 1450 AF 1- 1-52 8- 7-56 21 SSE Salt Lake City, Utah 8-7-56 SAINT GEORGE, UTAH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP OBS. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 130 122 131 129 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO SC. G«orge, (Rah 03121 37* 06'N 113* 36'K 895 A? 4-17-57 9-28-57 SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG s BPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS, 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP, OBS. G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS,. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB UAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 197 193 175 171 108 102 3 1 326 308 237 227 113 97 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 331 268 260 214 107 71 339 329 300 298 148 120 1 344 345 327 331 252 253 10 2 151 272 116 214 83 119 3 2 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 298 165 265 129 173 2 11 174 324 166 260 133 195 183 348 175 319 156 263 177 335 160 290 133 212 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 173 317 165 285 145 225 IS 7 178 332 173 317 164 273 32 28 179 351 178 336 169 302 19 21 173 325 160 293 143 243 34 13 1960 RAOB RASIN 174 309 157 266 142 203 * 67 51 175 338 171 314 160 280 77 82 177 338 163 297 153 264 11 8 180 333 167 303 147 229 15 2 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Sale Lake City, Ucah 24127 40' 46' N 111' 58'W 1288 UB 8-7-56 . . - 21 SSE Ogdeti , Ucah 8-7-56 TOOELE, UTAH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 4 S 4 S S 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 4 S s S S 3 S 2 s 21) 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 7 S 4 S 1 S 1 S 1 s 1 S 2 G 2 G 3 G I 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G . 1 G 1 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G 2 G 1 G 1 G 1 c 1 G 1 G 19 1956 EQUIP. OBS. c 1* C 2# G I G 1 G 1 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 2 G 1 G 2 G 1 G 1 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 012 and 13Z - Jun. thru Aug. 1950. 03Z and 13Z - Sept. 1950. Tlmea of obo. are varied - Oct. 1950. 16Z - Apr. 1951. 15Z and 21Z - Hay thru Jul. 1951, Feb. 1953. and Sept. 1956. 03Z and 15Z - Jan. thru Har. 1952 and Nov. 1952 thru Jan. 1953. 03Z, 15Z, and 21Z - Oct. 1952. HZ and 13Z - Sept. 1953. 05Z and HZ - Oct. 1953. 03Z, 11Z, and 16Z - Nov. 1953. 15Z - Apr. and May 1953, Dec. 1953, Har. 1954 thru Feb. 1955, Aug. 1956, Oct. 1956 thru Jan. 1957, and Mar. and Hay 1957. 12Z - Jun. thru Aug. 1953, Apr. thru Aug. 1955 and Jun. 1957. 02Z and 15Z - Jan. 1954. 15Z and 20Z Feb. 1954, Feb. and Apr. 1957. 12Z and 15Z - Mar. 1955 and Jul. 1957. 14Z - Sept. and Oct. 1955. First GMDLA - Oct. 1, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - LURCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 2 1 1 1 37 15 30 9 17 4 1951 RAOB RAWIN 10 7 1 23 3 10 8 4 1 2 17 11 7 1952 RAOB RAWIN 66 9 46 7 26 4 5 1 99 5 79 4 58 3 12 1 92 31 81 18 58 12 8 2 64 19 43 8 27 2 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 25 2 11 6 36 1 22 1 11 1 30 5 18 3 10 1 1 46 42 37 34 24 22 2 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 40 40 31 31 16 16 47 44 40 38 33 30 2 2 53 52 48 47 44 42 52 52 41 41 32 31 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 52 52 SO 50 46 46 2 2 57 5S 49 49 37 37 43 43 35 35 35 35 4 4 4 4 4 1956 RAOB RAWIN 5 5 4 4 4 4 54 51 47 42 39 36 12 10 1957 RAOB RAWIN 57 4a 55 44 51 40 16 13 62 60 61 61 59 59 46 46 21 21 21 21 19 19 9 8 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROH TO Tooele, Uteh (Dugvay P.C.) Tooele, Utah (Dugvay P.G.) Tooele, Oceh (Dugvay P.C.) 24103 24103 24103 40' 10'N 40* 10' N 40* U'N 113* OO'W 113* 00'W 112* 55'W 1325 1329 1329 AT AF AF 10-15-49 2-16-52 5- 1-53 2-15-52 4-30-53 7-31-57 5 ENB WENDOVER, UTAH TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY Jim JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 ft 2 S 2 S 4 S s 4 S 4 S S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 41 5 18 L 30 3 2 1 30 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 23 1 4 25 17 5 2 2 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATTTUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR, FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Wendover, Utah (AFB) 24111 40° 43'N 114° 04'tf 1292 AF 1-22-47 9 -9 -48 DAHLGREN, VIRGINIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAM FEB MAR APR MAY JUN .Tin, AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R R R R I R 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 1* R Iff R 1 R 1 R Iff R R Iff Iff R Iff 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1950 EQUIP. OBS. Iff R 1 R 1 R Iff R Iff 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 Iff 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R Iff R 1 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 1 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G I G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 1958 EQUIP. OBS. Iff 1# G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G L G 1 C 1 G 1 G Iff 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 13Z and L9Z - Jan. thru Mar. 1946. Times of Aug. 1947 thru Nov. 1959. First GMD1A - Jan. 13, 1954. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW1N 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 8 6 4 1 17 7 6 1 12 7 5 6 3 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1 2 6 1 3 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 9 6 5 2 2 21 2 16 10 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 9 8 8 6 2 18 18 12 10 s 3 1 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1 2 2 1 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Dahlgren, Va. (NAS) Dahlgren, Va. (NAS) 13760 13760 38° 19 'N 38° 19' N 77* Ol'W 77° Ol'W 30 6 N N 2-3-56 2- 2-56 Ll-13-59 NORFOLK, VIRGINIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R Z 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R R R 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 4 R 4 R R R . B R R 4 R 4 R R 4 J 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 4 R R 4 R R G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G C 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G G G 4 G G 4 G G G 4 G G G c 1954 EQUI P . OBS. G G G G 4 G G G G G G G 4 G 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G G G G G 4 G G G G G G G 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G G G 4 G 4 G G G G G G G 2 C 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 C 2 C 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1, 1946, GMD1 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER (X'TOBKR - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 50 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 6 2 33 57 40 1947 RAOB RAWIN 48 23 25 1 20 1948 RAOB RAWIN 6 10 1949 RAOB RAWIN 8 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 7 126 87 47 110 58 33 1951 RAOB RAWIN 12 L 70 40 21 74 37 10 65 39 30 1952 RAOB RAWIN 45 18 9 83 13 50 6 30 2 79 58 55 40 38 29 1 1 45 37 35 30 23 19 1953 RAOB RAWIN 47 37 22 18 14 13 47 41 23 22 18 17 80 74 46 47 28 26 74 67 30 29 11 9 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 57 48 27 21 13 11 68 63 20 20 12 11 88 83 45 43 17 16 1 1 98 86 48 42 21 19 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 91 59 54 34 34 24 5 2 123 118 52 50 19 17 130 124 90 88 44 36 127 113 97 82 62 53 1956 RAOB RAWIN 277 255 187 178 56 42 263 262 205 209 67 58 280 281 233 238 76 77 259 250 193 187 52 30 1957 RAOB RAWIN 258 234 159 151 42 22 279 274 205 206 116 101 1 252 251 188 189 94 89 125 191 60 99 40 45 3 1958 RAOB RAWIN 166 269 150 227 106 106 1 158 282 118 204 88 125 175 324 167 299 148 251 1 1 176 324 167 300 153 252 21 7 1959 RAOB RAWIN 176 299 164 275 154 238 36 12 178 343 164 310 150 254 24 16 175 332 166 297 156 261 53 53 173 312 160 281 149 253 64 59 1960 RAOB RAWIN 16S 267 155 241 149 230 128 127 177 309 168 284 156 253 106 105 180 343 170 310 150 252 46 55 182 338 178 326 164 277 29 8 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fc PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Norfolk, V*. (NASi Norfolk, Va. 13750 137 37 3b* Sb'N 36° 53'N 76° 17'W 76° L2'W 15 9 N WB 2- 1-46 Ll-15-55 1.1-15-55 6 SSE SEATTLE, WASHINGTON TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS . R 2 R 4 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 "r 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: First GMDLA - Jon. 15, 1934. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 27 4 1 66 4 70 7 9 1947 RAOB RAWIN 23 3 84 17 1 13 3 1 16 I 1948 RAOB RAWIN 31 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1 29 1 22 1950 RAOB RAWIN 11 106 63 38 5 90 59 42 1 48 16 9 1951 RAOB RAWIN 54 26 17 111 45 17 1 75 44 25 32 11 4 1952 RAOB RAWIN 30 15 5 29 15 9 27 9 6 38 17 15 3 1953 RAOB RAWIN 42 25 19 68 47 33 64 44 29 67 42 . 29 1954 RAOB RAWIN 96 78 56 45 27 18 164 158 145 136 111 104 1 175 170 162 159 124 120 160 124 116 89 57 42 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 147 133 82 70 19 14 172 168 148 140 105 95 178 176 158 157 131 125 2 1 136 124 77 72 46 42 1 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 105 98 68 68 45 40 125 121 102 97 79 69 6 3 307 305 213 218 100 99 1 260 258 191 193 94 82 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 283 279 237 235 180 159 45 31 353 352 316 321 238 229 42 31 352 353 338 338 278 277 85 57 154 294 111 208 77 127 7 1958 RAOB RAWIN 160 300 133 243 93 137 10 11 168 333 155 306 103 156 176 347 170 329 149 269 162 309 131 241 96 133 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 176 342 162 305 119 180 5 3 181 353 177 338 162 291 12 9 181 357 169 332 138 237 8 9 166 316 148 271 131 214 33 16 1960 RAOB RAWIN 175 324 162 280 143 222 30 12 182 352 174 320 160 251 26 20 183 362 169 333 136 244 7 6 154 290 110 201 85 139 6 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOG. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Suttla, Huh, Suttla, Huh. Suttla, Huh. 24244 24244 24233 47* 41 'H 47* 41 'H 47' 27' N 122* 16'H 122* 16'H 122* 18'H 19 10 124 H ■ 2- 2-54 6-29-56 2- 1-541 6-29-56 14 SSH SPOKANE, WASHINGTON TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JON JUL AUG KPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 3 1956 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. G 3 G 4 G 3 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 3 G 2 G G 2 C G G G 4 G 2 G 4 G 2 G 4 G 2 G 4 G 2 1957 c 2 G 2 C 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2. G 2 G 2 G 2 Raob plus SOI 658 - J«n. 27, 1947 and CMD1A - May 13, YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 91 11 91 3 68 3 1 57 9 2 1947 RAOB RAWIN 40 15 1 106 72 3 3 '0 81 35 4 2 19 7 1948 RAOB RAWIN 23 6 5 2 140 67 95 39 33 13 155 45 108 32 60 17 125 32 61 18 24 7 1949 RAOB RAWIN 94 23 57 13 25 6 106 36 80 35 48 19 1 87 39 58 23 33 12 12 1950 RAOB RAWIN 65 22 93 41 22 10 4 1 123 46 38 12 5 2 91 5 33 2 9 1951 RAOB RAWIN 86 18 36 6 7 3 140 66 86 28 52 18 159 42 112 17 71 12 4 1 137 51 91 20 36 10 1952 RAOB RAWIN ISA 66 103 38 60 21 3 161 55 125 33 85 19 165 83 133 54 91 31 1 161 61 HI 42 56 18 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 132 35 85 26 39 10 173 127 138 99 86 55 175 89 157 79 87 44 1 158 50 122 41 51 18 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 143 44 86 35 37 21 167 93 122 63 82 43 4 2 145 128 110 100 82 74 2 1 92 71 48 35 35 24 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 67 49 43 32 31 24 174 165 133 133 84 78 164 174 146 143 99 97 140 105 91 71 44 33 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 137 118 106 94 56 51 2 1 284 272 194 206 97 95 2 326 321 260 260 199 189 2 1 279 222 198 176 105 78 6 4 1957 RAOB RAWIN 200 222 157 174 107 98 41 32 172 167 161 160 136 128 59 49 177 177 167 168 97 101 52 42 151 144 95 94 49 39 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 160 161 134 135 100 87 14 10 178 178 166 167 110 104 173 171 163 159 136 126 174 173 149 152 105 93 1959 RAOB RAWIN 171 169 156 155 126 126 178 176 156 163 122 121 10 10 179 182 175 177 161 162 27 24 170 169 152 151 130 119 40 31 1960 RAOB RAWIN 176 175 161 163 140 135 S3 40 177 177 170 169 161 160 58 54 179 178 176 175 149 151 13 14 182 179 178 176 156 145 6 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PHEV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Spokjm*, Wash. Spokane, Wash. 24157 24157 47* 37'N 47* 37'N 117* 31 'V 117* 31 'W 726 722 HI 1-26-51 1-25-51 TATOOSH ISLAND, WASHINGTON TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 S 1 S 2 5 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 C 2 G - 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS, G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 c 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. c 2 C 2 G 2 G ?. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: 032 - Sept. and Oct. 195L. Flr»t GMD1 - Oct. 1, 1954. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 43 13 2 65 32 3 1 61 38 1 1 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 25 14 25 13 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 60 20 10 3 1 146 83 71 42 12 6 149 98 95 63 27 15 67 28 27 7 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 118 31 38 8 3 140 60 70 31 18 11 47 27 36 12 1950 RAOB RAWIN 9 1 104 52' 34 19 5 4 131 78 46 25 16 7 81 16 26 8 8 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 104 31 40 13 5 1 153 63 89 36 48 18 5 147 58 75 31 52 24 1 64 22 31 10 9 4 1952 RAOB RAWIN 98 28 53 13 25 7 116 37 71 18 38 6 1 1 153 61 117 43 77 22 116 45 67 25 26 12 1953 RAOB RAWIN 86 21 27 8 3 142 65 51 13 8 1 161 69 102 42 39 18 98 10 29 2 12 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 146 28 84 22 34 7 164 51 142 47 79 22 2 162 70 148 62 112 44 123 88 86 64 52 34 1955 RAOB RAWIN 111 65 55 30 16 7 168 156 156 146 94 88 173 165 156 152 109 109 109 94 74 74 39 25 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 139 99 109 74 44 17 158 147 138 132 47 39 166 151 151 139 73 74 119 95 97 78 41 25 1957 RAOB RAWIN 135 116 97 83 37 23 172 156 154 144 68 53 166 161 149 146 119 118 22 4 174 144 155 134 107 77 10 2 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 165 164 160 131 121 28 8 176 172 174 170 165 159 44 37 183 180 182 176 175 170 67 72 175 159 156 146 139 120 26 16 1959 RAOB RAWIN 177 159 168 149 139 115 3 1 175 169 172 165 154 143 180 172 174 167 156 149 165 130 147 116 121 101 34 25 1960 RAOB RAWIN 154 141 135 127 118 104 58 34 180 175 L64 160 133 130 34 25 178 173 170 167 138 133 15 12 179 161 173 156 156 128 11 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Tatoosh Island, Wash. 24240 48* 23'N 124* 44'W 33 WB 9-30-54 Tatooah Ialand, Wash. 24240 48* 23'N 124* 44'W 39 WB 10- 1-54 10-14-54 Tatooeh Island, Wash. 24240 48* 23'N 124* 44 'V 31 WB 10-15-54 HUNTINGTON, WEST VIRGINIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JT1I, AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S It S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 B 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUI P . OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAB JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 robs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 10 100 50 30 mbs 10 robs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 45 10 1 54 24 32 17 8 3 1947 RAOB RAWIN 6 49 4 66 3 45 1 10 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 53 2 19 3 73 4 27 2 15 1 45 1 6 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR, FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Huntington, W. Va. 93818 38° 25'H 82° 30'W 17 d 13Z - Jan- thm Mar. 1946. 022 and 142 - Jun. thru Aug. 1946. 042 and 162 - Sept. 1946, Feb. thru Dec. 1947. 02Z. 08Z, 14Z, and 20Z - Dec. 1951. No WBAN 20'a - Mar. thru Dec. 1951. First GND1A about Jun. 16, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 31 1 9 1947 RAOB RAWIN 8 8 15 9 10 2 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 10 6 65 50 7 1 1 34 14 38 12 2 1 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 62 21 1 35 1 50 1 1 40 17 2 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 34 15 19 7 14 5 2 1 56 13 26 3 15 2 1 11 4 3 1 14 4 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 25 11 5 56 20 30 6 15 2 137 20 77 4 39 1 2 81 2 34 5 1952 RAOB RAWIN 67 32 10 2 91 2 46 1 16 91 44 7 30 1 12 1 4 1953 RAOB RAWIN 46 1 23 12 70 9 42 4 25 1 2 118 1 91 71 78 52 37 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 147 5 106 3 79 1 79 50 32 3 145 114 89 3 151 2 107 74 8 1955 RAOB RAWIN 136 23 85 5 62 2 1 108 84 75 19 49 2 2 112 79 73 27 47 7 116 94 82 72 44 35 3 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 129 107 95 80 37 28 145 129 116 99 69 52 4 2 161 122 126 106 66 45 144 110 119 94 72 43 1957 RAOB RAWIN 147 1C9 117 90 90 58 166 130 154 121 92 69 182 167 165 149 98 88 43 26 173 99 161 100 146 98 57 28 1958 RAOB RAWIN 164 98 158 96 144 100 90 59 164 119 160 127 154 125 94 79 147 78 134 77 102 62 57 33 148 91 138 92 124 89 64 37 1959 RAOB RAWIN 161 132 157 135 144 130 87 62 169 139 156 139 143 136 72 61 164 127 148 117 115 102 49 32 173 150 155 141 139 128 67 44 1960 RAOB RAWIN 165 129 150 132 112 93 34 21 160 127 150 123 116 100 23 12 118 73 105 76 102 75 27 20 157 95 147 no 126 108 84 67 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Adak, Alaska Adak. Alaska Adak, Alaska Adak, Alaska 25701 25701 25704 25704 51° 53'N 51° 53'N SI" 53'N 51* 53'N 176" 31 'H 176* 39'W 176* 39'W 176* 39' H 4 4 20 8 AF AF N N LO-15-45 1 6-25-48 9- 1-50 6-16-53 6-24-48 6-25-50 6-15-53 6 U AMCHITKA, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. '1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUI P . OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: Raob plus SCR 584 prior to Sept. 26. 1945. 012 t thru May 1946. 04Z and 162 - Jun. thru Nov. 1946, and Jan. Mar. 1948. Raob plus SCR 658 ended Feb. 14, 1950. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 robs 30 robs 10 100 50 mbs 30 nibs 10 LOO mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs LO mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 robs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 13 7 3 12 4 3 2 1947 RAOB RAWIN 2 I 2 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 29 13 30 18 43 7 52 8 8 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 22 3 11 4 1 1 16 1 9 2 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 41 11 4 2 27 5 1 5 5 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGIT'IDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 8. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Aachltka, Alaska Aachltka, Alaska 45702 45702 51* 24'N St* 23'N 179* 16'B 179" 15'E 46 68 AF AP 1-12-45 11-10-48 11- 4-48 11-21-50 1 SW ANCHORAGE, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 a 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUI P . OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 U 2 H 2 W 2 2 U 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. W 2 W 2 W 2 U 2 If 2 W 2 w 2 W 2 W 2 u 2 U 2 2 REMARKS: 04Z end 16Z - Jan. 1946 chru Har. 1948. First Raob plus SCR 656 - Feb. 19, 1946 and Fab. 22, 1949, WBRT 57 . Jul. 1, 1959. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nibs 50 mb a 30 robs 10 mbs 100 robs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 100 robs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 robs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 robs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 60 104 3 10 63 2 I 22 5 1947 RAOB RAWIN 9 86 1 98 2 17 1948 RAOB RAWIN 24 132 1 62 6 135 12 69 1949 RAOB RAWIN 41 5 11 6 33 19 55 28 1950 RAOB RAWIN 90 46 3 3 127 65 67 30 28 13 117 34 67 6 16 1 2 96 15 7 1951 RAOB RAWIN 77 15 14 1 132 25 78 3 50 3 157 30 112 71 2 1 123 39 10 1952 RAOB RAWIN 136 33 35 9 25 4 165 65 141 40 89 16 167 36 142 18 89 8 157 82 85 30 7 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 163 81 104 38 26 8 162 102 137 79 108 56 3 2 174 123 150 101 103 63 148 102 108 59 50 21 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 160 68 128 44 63 21 2 167 118 140 92 96 57 2 1 142 75 107 51 72 29 130 71 94 49 30 12 1955 RAOB RAWIN 151 70 118 56 39 14 155 131 127 109 22 14 158 107 119 85 14 13 130 64 102 42 49 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 103 57 67 44 16 8 166 151 157 145 57 52 167 125 148 112 66 60 176 113 165 81 130 42 34 3 1957 RAOB RAWIN 168 57 143 39 36 7 148 123 131 110 45 31 148 104 119 82 26 16 168 108 135 79 50 14 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 111 160 101 100 44 173 129 171 125 122 80 1 1 183 131 178 126 165 113 1 182 118 176 114 156 92 8 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 175 112 172 103 162 93 17 5 179 119 175 117 160 106 32 23 171 171 161 160 147 145 48 45 171 167 154 151 136 125 70 53 1960 RAOB RAWIN 174 163 168 158 149 .138 87 58 178 177 173 167 161 154 52 177 174 174 172 159 154 15 13 183 179 181 176 168 161 19 8 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Anchorage, Alaska (Elnendorf Fid.) 26401 61" 15'N 149' 48'W 60 AF LO-U-45 5-21-46 Anchorage, Alaska (Merrill Fid.) 26409 61" 13'N 149' 50'W 51 WB 5-22-46 7-14-52 3 SW Anchorage, Alaska (Merrill Fid.) 26409 61° 13'N 149* 50 'W 42 WB 7-15-52 10-29-53 Anchorage, Alaska (Int'l. AP) 26409 61° 10'N 149* 59' W 32 WB [0-30-53 L2- 3-54 9 WSW Anchorage, Alaska (Int'l. AP) 26409 61° 10'N 149° 59 'W 30 WB [2- 4-54 6-30-59 Anchorage, Alaska (Int'l. AP) 26409 61* 10'N 149" 59'W 29 WB 7- 1-59 ANNETTE, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEP! OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S H S M S H S M S M S H S H S H S H S H s M S M 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S M S H S H 8 M S K S H 5 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 s 2 s 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S z S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S .2 S 2 W 2 H 2 U 2 w 2 W 2 W 2 H 2 w 2 w 2 W 2 : and 16Z - Jul. 1947 thru Mar. 1948. First UBRT 57 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mb 6 50 nibs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 11 7 13 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 6 2 36 11 12 3 2 1 64 6 28 6 25 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 59 4 92 4 52 4 10 1 36 2 1 14 1950 RAOB RAWIN 29 3 1 99 17 32 3 1 134 55 64 12 15 4 1 88 20 18 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 61 9 5 117 17 70 6 36 2 164 19 132 5 92 4 5 106 20 20 5 1952 RAOB RAWIN 117 13 69 4 39 1 3 173 25 149 13 106 7 2 166 18 136 8 91 2 155 38 110 17 48 4 1953 RAOB RAWIN 147 18 114 10 59 L64 31 150 18 85 9 158 71 131 61 69 37 1 154 23 112 14 47 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 153 41 118 28 45 8 160 45 132 41 84 27 164 85 136 65 68 36 151 17 108 10 33 6 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 48 9 27 8 7 1 166 69 133 56 17 158 72 134 63 26 8 144 35 117 28 35 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 166 44 143 33 16 162 60 141 54 66 23 153 62 L34 52 48 23 132 8 109 6 38 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 163 60 138 49 50 15 175 85 153 73 80 30 171 117 140 103 78 57 15 2 118 26 100 19 59 10 8 1958 RAOB RAWIN 139 63 117 53 87 33 12 1 159 63 154 56 121 33 8 176 71 167 67 160 58 19 1 165 20 154 18 133 lb 27 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 164 24 142 22 125 22 19 173 57 165 50 158 47 19 6 165 38 154 31 145 30 64 12 135 8 102 78 9 1960 RAOB RAWIN 154 74 141 67 127 58 61 24 175 159 163 148 147 128 58 52 174 156 162 144 135 120 10 8 164 118 143 109 124 86 9 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS b PERIODS FROM TO NA '1 F FROM TO Annette Island, Alaska Annette Island, Alaska Annette, Alaska (WBO) Annette, Alaska (WBO) 25301 25308 25308 25308 55° 02'N 55" 02'N 55° 02'N 55' 02'N 131" 34'W 131* 34'W 131" 34'W 131" 34'W 35 35 35 37 AF WB WB WB 4-14-44 7-30-47 6- 1-50 7- 1-51 7-29-47 5-31-50 6-30-51 22 SSE Ketchikan, Alaska 9-20-40 7-28-47 ATTU, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. t I* R 1# R 2 R 2 R 2 R 1# 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R R 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 P. 2 R 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. 1 REMARKS: 03Z - Jan., Jul. and Nov. 1946, and Feb. thru Jun. 1948. 02Z and 14Z - Mar. thru Dec. 1947. Raob suomaries available Jul. thru Oct. 194S. Flrat GMDLA - Jun. L4. 1955. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 30 nibs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 nibs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 7 1 6 1948 RAOB RAWIN 4 1949 RAOB RAWIN 7 14 1950 RAOB RAWIN 4 17 31 0. 74 52 24 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 63 49 19 102 74 46 1955 RAOB RAWIN 61 42 17 70 44 29 111 3 83 1 61 119 7 85 55 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 85 13 61 35 146 4 118 70 2 134 7 100 61 108 48 71 28 41 12 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 84 79 44 39 20 14 1 81 71 39 30 16 9 101 94 63 59 26 22 8 1 133 101 75 60 42 32 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 147 94 120 80 92 68 15 3 124 118 108 103 81 68 15 11 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Attu, Alaska Attu, Alaska 45709 45709 52° 48'N 52° 48'N 173* 10'E 173' 10'E 27 28 N N 9- 4-43 2-10-57 2- 9-57 6-24-58 Also see: Shemya, Alaska BARROW, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUI P . OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S . 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP, OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 tf 2 U 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. H 2 U 2 u 2 II 2 2 H 2 H 2 V 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 robs 50 30 robs 10 100 50 mbs 30 robs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 tube 100 robs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 14 13 52 45 72 51 1 1 13 4 1947 RAOB RAWIN 20 2 65 36 1 16 11 1948 RAOB RAWIN 17 6 2 99 41 45 22 6 135 60 62 32 23 8 58 36 3 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 19 6 2 1 44 31 37 29 13 11 1950 RAOB RAWIN 99 72 12 11 5 5 141 115 82 65 29 24 3 131 102 77 63 18 13 1 65 53 b 5 1951 RAOB RAWIN 129 97 25 17 1 1 158 139 114 91 60 41 2 1 169 114 147 89 107 54 3 144 113 37 27 1952 RAOB RAWIN 136 112 57 43 21 19 176 154 151 132 121 96 6 2 171 138 146 120 113 61 1 155 122 35 67 20 17 1953 RAOB RAWIN 141 103 86 56 21 13 159 108 142 90 77 44 I 156 115 123 86 57 35 135 107 69 46 14 4 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1SS 90 93 43 14 4 173 147 119 96 23 14 170 140 141 100 28 12 168 133 127 94 17 8 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 157 143 104 88 7 2 164 155 142 133 1 166 136 152 112 16 13 135 76 80 54 16 6 1956 RAOB RAWIN 126 48 68 16 8 178 148 154 126 68 53 165 96 144 80 52 29 178 117 172 75 142 7 23 1957 RAOB RAWIN 158 62 116 43 28 5 173 106 154 97 56 32 172 35 165 33 132 25 30 4 161 105 140 66 74 19 9 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 130 148 97 75 44 7 3 176 121 163 111 124 81 10 3 181 116 179 112 169 105 25 7 176 121 172 107 154 85 20 5 1959 RAOB RAWIN 176 98 165 68 133 33 6 177 144 171 138 155 120 16 14 175 127 163 123 147 108 74 47 166 no 128 81 89 47 18 6 1960 RAOB RAWIN 162 148 140 127 113 99 52 37 178 178 164 166 152 149 46 45 182 182 171 173 164 161 20 16 172 171 165 164 155 151 22 3 REMARKS: 04Z «>"i 1M - Jm Itov. 6, 1959. 1946 thru «Mt. 1948. First HBRT - 57 - STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR, FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Barrow, Alaska Barrow, Alaska (WHO) 27502 27502 71° 18'N 71" 18'N 156* 47 'W 156* 47 'W 10 8 WB WB 9-15-40 6- 1-50 5-31-50 BARTER ISLAND, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY jira JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQULP. OBS. S 1# S 4 S 4 s S 4 S 4 G 4 G 4 G 2 C 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G . 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1956 EQUIP. G G G G G G G C C G G G OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1957 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G- 2 W 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. W 2 W 2 w 2 W 2 u 2 2 w 2 W 2 W 2 2 w 2 U 2 REMARKS- 04Z - Mat. 1953. Flr»t Raob plus SCR 658 - Mar. 27, 1953, CMD1A - Aug. 22, 1953 oi.d TORT 57 - Dec. 11, 1959. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 tubs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 robs 100 nbs 50 nbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIH 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 58 14 27 2 16 1 78 27 48 11 23 5 77 75 28 28 9 8 1954 RAOB RAWIN 115 114 59 58 25 25 3 3 166 164 148 144 116 114 16 16 151 149 134 132 120 119 31 31 127 124 89 87 66 65 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 152 152 121 121 78 77 170 168 159 155 132 130 11 10 183 172 178 165 160 148 21 18 158 156 111 109 80 80 4 4 1956 RAOB RAWIN 161 158 132 125 97 62 15 6 181 180 180 180 171 168 51 48 177 177 168 167 154 154 25 23 156 153 109 106 86 85 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 137 132 109 106 80 75 1 1 168 167 152 149 130 124 173 171 155 153 138 136 47 12 162 161 131 128 89 63 5 3 1958 RAOB RAWIN 169 165 147 142 113 104 4 4 166 165 149 146 119 117 17 11 172 171 155 151 116 110 17 13 172 172 163 161 137 137 4 -4 1959 RAOB RAWIN 167 165 146 142 117 111 2 174 171 167 163 161 154 51 41 170 166 160 154 139 132 74 49 148 143 105 92 66 55 6 3 1960 RAOB RAWIN 148 139 126 118 96 92 36 28 177 175 172 170 168 167 154 141 176 166 171 156 155 140 111 79 163 162 153 151 137 136 43 30 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PBEV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Barter Island, Alaska (Barter Is. AP Aux.Fld.) 27401 70* 07'N 143" 40'W 6 AF 3-27-SI 12-4-56 Barter Island, Alaska (UBA5) 27401 70* 07 *N 143* 40'W 6 WB 12- 5-56 12-9-56 Barter Island, Alaska 27401 70* 07'N 143* 40'W 15 WB 12-10-56 10-5-57 Barter Island, Alaska (WBAS) 27401 70° 07'N 143' 43' W 15 MB 10- 6-57 11-6-57 1 U Barter Island, Alaska (WBAS) 27401 70* 08'N 143* 38' U 15 UB 11- 7-57 2 ENE BETHEL, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. a 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 1 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 a 2 R 2 a 2 R 2 a 2 a 2 B 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 a 2 a 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 B 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R a R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 a 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 a 2 a 2 B 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 a 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 a 2 R 2 R 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 a 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S ' 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2# S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 W 2 W 2 if 2 REMARKS: 04Z and 16Z - Jan. 1946 thru Mar. 1948; 162 - Dec. 1946. Flrat Baob plus SCR 658 - Jul. 4. 1955 and WBRT 57 - Sept. 13, 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 l:ll>B 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 BAOB RAWIN 71 3 140 34 131 10 64 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 32 113 7 60 1 12 1948 RAOB RABIN 15 111 62 19 115 45 27 47 9 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 57 12 5 72 17 7 70 9 96 10 1950 RAOB RAWIN 113 32 5 138 74 19 150 76 28 109 33 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 120 18 4 154 124 58 1 136 106 56 3 129 36 4 1952 RAOB RAWIN 143 88 52 2 163 142 110 7 155 142 113 11 162 99 63 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 157 123 80 1 175 165 151 8 174 162 146 163 131 58 1954 RAOB RAWIN 155 117 76 179 165 114 165 141 107 142 120 72 1955 RAOB RAWIN 142 108 41 173 166 98 3 177 109 166 102 101 58 3 105 70 81 60 38 21 1956 RAOB RAWIN 150 86 121 65 35 13 174 162 163 154 67 56 170 127 156 119 111 84 130 70 89 44 21 8 1957 RAOB RAWIN 148 80 120 64 35 13 177 143 157 127 51 40 1 181 122 175 111 130 74 39 5 174 94 166 62 101 36 13 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 97 167 91 105 47 30 6 180 93 169 84 118 56 79 51 77 49 65 41 91 34 85 31 65 13 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 165 38 150 29 126 20 8 2 178 75 168 68 147 49 1 177 79 166 72 147 61 7 2 175 66 163 52 143 39 34 1960 RAOB RAWIN 164 66 145 54 128 47 39 8 178 110 168 102 151 80 16 10 179 140 171 132 144 102 7 6 179 152 164 141 146 120 9 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Bethel, Alaska (AP) 26615 60" 47'N 161" 41'W 8 WB 10-19-40 10-31-54 Bethel, Alaska (AP) 26615 60° 47'N 161° 43'W 4 WB LI- 1-54 11- 6-56 1 W Bethel, Alaska (AP) 26615 60° 47'H 161" 43'W 11 WB LI- 7-56 12-31-56 Bethel, Alaska (AP) 26615 60° 47'N 161" 43'W 4 WB 1- 1-57 Ll-10-58 Bethel, Alaska (AP) 26615 60* 47'N 161" 48'W 39 WB Ll-U-58 8-26-60 3 W Bethel. Alaska (WBAS) 26615 60' 47'N 161° 48'W 39 WB 8-27-60 BIG DELTA, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG 3EPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP, OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP, OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2* G 1# G 2# G 2# G 1# 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 1# G 2# G 1# G 1# G 1# 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G 1# 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G Li G 1# C 1 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 1# 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 18Z and 222 - May 1953. 00Z and 20Z - Aug. 1953. 00Z - Sept. 1953, Jun. 1957 thru Jan. 1958. 002 and 19Z - Oct. 1953. 01Z and 20Z - Nov. 1953. 20Z-Dec. 1953, Oct. 1954 thru Mar. 1955. 21Z - Jan. 1954. 182 and 21Z - Feb. 1954. First Raob plus SCR 658 - Jun. 7, 1951. Pirat GMD1A - Sept. 10, 1950. last GHDLA - Mar. 10, 1955. First GMDLA - Jul. 14, 1957 and last GMD1A - Jan. 9, 1958. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 6 50 12 24 13 5 4 144 20 102 1 68 24 17 1 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 37 3 IS 1 3 113 3 84 60 22 76 25 43 13 22 4 1 58 23 39 13 15 1953 RAOB RAWIN 64 1 36 24 1 44 35 32 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN • 1957 RAOB RAWIN 17 17 14 14 13 12 5 88 85 87 83 81 77 45 38 20 IS 20 18 16 13 5 3 1956 RAOB RAWIN 7 7 7 7 6 6 2 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIB. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Big Delta. Ala3ka (AFB) Big Delta, Alaska (AFB) Big Delta, Alaska (Fort Greely) 26406 26406 26406 63* 59 'N 63° 59' N 63' 59' N 145' 43'W 145" 43'W 145* 43'W 386 392 39 2 AF AF AF 11-11-50 3- 1-51 6-14-57 2-28-51 3-10-55 1- 9-56 COLD BAY, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 S 1 8 8 1 8 1 S 1 S 1 8 2 8 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 8 H 8 H S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 S 2 S M S 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 4 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 8 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 8 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 8 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S S S 4 8 4 S 4 S 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 1954 EQUI P . OBS. C 2 C 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUI P . OBS. 5 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 tf 2 W 2 2 If 2 w 2 U 2 2 If 2 W 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1 00 50 30 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 6 2 32 8 1 28 14 13 6 1947 RAOB RAWIN 3 2 28 20 2 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 3 3 24 12 30 11 2 70 29 3 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 59 39 2 2 86 60 6 2 11 5 22 7 8 1 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 77 5 18 3 2 1 72 1 11 6 i . 57 2 25 12 61 4 16 1 3 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 60 3 27 11 3 93 5 48 43 18 86 35 32 9 82 2 22 5 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 76 42 23 5 131 46 73 20 54 7 18 2 151 68 101 44 72 29 13 I 64 30 32 16 12 7 1953 RAOB RAWIN 6 6 5 5 119 115 82 82 55 52 3 2 96 85 55 53 35 33 2 2 56 54 19 18 6 1954 RAOB RAWIN 94 71 64 60 28 26 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 65 18 50 15 23 121 til 29 52 13 1956 RAOB RAWIN 142 36 98 25 39 3 1 173 111 160 103 88 58 169 73 153 69 100 47 176 54 159 33 99 9 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 167 68 142 56 56 16 174 123 156 111 52 31 179 146 170 138 108 92 177 70 171 68 114 40 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 117 167 112 106 59 174 117 154 105 106 66 L 174 92 170 89 136 69 3 180 78 172 75 151 62 19 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 173 109 164 103 146 88 12 5 174 126 168 123 150 109 5 161 80 157 78 147 75 22 157 85 142 76 125 59 21 4 1960 RAOB RAWIN 155 77 138 66 119 61 53 20 168 157 159 149 150 142 83 70 167 157 161 151 149 141 63 52 166 152 152 139 135 119 47 21 REMARKS: 0l30z "» d l ^ oz - Jul, 1946. 032 - Aug. 1946. LUC Raob plus SOt 658 - Dec. Aug. 20, 1955; first UBRT - '. Jan and Feb 1946. 013OZ • Mar. thru First Raob plus SCR 658 - Hay 24, 1950; 6, 1952. First Raob plus SCR 658 - 7 - Apr. 10, 1960. STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Cold Bay, Alaska (Thornbrough AFB) 25603 55" 12'N 162" 43*W 33 AF 11-19-45 8-12-49 Cold Bay, Alaska (Thornbrough AFB) 25603 55" 12'N 162* 43 'W 28 AF 8-13-49 5-23-50 Cold Bay, Alaska (Thornbrough AFB) 25603 55* 12'N 162* 43'W 25 AF 5-24-50 9-30-50 Cold Bay, Alaska (Thornbrough AFB) 25603 55* 12'N 162° 43' H 29 AF 10- 1-50 3-25-53 Cold Bay, Alaska (Thornbrough AFB) 25603 55" 12*N 162" 43*.W 24 AF 3-26-53 5-30-53 Cold Bay, Alaska (Thornbrough AFB) 25603 55* 12'N 162* 43'W 26 AF 5-31-53 2-28-54 Cold Bay, Alaska (WBAS) 25624 55* 12'N 162* 43'W 27 m 8-20-55 DUTCH HARBOR, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN ran MAR APR MAY JUN Jill AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. a 4 s 4 S 4 S 4 5 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 s 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 R 4 R 4 R R 4 R 2 S 1 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 R 4 R 4 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. r 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 nbB 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 3 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 22 4 5 4 58 13 18 4 13 2 3 85 23 40 5 27 4 10 I 51 3 12 3 1952 RAOB RAWIN 32 7 13 1 10 1 28 1 19 12 3 1 10 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 37 20 9 46 27 10 73 53 42 57 32 13 1954 RAOB RAWIN 20 11 4 44 27 11 45 41 30 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS k PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Dutch Karbc-r, Alaska Dutch Harbor, Alaska (Also known aa Amaknak Island) 25620 25611 53° 54'N 53° 54'N 166" 32'M 166' 32'U 12 7 AF N 12-11-50 6-24-52 5-23-52 7-24-54 FAIRBANKS, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY Jim JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 8 1 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 8 2 8 2 a 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 a 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 ' 2 ' 8 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 a 2 a 2 a 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. t 2 8 2 a 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. a 2 a 2 3 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 a 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 8 2 3 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 2 u 2 2 N 2 V 2 w 2 H 2 u 2 W 2 W 2 If 2 REMARKS: 04Z and L62 - Jan. 1946 thru Hat. 1948) 16Z - Jan. 1947. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DFT EMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 nibs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAIHI RAWIN 22 8 86 52 83 43 24 2 1947 RAOB RABIN 30 1 1 68 3 5 20 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 9 2 125 22 77 144 20 90 1 3 57 34 1949 RAOB RAWIN 65 14 17 4 3 58 16 19 4 11 1 74 25 3 2 58 14 2 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 80 43 6 3 3 1 140 74 82 29 25 6 2 125 82 40 16 10 3 84 43 13 4 1951 RAOB RAWIN 100 56 9 3 1 1 148 95 127 54 96 34 1 1 158 97 105 50 62 27 2 142 103 21 12 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 141 74 81 30 33 13 1 173 143 164 125 108 62 1 172 147 155 126 100 57 2 1 172 145 116 96 30 23 1953 RAOB RAWIN 165 125 114 83 45 27 2 170 139 159 123 114 79 i 172 135 152 115 88 56 175 141 143 100 55 31 1954 RAOB RAWIN 168 67 109 36 30 11 157 114 140 94 78 43 164 85 135 72 73 38 160 88 129 60 47 20 1955 RAOB RAWIN 153 76 98 46 31 11 170 126 159 109 45 20 176 95 155 82 18 9 134 72 95 52 27 10 1956 RAOB RAWIN 152 72 111 45 31 9 175 120 168 96 76 24 172 98 161 83 58 27 159 81 112 39 28 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 146 51 108 35 26 2 162 115 143 90 52 19 178 86 162 72 111 45 19 2 132 48 107 36 61 11 7 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 160 72 137 56 86 27 9 2 167 111 136 92 80 42 4 172 104 165 93 146 75 6 1 155 68 140 45 126 32 20 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 174 7S 163 60 131 41 12 176 111 158 94 104 51 179 145 171 137 120 94 38 31 178 105 167 87 131 38 19 2 1960 RAOB RAVIN 161 129 151 115 132 92 35 25 177 174 165 159 158 149 27 27 179 175 163 159 144 140 13 7 179 168 170 159 151 135 12 6 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Palrbanka, Alaaka (AP) 26411 64* 50'N 147' 43'W 134 WB 9-17-36 8-22-51 Palrbanka, Alaaka (AP) 26411 64* 49'» 147* 52'W 134 WB 8-23-51 8-31-51 5 WSW Falrbaaka, Alaaka (AP) 26411 64' 49 'N 147* S2'W 139 UB 9- 1-51 1-12-52 ratrbaaka, Alaaka (AP) 26411 64* 49'N 147' 52'W 135 WB 1-13-52 GAMBELL, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 19 52 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS, EQUI P . OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP, OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. a 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 2 R 2 X 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 B 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 REMARKS: 04Z and 16Z - Jan. 1946 thru K»r. 1948. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 38 1 117 12 148 14 63 2 1947 RAOB RAWIN 45 2 149 21 109 1 14 1948 RAOB RAWIN 20 136 47 27 161 64 13 46 7 1949 RAOB RAWIN 36 11 4 90 5 75 2 4 106 1 5 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 119 5 154 1 84 52 139 6 79 3 36 1 142 2 78 1 20 1 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 145 4 53 2 17 158 1 121 69 9 152 116 93 8 99 19 3 1952 RAOB RAWIN 67 38 24 176 4 158 3 131 9 160 155 147 11 155 137 95 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 166 S 139 4 82 3 176 14 170 10 162 6 5 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Gambell, Alaska 26703 63' 51'N 171° 36'U 10 UB U-ll-42, 6-30-53 JUNEAU, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 E 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 X 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 a 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 R 2 • ft 2 ft 2 X 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 REMARKS: 042 and 16Z - Jan. 1946 thru Mar. 1948. 16Z - Dec. 1946. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 64 a 118 35 4 114 41 32 1947 RAOB RAWIN 23 i 112 21 1 60 8 1948 RAOB RAWIN 23 90 12 46 7 7 125 6 44 1 5 37 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 77 2 22 2 11 140 6 109 5 58 3 106 18 15 1 11 12 1 1 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 13 102 16 39 3 9 124 14 52 3 25 1 93 10 9 4 1951 RAOB RAWIN 117 50 24 2 145 11 103 6 84 4 29 165 26 137 16 109 11 21 106 35 5 1952 RAOB RAWIN 59 2 27 1 17 6 146 4 116 2 88 2 4 126 15 103 11 82 8 2 117 72 26 1953 RAOB RAWIN 104 2 65 1 38 1 79 10 54 8 32 7 I 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Juneau, Alaska (AP) 25309 58° 22'N 134* 33'W 6 UB 9-1-39 5-15-53 KETCHIKAN, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP OBS. REMARKS: 04Z and 16Z - Jan. 1946 chru Jul. 1947; 16Z - Dec. 1946. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 nibs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAVIN 60 3 131 20 118 6 35 2 1947 RA08 RAWIN 36 6 81 5 42 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (■WBA-N) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Ketchikan, Alaska 25325 55" 21'N 131" 39'U 25 WB 9-20-40 7-28-47 22 SSE Annette, Alaska 4-14-44 KING SALMON, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG S BPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS, 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 6 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G ' 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 W 2 H 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. H 2 If 2 ff 2 W 2 V 2 2 u 2 2 V 2 tf 2 H 2 U 2 REMARKS: Pint OffiU - H»y 5. 1953 and WIRT 57 - Nov. 15. 1959. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - S BER OCTOBER - DBCE 1BER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 79 76 56 S3 44 40 2 2 110 110 83 83 62 62 4 158 155 112 107 53 51 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 159 158 123 123 75 75 1 1 151 148 121 120 90 89 3 2 163 153 123 118 83 79 3 3 166 158 142 137 90 87 1955 RAOB RAWIN 172 157 145 131 93 83 4 4 179 170 163 154 137 131 11 9 169 113 UO 118 78 68 124 120 91 88 53 52 1 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 109 96 68 65 45 35 162 161 138 141 82 77 2 2 163 153 145 143 99 92 169 162 134 129 36 25 1957 RAOB RAWIN 144 141 120 119 48 37 0' 169 171 152 155 127 128 17 6 181 182 174 174 156 155 71 60 176 176 168 168 149 149 82 70 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 168 160 159 112 99 22 lb 173 172 152 151 103 93 2 1 180 180 160 162 124 123 1 2 181 172 158 154 135 125 3 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 175 166 158 151 110 89 4 2 173 173 151 153 118 111 3 2 172 169 148 150 121 118 4 164 159 130 128 107 96 19 8 1960 RAOB RAWIN 154 151 123 121 94 84 2b 14 167 161 136 132 103 96 18 13 179 179 156 157 129 128 14 8 171 167 132 130 128 118 35 10 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO King Salmon', Alaska (Naknek AF Aux. Eld.) ' King Salmon, Alaska (Naknek AF Aux. Fid.) King SaloKm, Alaska (WBAS) 25503 25503 25503 58* 41'N 58* U'l 58' 41 '8 156* 39'tf 158° 39'U 156" 39'W 19 16 15 AF AF MB 5- 5-53 7- 1-S4 12-13-55 6-30-54 [2-12-55 KODIAK, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAT JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 R 4 C 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 2 R 4 R 4 G 4 C 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 R 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 R 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 R 4 R 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R R 4 R 4 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R R 4 R 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 a 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 R 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 R 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R R G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 4 a 4 G 4 R 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: 04Z and 16Z - Jan. thru Oct. 1946; 03Z, L5Z and 21Z - Jun. 19S4. First GHDIA - Sept. 22. 1952; laat GMD1A - Apr. 15, 1953. Pint GHD1A - Aug. 3, 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 DbB 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 15 4 5 15 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 49 58 6 1 a 37 5 2 34 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 12 2 46 16 1 82 27 1 21 1949 RAOB RAWIN 2 8 27 2 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 13 3 54 23 13 87 40 20 79 22 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 67 10 1 76 47 21 1 132 97 66 4 78 11 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 68 7 1 142 110 81 3 127 94 2 70 1 74 45 17 3 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 60 28 23 10 5 1 133 14 115 11 62 3 88 21 72 16 45 10 101 53 55 29 18 5 1954 RAOB RAWIN 136 123 88 SO 32 26 14S 125 110 93 56 42 86 71 46 39 17 15 36 6 10 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN no 109 66 66 11 11 142 141 106 102 37 33 142 138 103 100 74 71 157 148 109 99 51 47 1956 RAOB RAWIN 166 136 134 122 65 56 168 156 145 132 98 90 168 150 138 125 97 91 1 140 129 101 91 66 61 1 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 172 145 117 113 73 59 172 161 155 147 76 60 176 156 168 156 127 115 29 17 167 154 152 144 130 124 35 23 1958 RAOB RAWIN 153 142 134 125 96 88 14 7 164 161 155 149 127 120 27 15 156 154 137 135 107 102 11 5 163 160 142 139 123 117 15 7 1959 RAOB RAWIN 166 151 155 148 143 135 51 42 170 157 163 157 152 134 52 37 178 167 159 148 150 143 48 30 164 157 153 146 136 125 49 34 1960 RAOB RAWIN 167 156 158 151 141 129 51 19 152 140 139 125 121 100 26 8 175 151 169 138 152 123 44 8 159 132 151 125 129 109 60 28 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST DIR. PREV AND FROM LOC, CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Kodlak, Alaska (F.W.C.) 25501 57* 45'N 152* 30'W 20 N 5- 1-45 12-9-52 Kodlak, Alaska (F.W.C.) 25501 57* 45'N 152* 30'W 28 H 12-10-52 8- 2-53 Kodlak, Alaska (F.W.C.) 25501 57* 45'N 152* 30'W 20 N 8- 3-53 8- 6-57 Kodlak, Alaska (F.W.C.) 25501 57* 45'N 152* 30'W 5 N 8- 7-57 4-30-60 Kodlak, Alaska (F.W.C.) 25501 57* 45'N 152* 30'W 6 N 5- 1-60 KOTZEBUE, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 .R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 ■ R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQU IP . OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 5 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 9 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 H 2 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. H 2 W 2 2 if 2 H 2 U 2 if 2 If 2 (f 2 If 2 2 U 2 REMARKS: 04Z and 16Z - Jan. 1946 thru Har. 1948. First Raob plu SCR 658 - Oct. 15. 1954 and WBRT 57 - Oct. 16, 1959. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DEC EMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB HAW IN 44 5 135 43 2 147 45 2 43 1947 RAOB RAWIN 21 102 2 93 5 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 13 118 61 20 144 34 2 61 2 6 1949 RAOB RAWIN 45 4 21 1 5 1 146 26 116 1 63 146 6 79 55 134 1 22 2 1950 RAOB RAWIN 113 9 24 165 13 107 1 56 158 u 94 49 81 1 10 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 53 5 18 3 3 109 32 67 10 32 2 136 12 82 1 55 1 1 110 3 35 3 1952 RAOB RAWIN 126 6 56 28 3 4 161 7 153 4 141 28 165 1 155 1 139 17 132 87 46 1953 RAOB RAWIN 124 76 39 164 153 138 2 174 166 142 168 136 63 1954 RAOB RAWIN 152 129 80 172 21 158 11 126 7 155 5 133 5 98 4 144 112 116 85 40 22 1955 RAOB RAWIN 144 119 121 91 27 15 166 146 147 129 15 8 170 139 163 132 56 43 156 99 90 58 6 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 137 83 91 52 31 13 166 160 148 145 69 66 1 164 117 154 111 93 63 134 98 97 57 29 9 1957 RAOB RAWIN 131 77 91 50 40 19 171 123 156 119 109 83 171 110 160 95 116 76 146 90 119 63 74 16 1958 RAOB RAWIN 150 108 119 85 49 23 173 127 159 119 121 89 176 133 168 132 149 116 11 8 175 118 164 104 143 86 11 7 1959 RAOB RAWIN 171 109 162 85 148 56 8 2 175 88 163 68 153 59 14 6 173 73 166 66 151 56 30 8 151 129 131 111 115 93 43 25 1960 RAOB RAWIN 147 128 123 103 98 78 43 20 172 157 153 112 132 97 40 33 179 173 171 165 153 142 29 22 161 154 147 143 124 114 28 11 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Kotzc6ue, Alaska 26616 66° 52'N 162 8 38'W 5 WB 11-26-42 MCGRATH, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 EQUIP. a R R R R R R R R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R Et OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R 1952 OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2. 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R " R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 H 2 W 2 tf 2 W 2 2 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 ml)S 50 robs 30 robs 10 100 lllllS 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 robs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 robs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 61 6 152 49 3 118 8 34 1947 RAOB RAWIN 27 112 3 10 82 1 8 I 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 14 1 101 67 21 154 104 12 1 a 63 2 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 60 8 14 3 60 11 19 3 13 64 8 116 10 1950 RAOB RAWIN 134 10 15 1 1 163 23 118 1 65 1 168 9 113 149 1 73 12 1951 RAOB RAWIN 130 5 35 9 159 24 124 3 72 6 166 2 136 97 . 4 137 24 1952 RAOB RAWIN 149 2 92 2 46 1 3 161 3 142 103 4 159 1 143 106 3 168 138 87 4 1953 RAOB RAWIN 163 1 119 1 77 176 7 167 5 144 4 3 176 13 165 12 113 8 172 131 31 1954 RAOB RAWIN 172 9 145 81 3 180 26 167 20 144 16 167 9 141 7 87 149 4 118 67 1955 RAOB RAWIN 123 4 90 2 29 169 14 159 10 70 5 157 9 142 7 70 6 1 124 91 a 44 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 119 11 87 6 31 4 167 15 153 12 86 9 159 15 148 13 57 7 ' 164 68 127 32 26 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 160 69 126 51 41 10 169 146 155 135 75 61 178 127 165 120 114 84 169 119 130 85 41 10 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 139 161 130 105 62 180 138 174 131 134 87 181 139 175 133 157 116 s 2 176 114 171 107 160 85 17 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 17S 109 174 96 163 71 10 1 181 127 179 126 167 115 10 5 17* 116 177 in 171 105 42 29 183 144 173 132 150 96 35 9 1960 RAOB RAWIN 171 108 165 98 149 84 44 14 176 96 166 82 153 70 2 181 157 168 147 154 12S S 3 179 177 170 170 156 151 IS 2 REMARKS: 04Z and 162 ■ First Raob plua SOI 658 Jan. 1946 thru Mar. 1948 - Oct. 19, 1956 and WBRT 16Z - Dec. 1946. 57 - Jul. 22, 1960. STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. SO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO McGrach, Alaska (AP) 26510 62° 58'N 155° 37'W 103 WB 4-11-42 NOME, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 1 S H S H S H S H 5 M S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 ,1949 EQUIP. OBS. ' S 2 S 2 S 2 S ,2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 . S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S . 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S ' 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 J954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 8 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2T S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. ■ 3 ' 2 S 2 S 2 - S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S- 2' S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S i 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S" 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S" 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S l Z | S !2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 tf- 2 2 u 2 u 2 V 2 tf 2 tf 2 tf . 2 tf 2 2 REMARKS: 04Z and 162 - Jan. 1946 thru Mar. 1948. L6Z - Har. 1946. First HBRT 57 'Feb. 22, 1460. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 1946 HAOB HAW IN 7 5 1947 RAOB RAWIN 9 5 1 1 28 21 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 10 6 1 84 29 55 21 78 40 28 10 76 51 8 5 1949 RAOB RAWIN 30 18 29 16 0. 21 16 82 41 1 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 79 34 1 1 140 28 66 15 44 6 2 129 23 59 3 21 1 92 16 27 5 2 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 93 43 22 6 7 2 154 45 92 12 54 2 4 162 4 127 2 98 2 133 70 30 3 8 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 120 25 61 9 32 5 I 174 47 164 23 134 15 9 177 94 164 71 123 42 168 119 143 93 83 43 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 159 69 136 76 71 26 1 1 176 125 161 109 130 76 3 180 118 153 96 101 56 1 164 115 128 71 51 19 1954 RAOB RAWIN 175 61 154 41 78 21 1 174 110 161 98 110 57 2 178 57 169 42 130 28 6 166 98 125 55 47 19 1 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 165 51 130 35 69 16 , 1 166 108 149 88 112 58 0- 169 94 135 66 81 33 164 87 126 59 54 21 1956 RAOB RAWIN 154 84 127 60 71 37 1 176 143 166 140 143 116 173 109 163 104 148 88 2 174 92 158 58 103 27 1957 RAOB RAWIN 167 66 135 47 97 34 .0 175 96 163 88 118 58 1 1 175 112 167 107 139 85 19 4 171 105 148 84 121 57 18 5 1958 RAOB RAWIN 178 127 170 116 147 98 29 10 177 100 167 94 157 92 2 183 141 178 141 172 133 10 5 182 112 178 115 168 96 23 5 1959 RAOB RAWIN 180 96 179 79 172 70 31 6 181 118 178 118 168 114 58 24 183 128 181 129 166 119 29 10 182 128 179 118 169 98 72 29 1960 RAOB RAVIN 175 124 174 125 161 118 75' 49 179 173 177 171 162 153 44 27 162 178 178 174 168 164 35 17 181 178 178 178 166 165 57 24 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO One, Alaska (MB) 26604 64' 30'N 165* 26'W 13 AF 4-17-44 3-27-41 Nome, Alaska (AAB) 26604 64° 30'N 165" 2S'W 14 AF 6- 6-46 10-19-4* 1 W Nome, Alaska .26617 64* 30'N 165' 24'W 7 WB 10-20-46 12-31-4J 2 E Nome, Alaska 26617 64* 30'N 165° 26*W 7 WB 1- 1-49 12- 4-50 1 W 1 None -Alaska 26617 64° 30*N 165* 26'W 10 WB 12- 5-50 3-31-51 Nome Alaska 26617 64* 30'N 165' 26'W 11 WB 4- 1-51 •8-31-52 Nome Alaska 26617 64"' 30'N 165* 26'M 7 WB •9- 1-52 8-12-60 Rone Alaska (Nome Fid.) 26617 64* 30'N .165" 26'JI 7 WB 8-13-60 - - - NORTHWAY, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2' R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R .2 R 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 YEAR JA> 1UARY - MAI CH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 nibs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 21 123 • 94 5 20 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 25 84 3 42 2 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 3 40 5 1 91 30 5 43 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 30 4 7 53 6 1 66 4 110 5 1950 RAOB RAWIN 104 2 11 149 7 75 7 24 1 158 3 97 1 51 101 11 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 120 47 2 165 1 135 68 158 2 119 70 3 150 40 4 1952 RAOB RAWIN 134 28 1 164 149 126 15 155 1 126 102 18 176 137 76 1953 RAOB RAWIN 167 3 138 1 82 2 171 163 147 179 15 165 11 134 7 4 172 143 60 1954 RAOB RAWIN 161 132 60 175 3 162 2 115 1 174 144 100 168- 138 80 1955 RAOB RAWIN 151 2 113 52 80 77 60 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS ft PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Northvay, Alaska 26412 62* 58'N 141* 58'U 524 WB 12-1-42 5-12-5S SAINT PAUL ISLAND, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR AKl HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 ft 1 ft 1 R R R 1 1947 EQUIP. OBS. ft 1 ft 1 ft R R R ft ft 1 ft 2 R 1 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 ft 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 1949 EQUIP. OBS. s 1 S 1 3 1 3 1 S 1 1950 EQUIP. OBS. s 1 8 1 S 1 S 1 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 3 2 s 2 s 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 5 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS, S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 1954 EQUI P . OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 W 2 tf 2 W 2 H 2 2 U 2 If 2 W 2 REMARKS: 02Z and 14Z - Jan. 1946. 0130Z and 13302 1SZ - Aug. and Sept. 1946, Oct. 1947 thru Nov. 1950. Aug. 1947. First WBRT 57 - Apr. 22, 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JTJNt JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 rnbo 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 42 1 18 9 8 8 7 1947 RAOB RAWIN 6 6 4 1948 RAOB RAWIN 2 2 2 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 21 15 31 16 8 1 2 40 14 9 1 15 9 1950 RAOB RAWIN 12 9 4 I 25 15 3 1 95 41 22 12 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 142 54 44 12 144 87 52 24 9 1 163 61 90 9 51 119 25 54 7 12 1952 RAOB RAWIN 146 17 99 2 52 2 168 29 143 10 89 2 174 34 156 17 113 10 1 160 92 121 57 55 7 I 1953 RAOB RAWIN 148 99 106 59 49 L8 146 84 130 50 87 28 3 1 175 63 149 38 70 14 161 118 93 55 55 34 1954 RAOB RAWIN 143 81 65 34 45 20 1 161 119 130 100 47 29 172 80 148 73 85 36 1 174 123 146 99 63 36 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 160 98 120 72 48 29 171 106 155 97 60 28 169 46 159 39 107 16 122 37 85 25 35 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 155 71 121 52 29 11 171 144 156 127 71 55 179 121 170 119 88 65 148 58 121 41 36 3 1957 RAOB RAWIN 162 87 134 70 37 10 177 111 155 101 41 35 173 122 156 112 107 78 15 171 89 160 82 115 58 53 10 1958 RAOB RAWIN 172 90 165 85 129 57 16 6 173 76 161 72 124 51 18 5 173 81 165 78 152 72 15 6 172 70 161 62 150 54 52 e 1959 RAOB RAWIN 165 81 143 69 109 50 23 6 181 86 173 82 143 62 IS 2 179 67 172 66 158 62 23 7 178 107 171 103 148 81 35 18 1960 RAOB RAWIN 171 79 154 73 140 66 40 10 164 130 151 122 133 106 10 7 170 155 163 150 149 138 13 11 175 150 168 143 145 116 17 3 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO St. Paul Island, Alaska 25713 57° 07'N 170° 16 'W 29 MB 10-17-45 6-30-47 St. Paul Island, Alaska 25713 57° 09 'N 170' 13'W 7 HB 7- 1-47 4-30-48 3 NE St. Paul Island, Alaska 25713 57° 09 'N 170" 13'W 9 WB 5- 1-48 1-31-52 St. Paul Island, Alaska 25713 57° 09 'N 170° 13'W 10 WB 2- 1-52 9-30-56 St. Paul Island, Alaska 25713 57" 09'N 170° 13'W 15 WB L0- 1-56 Ll-30-56 St Paul Island, Alaska 25713 57° 09'N 170* 13'W 10 HB L2- 1-56 SHEMYA, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AOG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S K S H 8 M S H 8 M 8 2 8 2 S 2 5 2 8 2 8 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S It 8 2 8 2 8 2 S M S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 8 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 8 4 8 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 5 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 8 4 S 4 8 4 8 4 S 4 8 4 S 4 S 8 4 S 4 G 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G G G 2 G 2 G 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 V 2 H 2 REMARKS: 04Z and 16Z - Jun. thru Nov. 1946. Jan. thru Apr. 1947, and Jun. and Jul. 1947. Raw In obs. ended - Jun. 23, 1949. First: GHDLA - Dec. 15, 1952. Ravin oba. ended Jun. 20, 1954. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 9 3 1 65 24 3 17 3 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1 S 2 5 4 2 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 3 3 4 3 10 6 34 11 i 1949 RAOB RAWIN 17 7 14 6 2 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 53 14 22 13 7 71 12 24 3 1 119 7 60 2 41 17 85 3 44 28 7 1952 RAOB RAWIN 91 1 65 50 17 105 22 70 12 58 5 21 1 134 54 91 37 64 22 5 2 69 21 33 5 21 3 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 26 26 15 15 11 10 70 61 48 40 38 31 4 4 99 98 70 66 50 45 2 1 120 112 94 89 67 63 3 3 1954 RAOB RAWIN 118 113 102 97 68 64 5 5 147 142 115 113 72 72 19 18 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 5 5 5 5 4 1 1 109 108 93 88 62 61 13 8 105 82 69 55 36 2J 6 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 139 137 92 87 62 57 9 5 161 159 146 143 115 111 29 19 164 158 135 133 91 87 14 10 169 166 164 161 163 157 58 46 1960 RAOB RAWIN 153 130 142 123 141 115 36 21 173 162 166 153 151 138 29 23 161 150 145 139 123 112 9 7 167 140 153 125 145 113 11 2 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Shemya, Alaska 45708 52° 43'N 174" 04' E 20 AF 3- 1-45 12-31-50 Shemya, Alaska 45708 52" 44'N 174" 07'E 80 AF 1- 1-51 7-31-5: 2 ENE Shemya, Alaska 45708 52° 44*N 174" 07' E 80 AF 8- 1-53 6-20-54 Shemya, Alaska 45714 52° 43'N 174" 06'E 34 N 6-27-58 3-14-59 1 SW Shemya, Alaska 45714 52° 43'N 174° 06'E 40 N 3-15-59 8-31-59 Shemya, Alaska 45715 52* 43'N 174" 06'E 37 WB 8-31-59 l-18-6( Shemya, Alaska 45715 52° 43'N 174* 06'E 38 WB 1-19-60 Also see: Attu, Ala ska 6-24-58 UMNAK, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 ■s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 S 4 S 2 S 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 11 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP . OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 01Z and 03Z - Jun. 1946. fUvin obi. onded - Aug. 19, 1949 and again Hay 19, 1950. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 robe 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 robs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 3 1 4 1947 RAOB RAWIN 3 1 9 7 5 3 2 2 1948 RAOB RAWIN 21 21 1 1 35 34 2 2 1 I 73 63 12 7 2 1 36 22 8 3 2 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 61 29 9 2 3 53 25 4 2 1 24 4 1950 RAOB RAWIN 15 5 15 7 2 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS k PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Ifnmak, Alaska (Cape AFB) Unmak, Alaska (Cape AFB) (Also known as Fort Glenn) 25602 25602 53* 23'N 53' 23'N 167' 54'W 167* 54'W 58 22 AT AF 6-14-46 9-30-47 9-29-47 11-21-50 YAKUTAT, ALASKA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 S 2 S 2 S H S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 1949 EQUIP. OBS. s 1 S 1 S 1 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUI P . OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 If 2 1 2 w 2 2 W 2 REMARKS: 04Z and 162 - Aug. and Sept. 1947. 16Z - Dec. 19*7 thru Feb. 194S. 15Z - Sept. 1946 thru Har. 1949. Flret WBBT 57 - Jul. 19, 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 21 1 12 30 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1 51 13 22 7 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 28 20 39 24 1 13 10 1 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 13 4 4 1 2 39 17 41 32 13 12 1950 RAOB RAWIN 31 13 123 102 60 40 7 5 1 97 80 46 37 6 4 70 53 15 7 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 76 42 14 8 1 110 71 67 36 26 13 137 81 114 52 87 29 4 1 116 34 20 4 1 1952 RAOB 114 40 22 161 144 111 3 147 117 76 139 69 39 RAWIN 38 8 3 96 82 48 74 56 36 50 38 11 1953 RAOB 148 91 42 167 160 92 168 125 50 2 150 123 31 RAWIN 81 48 16 81 72 33 117 85 24 99 72 16 1954 RAOB 164 109 21 171 153 66 157 132 65 162 125 47 RAWIN 85 55 6 137 118 36 108 98 33 83 59 23 1955 RAOB 150 93 28 166 138 11 159 129 23 115 72 18 RAWIN 88 53 15 139 118 10 125 101 21 73 52 11 1956 RAOB 94 49 17 173 159 72 148 122 41 141 106 37 RAWIN 51 25 9 95 80 35 106 88 30 58 40 10 1957 RAOB 148 105 26 170 146 38 171 161 113 6 14S 108 70 15 RAWIN 63 37 3 140 118 25 116 108 72 67 47 26 1958 RAOB 168 157 98 3 175 166 154 74 180 173 166 31 180 176 167 51 RAWIN 77 68 35 74 65 57 16 81 73 68 18 27 24 23 5 1959 RAOB 176 173 162 37 179 177 172 80 175 160 149 64 174 161 143 48 RAWIN 35 29 24 4 41 33 30 13 52 38 30 10 19 15 11 3 1960 RAOB 176 169 162 79 176 168 163 30 170 162 143 30 178 163 151 11 RAWIN 20 16 15 5 39 28 25 23 145 140 118 23 174 154 139 4 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS ii PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Yakutat. Alaska 25302 59* 30'N 139* 40'U 9 AT 4-17-44 5-21-46 Yakutac, Alaska 25302 59* 30'N 139' 41'W 9 AF 5-22-46 7-31-48 1 W Yakucat, Alaska 25339 59° 31'N 139* 40'U 10 WB 8- 1-48 5-31-49 1 NNE Yakucat, Alaska 25339 59* 31 'N 139* 40'U 12 WB 6- 1-49 9-30-49 Yakutat, Alaska 25339 59' 31 'S 139* 40'W 10 WB 10-1-49 EDMONTON, ALBERTA, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUI P . CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS S F R P 5 F S P s F S P s F S F S F S P S P s p s F s p R P 5 F R F S F S F S F S P S P s F S P S P s p s p s F s F R F S P R F S F S P s p s F s p s F s p s p s p s p s F S P R P S F R F S F S P s p s p s F s p s p s p s p s p s p s F R P S F R F S F S P s p s F s F S F $ F ■s F S F S F S P S F R P S F R P S F S F S F S F S F S F S F S P S F S F S P s p R P S F R P S F S F S P s P 5 F S F S F S F S F S F S P s F R F S F R F S F S F S P s p s F 5 F S P s p s p s p 5 F S P R F S P R F S F S F S F S F S F S F S P S P s p 5 P S F S P R P S F R F $ F S P S P S F S F S F S F S P S P s p s p s ■ F 5 P S F R F S F S F 5 P S F S F S F S P S P s F S F S P S F S F S F R P S F S F S F S F S F S F S P S F S F S F S F S F REMARKS: HWRC card holding* - Feb. 1946 thru Dec. 1949, and continuous beginning Jul. 1955. Radiation corrections were being applied January 1. 1954. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAK) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS >. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Edmonton, Alberta Edmonton, Alberta 25111 25111 53° 38'N S3* 34'N 113" »'U 113* 31'U 666 66S C C 2-46 10-53 9-53 5 SSW FORT NELSON, BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL Al'G SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS S F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F • R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R* F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F- R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R P R F R F X F X F X F X F X F DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE REMARKS: NURC card holdings - Apr. 1946 thru Dec. 1949, beginning Jul. 1955. Rtidlatlon corrections effective June and continuous 25, 1957. STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS Si PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Fort Nelson, B. C. Fort Nelson, B, C. Fort Nelson, B. C. (Also called Fort Nelson [Huskwa]) 25218 25218 25218 58° 50'N 58° 50'N 58' 50'N 122* 35'W 122* 35'W 122* 35'W 375 373 379 C c c 4-46 9-49 1-59 8-49 12-58 PORT HARDY, BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUI P . CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS R F R P R P R F R P R P R P R P X P X P X F X P X P X P R P R P R F R P R F R P R F R P X P X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R P R F R F X "* F X F X F X P X F X F R P R F R F R F R P R F R F X F X F X F X F X F X F X F R F R P R F R P R F R P R F X F X P X P X p X F X F X P R F R P R P R P R F R P R P R P X P X F X F X F X P X p X F R F R F R F R F R P R F R P R F X F X P X P X F X F X F X F R P R F R F R F R F R F R P R F X F X P X p X F X F X F X F R P R F R F R F R P R P R F R P X F X F X F X F X F X P X F R F R P R F R P R P R F R F R P X F X F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R P R F X F X F X P X P X F X P X F R F R F R P R P R F R P R F R F X F X F X F X F X F X F X F REMARKS: NWRC card holdings - Jun. 1946 thru Dec. 1949, and continuous beginning Jul. 1955. Radiation corrections effective April 19, 1954. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Port Hardy, B. C. Port Hardy, B. C. 25223 25223 50° 4l'H 50* 41 'N 127° 22' W U7* 22'W 23 19 C C 6-46 9-50 8-50 PRINCE GEORGE, BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAT JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS R P S P s p s p s p s p s p s p s p s p s p s p s p s p s p R P S P s p s p s p s p s F s p s F s p s p s p s p s p s p R P S P S P s p s p 5 P s p s p s p s p s p s p s p 5 F S F R F S P s p s p s p s p s F s F S P s p s p s F s F S F S F S P S P s p s F s p s F s F S F S P s p s p s F S P S P s F 5 P S P s F S F S F S F S F S F S F S P s p s F S P s F S F S F S P s p s F S P s F S F S P s p s p s p s p s p 5 F S F S F 5 P 5 F S P s p 5 F S P S P s F S F S F S P s F S P s F S F S F S F S F S P s F S P S P s p s F s F S P s F S F S F S F S P S F S F S P s F S P s p s p s F 8 F F S F S F S F S P s p s p s F S F S F S F S P S P F S F S P s F S F S F S F S P S F S F S F S F S P S F S F S P S F S F S P S F S F REMARKS: NWRC card holdings - Jan. 1947 thru Dec. 1949 and continue beginning Jul. 1955. Radiation corrections effective February 6, 1955. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. N'O, (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Prince George, B. C. Prince George, B, C. 25206 25206 53° 54' N 53° 53 r N 122° 40'W 122' 41'W 676 676 C C 1-46 1-56 12-55 1 NU . CHURCHILL, MANITOBA, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUI P . CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS R F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F C-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F R F G-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F R P C-S F C-S F G-S P G-S P C-S F C-S F G-S F C-S P C-S P C-S F G-S P G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F C-S F C-S F R F C-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S P G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F R F G-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S P G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F R f G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F R G-S G-S G-S G-S G-S G-S G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F R F G-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F R G-S G-S G-S G-S G-S G-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F R F C-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F G-S F R F C-S F G-S F G-S P C-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F C-S F G-S F G-S F C-S F G-S F C-S P G-S P REMARKS: NWRC card holdings conclm corrections were being applied Jan. 1, ment wer« in use from January 1949 th> records were obtained from either one changing from the use of one system t< ous beginning Jan. 1946. Radiation 1954. Both GMD and SCR-658 equtp- ough December 1960. Official with no apparent schedule for DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. SO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Churchill, Manitoba Churchill, Manitoba 15901 15901 58° 47* N 58" 45'N 94" ll'W 94* 04*W 13 30 C C 1-46 12-52 11-52 5 ESE THE PAS, MANITOBA, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAT JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQU I P . CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS R F E E it F R F R F R F B F R F X F X F X P X F X F R F R F R E R F R F R F R F F X F X F F X P X F R P R P R F R F R F R P R P R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F ft F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R P R F R F R F ft F R F X F X F X P X F X F R R F R F R F R F ft B R F R F ft F X F X P X P X F X F ft F R F R F R F R F R E R F R F R F X F X F X E X F X F R F R F R P ft F R. ¥' R F R E R E R F X E X F> X P X E X E R E R E R E R F R F R F ■R F ft P R F F X E X F X E X F R F R F R E R E R F R F ft F R F R F X F X T X F- X E X E R P R F R F R y k F ft F £ F R F R E X F X F X F X Y X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X P X P X F X F X F REMARKS: NWRC card holdings - May 1947 thru Dec. 1949 and continuous beginning Jul. 1955. Radiation corrections effective June 29, 1957. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO The Pas, Manitoba 25004 53° 58'N 101° 06'W 273 C 1-48 ARGENTIA, NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JON JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R I R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1947 EQU I P . OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS, R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2j G 2 G 2 C 2 1958 EQUIP. G G G G G G G G G G G G OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 . G 2 G 2 G 2 YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DFX: EMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 7 2 ■ 26 2 16 3 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 42 1 29 2 1949 RAOB RAWIN 5 1950 RAOB RAWIN 41 3 32 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 113 107 70 69 35 31 76 63 35 30 19 17 1953 RAOB RAWIN 52 46 30 30 24 21 73 66 31 27 21 19 45 35 15 14 11 11 35 19 13 6 4 1954 RAOB RAWIN 52 31 20 93 49 59 23 36 14 1 35 26 20 14 13 11 42 26 30 16 21 12 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 63 43 38 29 16 11 47 39 24 22 14 13 15 8 9 8 6 5 84 66 61 50 36 27 1956 RAOB RAWIN 119 102 76 66 52 46 1 1 153 146 130 129 107 107 7 5 139 137 118 111 76 71 1 56 54 28 28 18 17 1957 RAOB RAWIN 110 99 76 69 52 48 1 1 163 151 139 134 91 87 1 126 120 106 99 82 79 17 11 106 97 76 70 58 50 8 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 113 106 69 82 62 57 3 104 94 90 85 87 80 17 4 122 111 102 96 91 88 30 24 46 34 35 26 30 21 6 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 109 77 89 61 81 61 25 14 155 125 143 123 129 113 41 30 141 127 127 113 113 98 26 15 123 86 106 83 95 80 35 25 1960 RAOB RAWIN 127 112 119 108 113 103 30 22 120 98 96 86 85 74 18 17 114 87 85 72 75 58 22 13 110 69 94 62 87 58 37 18 REMARKS: 15Z - Jan. thru Jul. 1946. EUob i Jon. thru Hay 1948 and Jul. 1949. available - STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS &. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Argentia, Newfoundland 14508 47" 18' N 53* 59' W 17 N GOOSE, NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. CHARTS S S S S S S S S S 1947 EQUIP. CHARTS s S S S s s s s s s s S 1948 EQUIP. CHARTS s s s s s s s s s s s s 1949 EQUIP. CHARTS s s s s s s s s s s s 1950 EQUIP. CHARTS s s s . s s s s s s s s s 1951 EQUIP. CHARTS s s s s s s s s s s 5 s 1952 EQUIP, CHARTS s s s s s s s s s s s s 1953 EQUIP. CHARTS G " G G G G G G G G G G G 1954 EQUIP. CHARTS G G G G G ■ G G G G G G G 1955 EQUIP. CHARTS G G G G G G G G G G G G 1956 EQUIP. CHARTS G G G G G G G G G G G G 1957 EQUIP. CHARTS G G G G G G G G G G G G 1958 EQUIP. CHARTS G G G G G G G G G G G G 1959 EQUIP. CHARTS G G G G G G G G G G G F G F 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS G P G F c F G F G F G F G F G ? G F G F G F G P REMARKS: NWRC card holdings continuous beginning Hay 1946. Radiation corrections ware being applied January 1, 19S4. R. H. over water Feb. 1949 thru Dec. 1960. Moody 2 obs. per day - Jan. 1946 thru Jul. 1947 end Jan. thru Apr. 1948. 3 oba. per day - Aug. thru Dec. 1947. Mostly 4 obs. par day - May 1946 thru Oct. 1959. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT^AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Goose , Labrador Goose , Labrador (Also known as Goose Bay) 1560 1 15601 53" 18'N 53" 18'N 60° 27 'U 60" 27'W 46 46 AF C 1-46 11-59 10-59 SAINT JOHNS, NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUC SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 5 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 5 4 S 4 S S 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 5 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 tubs 50 libs 30 ■ba 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 nibs 10 100 mbs 50 r.bs 30 ir.bs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 3 1 40 5 7 2 2 1 38 2 2L 1 19 1 8 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 54 10 40 9 34 9 24 5 73 23 47 16 45 15 26 5 74 17 38 10 30 9 11 2 42 7 29 7 23 S 7 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN SI 29 56 24 49 18 20 6 82 33 48 26 43 22 15 7 10 6 3 2 1 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 8. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO St. Johns, Newfoundland 14505 47' 36'N 52" 41'u 79 AF 6-8-50 7-14-52 STEPHENVILLE, NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 REMARKS: 16Z - Apt. 1946. TEAS JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 4 16 1 3 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 7 3 16 3 1 9 1 11 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 2 18 3 2 39 11 4 2 40 8 1949 RAOB RAWIN 19 2 1 16 6 32 5 5 1 1 1 22 2 4 1950 RAOB RAWIN 35 6 5 1 1 1 73 10 23 2 16 2 3 64 4 30 1 24 8 47 1 24 1 20 1 6 1951 RAOB RAWIN 32 3 21 3 16 3 7 1 51 28 33 16 29 16 9 4 64 7 40 5 35 4 15 41 4 21 3 12 1 3 1952 RAOB RAWIN 33 16 13 8 12 7 3 2 108 37 65 23 55 19 15 4 138 39 100 28 84 24 32 9 89 77 67 62 54 53 6 6 1953 RAOB RAWIN 80 77 39 39 17 16 136 132 84 82 38 34 141 136 100 97 62 61 124 104 73 62 39 32 1954 RAOB RAWIN 89 73 28 21 10 6 96 76 59 51 48 42 179 172 152 147 119 113 2 2 161 157 113 106 73 66 1955 RAOB RAWIN 165 161 123 116 79 65 154 154 111 110 88 S6 2 1 164 164 140 136 87 86 1 1 167 167 151 149 102 10O 1 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 16S 160 135 131 106 104 15 15 163 158 143 139 109 106 13 13 170 163 150 145 127 121 14 12 168 140 146 124 122 104 28 22 1957 RAOB RAWIN 152 144 119 112 96 92 12 10 167 164 153 149 138 134 29 28 170 169 156 156 141 140 29 29 161 150 138 129 116 111 9 8 1958 RAOB RAWIN 167 164 151 148 131 129 51 49 176 174 169 168 163 161 40 40 170 162 162 162 155 154 70 70 174 156 160 149 150 137 81 77 1959 RAOB RAWIN 159 136 151 132 141 123 60 54 180 180 174 173 164 163 65 65 177 176 172 172 168 166 49 49 176 168 175 168 172 165 53 53 1960 RAOB RAWIN 174 173 174 173 167 165 54 S3 181 176 180 177 149 178 84 60 184 180 184 183 183 182 77 76 181 165 178 167 173 162 49 47 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS fit PERIODS FROM TO NA M F. FROM TO Stephenvllle, Nfld. (Harmon AFB) StephenvilLe, Nfld. (Iturmon AFB) StepheovUle, Nfld. (Harmon AFB) 14503 14503 14503 48° 33' N 48° 33'N 48* 33'H 58" 34'W 58° 34'W 58* 34'W 5 59 30 AF AF AF 1- 8-53 7-28-58 1- 7-53 7-27-58 ALERT, N. W. T., CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQU I P . OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUI P . OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 S 2 S 2 . S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS, S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 REMARKS: First CMD1A - Feb. 20, 1960. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 tubs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 5 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 10 5 1 138 64 35 5 1951 RAOB RAWIN 137 82 21 1 160 107 120 71 165 148 139 1 102 1 149 105 49 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 116 94 69 44 2 114 33 91 65 3 150 58 77 49 145 43 43 14 1953 RAOB RAWIN 131 40 65 7 140 56 133 55 137 45 114 62 115 69 27 3 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 97 32 24 147 81 126 55 56 21 1 135 99 100 68 63 37 124 68 39 19 3 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 137 92 60 27 9 1 146 108 117 67 67 34 157 151 117 112 76 71 116 105 45 37 11 9 1956 RAOB RAWIN 99 83 33 21 14 8 177 163 163 152 110 98 171 161 152 133 99 85 1 140 102 52 36 7 5 1957 RAOB RAWIN 153 132 102 84 52 32 173 168 159 152 90 84 3 3 179 162 160 144 122 110 48 41 180 162 136 106 52 46 6 1958 RAOB RAWIN 173 133 159 124 109 90 9 9 181 160 178 156 165 146 54 30 181 152 164 139 159 135 48 31 1S1 115 166 100 91 42 9 5 1959 RAOB RAWIN 179 154 148 112 80 55 3 2 181 146 175 140 163 131 15 6 182 112 175 102 151 89 lb 2 174 105 163 86 116 49 8 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN 168 116 162 102 150 82 51 19 179 166 171 160 165 150 60 29 180 163 172 154 158 140 60 34 173 144 148 121 121 89 11 4 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Mere, N.W.T. 18601 82° 32'N 62" 42'W 66 MB 9-10-50 ARCTIC BAY, N. W. T., CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. CHARTS R R R R R R R R R R R R 1947 EQUIP. CHARTS R R R R R R R R R R R R 1948 EQUI P . CHARTS R R R R R R R R R R R R 1949 EQUIP. CHARTS R F R F R F R P R P R F R F R F R F R P R F R F 1950 EQUIP. CHARTS R F R F R F R F R P R P R F R F R F R F R P R P 1951 EQUIP. CHARTS R F R F R F R F R P R F R F R F R P R F R F R F 1952 EQUIP. CHARTS R F R F R P R F R F R P R F R P R F R F R F R F 1953 EQUIP. CHARTS R F R F R F R F R F R P R F R F R F R F R F R F 1954 EQUIP. CHARTS R F R F R F R F R F R P R F R F R F R F R F R P 1955 EQUI P . CHARTS R F R P R F R F R F R F R F R P R P R F R F R F 1956 EQUIP. CHARTS R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R P R P R F R P R P 1957 EQUIP. CHARTS R F R F R F R F R F R F R P R P 1958 EQUIP. CHARTS 1959 EQUIP. CHARTS 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS REMARKS: Summaries available on microfilm - Aug. thru Dec, 1948. Never a RAWIN station; radiosonde observations discontinued Aug. 12, 1957. Radiation corrections effective Apr. 1, 1957. 2 oba. per day - Jan. 1946 thru Jul. 1948. NWRC card holdings Jan. thru Jul. 1948 and continuous beginning Jan. 1950. Rabal - Jan. thru Jul. 1957. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA, NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 8t PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Arctic Bay, N.W.T. Arctic Bay, N.W.T. 17802 17802 73* 00'N 73° 00'N 85' 18'W 85° 18'W 11 11 AF C 1-46 8-48 7-48 7-57 BAKER LAKE, N. W. T., CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. CHARTS 1947 EQUIP. CHARTS 1948 EQUI P . CHARTS 1949 EQUIP. R R R R R R R CHARTS F F F F F P P 1950 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R CHARTS F P P F F F P F F P F 1951 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R B CHARTS P P P F P P F F F F F F 1952 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R CHARTS F F P F F P F F P P F F 1953 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R B CHARTS F F F P F F F F F F F F 1954 EQUI P . R R R R R R R R R R X X CHARTS F F F F F P P F F F F F 1955 EQUI P . X X X X X X X X X X X X CHARTS P P F F P F P P F F F P 1956 EQUIP. X X X X X X X X X X X X CHARTS F p F F F F p P F F P P 1957 EQUIP. X X x X X X X X X X X CHARTS F P P F F F p F F p F 1958 EQUIP. X X X X X X X X X X X X CHARTS P F F P P F p p P F F F 1959 EQUIP. X X X X X X X X X X X X CHARTS p F F F F F F p F P F F 1960 EQUIP. X X X X X X X X X X X X CHARTS p p F F F F P F F P P F REMARKS: NWRC card holdings - Feb. thru Aug. 1949 and continuous beginning Jul. 195S. Sumoaries available on microfilm - Jul. 1950. Radiation corrections effective Dec. 2, 1954. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Baker Lake, N.WT. Baker Lake, N.W.T. 16903 16903 64" 28' N 64* 18'K 96° 05'W 96° OO'H 9 9 C c 2-49 4-55 3-55 12 SSE CLYDE, N. W.T., CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. CHARTS 1947 EQUIP. CHARTS R R R R R R R R R 1948 EQUI P . CHARTS R R R R R R R R R X F X F X F 1949 EQUIP. CHARTS X P X P X P X F X F X F X F X F X P X P X P X F 1950 EQUIP. CHARTS X P X P X F X P X F X F X F X F X p X p X F X P 1951 EQUIP. CHARTS X p X p X F X F X F X F X F X F X F X p X F X P 1952 EQUIP. CHARTS X p X p X F X F X F X F X F X F X p X p X F X F 1953 EQUIP. CHARTS X p X r X F X F X F X F X F X F X F X p X F X P 1954 EQUIP. CHARTS X p X F X F X F 1955 EQUIP. CHARTS X F X F X F X F X F X P X P X p 'X p F X F 1956 EQUIP. CHARTS X p X F X F X F X F X F X F X p X p X p X F X F 1957 EQUIP. CHARTS X p X P X P X F X P X P X F X F X p X p X F X F 1958 EQUIP. CHARTS X p X F X F X F X p X F X F X p X p X p X F X P 1959 EQUIP. CHARTS X p X P X P X F X F X F X F X 9 X F X p X F X F 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS X p X F X F X F X F X F X F X F X F X F X F X F REMARKS: NWRC card holdings continuous beginning Apr. 1947. 2 oba. per day - Apr. 1947 thru Sept. 1948. Radiation corrections effective Sept. 5, 1958. October 1948 ■ Apr. 1954 Ravin equipment type uncertain. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST, AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Clyde, N HI. 17601 70* 27' N 68* 33'W 8 AP 4-47 9-48 Clyde, N.H.T. 17601 70" 27' N 68° 33'H 8 C 10-48 4-54 Clyde, B.W.I. 17601 70* 27' N 68" 33'W 3 C 5-54 11-58 Clyde, N.H.T. 17601 70* 27'N 68° 33'W 16 C 12-58 ... (Also known es Clyde River and giver Clyde) COPPERMINE, N. W. T., CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG S EPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS EQUrP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP, CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP, CHARTS R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R P R F R F R F R F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R P R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R P R F R F R F R F R F X F X F F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F R F R F F R F R F R F R F R F R E R F X F X F X F R F R F R F R P R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F X F lb F R F R P R F R F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R ' F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F F X F X F X F R F R F R P R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F F X F X F NWRC card holdings continuous beginning Nov. 1947. orrections effective Jul. 18, 1957. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. SO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERTOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS Be PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Coppermine, N.W.T. 26107 67° 49' N 115* 05'W 5 C 11-47 CORAL HARBOUR, N. W. T., CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND SOURCE DOCUMENT YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUI P . CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUI P . CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS EQUIP. CHARTS R F R P R F R F R R F R P R P R P X F X F X F X F X F X F R F R P R F R P R R P R P R P R F X F X F X F X F X F X F R F R F R P R P R R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F X P R P R P R P R F R F R P F R P R P X F X P X F X t X p X F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R P R F X F X F X F X F X F X F R P R P R F R F R F R P R F R F R F X F X F X F X P X p X F R R P R F R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X P X p X F X F R P R P R P R F R F R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X P X F R F R F R F R R F R F R F R F X P X p X F X F X P X p R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R F R P X F X F X P X F X P X F R F R F R F R F R F R P R F R F X P X F X F X F X F X P X p R F R F R F R P R F R F R F R F X F X F X F X F X F X F X F REMARKS: Computations sheets available available on film - Jul. 1946. NWRC card holdings continuous beginning • Jan. 1947. Summaries available on film Jan. thru Mar. 1950 and Sept. 1950. Radiation corrections effective Nov. 10, 1954. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAMI FROM TO Coral Harbour, N.W.T. Coral Harbour, N.W T. 16801 16801 64* ll'N 64° 12'N 83' 22'U 83" 22'W 59 62 C C 1-1:3 11-54 10-54 1 N EUREKA SOUND, N. W. T., CANADA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 1 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS, S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. S S S S S S 5 S S S S S OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 REMARKS: 03Z - Jim. thru Aug. 1947, Peb. and Mar. 1948. First lUob plus SCR 6SS - Sept. 18, 1947. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 7 2 51 5 11 2 1 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 59 34 2 1 96 15 12 1 3 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1 4 3 10 8 18 15 1950 RAOB RAWIN 57 40 116 110 30 30 5 5 81 71 16 15 1 1 44 36 2 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 48 41 6 4 108 85 38 30 6 5 77 75 30 28 9 6 66 25 18 3 5 1952 RAOB RAWIN 101 25 41 3 15 140 16 100 2 59 1 143 116 65 1 60 11 27 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 47 11 7 1 144 96 103 72 53 36 1 1 138 109 86 65 37 27 2 1 101 71 28 19 5 5 1954 RAOB RAWIN 81 60 37 32 14 12 163 141 131 106 62 49 152 120 127 99 64 45 140 105 40 28 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 152 107 73 46 L2 6 149 137 124 115 73 67 139 115 116 92 33 24 133 93 55 40 9 7 1956 RAOB RAWIN 84 44 19 6 10 2 155 85 137 70 65 22 154 106 130 85 60 41 135 82 50 25 9 3 1957 RAOB RAWIN 137 47 74 18 36 9 158 73 106 43 38 11 14 2 170 64 152 50 113 35 46 12 182 104 164 92 91 53 2 1 1958 RAOB RAWIN 173 92 166 84 128 69 16 8 182 131 179 132 170 128 116 62 178 135 166 128 123 93 48 28 179 91 150 63 67 26 12 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 180 111 162 74 SO 28 5 179 116 174 107 158 92 18 1 182 102 179 95 167 80 43 6 179 88 136 57 61 28 9 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN 175 95 159 80 137 57 19 2 176 130 168 116 150 97 53 21 181 123 176 107 164 87 35 11 179 107 17 ! 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 3 S 3 S 3 s 1 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 s 2 S 2 S 4 S 3 S 3 S 4 S 4 S S 4 s 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S S 4 S 4 S S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 s s 2 * 1950 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. | 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUI P . OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUI P . OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 04Z - Jan. 1946. 04Z, 10Z, and 16Z - Aug. thru Dec. 1947. 03Z, 09Z, and 15Z - May and Jun. 1943. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAVIN 61 6 6 12 6 1947 RAOB RABIN 7 6 1 46 37 5 45 31 1 16 8 1948 RAOB RAWIN 6 1 30 27 1 69 60 3 27 12 3 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 15 6 56 26 1 42 21 2 12 4 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1 4 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS k PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Sondrestrom, Greenland <»FB> 16504 67* OO'N 50* 48'W 46 AF 4-10-50 THULE, GREENLAND TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAM FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OSS. S 1 S 1 S I 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP . OBS, S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G -4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G C 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 2 G G 4 G 4 G 4 1959 EQUI P . OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 REMARKS: 152 - Oct. thru Dec. 1946. First GHD1A - Jul. 27, 1954. YEAB JANUARY - WARCH APRIL - .TONE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbe 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbo 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 8 2 1947 RAOB RAWIN 16 12 70 60 3 2 89 83 8 1 1 16 12 1948 RAOB RAWIN 5 5 71 54 8 8 3 3 82 46 6 2 2 24 15 1949 RAOB RAWIN 6 3 29 7 26 16 1950 RAOB RAWIN 7 6 130 79 76 47 40 16 9 107 55 54 26 27 7 3 95 28 8 4 2 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 97 11 15 3 130 7 73 4 17 1.14 32 74 17 29 8 1 82 8 21 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 85 2 30 9 120 13 76 5 23 1 107 42 64 30 39 24 5 2 56 41 16 12 9 6 1953 RAOB RAWIN 18 10 2 1 2 1 94 65 64 38 45 25 4 3 93 64 59 27 50 8 4 2 144 128 70 61 22 3 1954 RAOB RAWIN 133 100 55 37 26 16 2 2 157 103 137 59 97 23 2 165 143 135 109 89 67 9 6 147 146 71 69 22 20 3 3 1955 RAOB RAWIN 142 138 89 89 36 36 171 163 153 145 106 98 2 2 162 156 154 149 146 142 5 5 147 147 75 75 39 39 9 9 1956 RAOB RAWIN 89 80 40 40 27 27 2 2 178 178 170 170 160 160 17 17 181 180 174 172 157 156 17 17 169 169 140 140 85 85 7 7 1957 RAOB RAWIN 104 104 77 77 59 59 168 167 143 142 116 114 2 2 177 171 164 159 151 145 9 9 176 175 158 157 120 119 2 2 1958 RAOB RAWIN 171 170 137 136 100 100 1 1 176 175 157 156 141 141 57 56 179 176 172 169 163 161 106 105 181 164 162 145 127 Ul 18 17 1959 RAOB RAWIN 169 168 136 133 89 83 15 11 180 177 170 168 157 151 59 37 179 178 178 175 176 173 94 73 181 181 157 152 118 115 28 17 1960 RAOB RAVIN 175 174 150 142 110 94 11 7 181 179 178 174 169 167 50 34 179 176 175 174 171 169 56 41 61 60 59 59 57 57 13 7 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS «i PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Thule, Greenland (UB0) Thute, Greenland (Opr. Sice) 17602 17605 76" 33'N 76* 33'N 68* 49' W 68* 49' W 39 34 WB AF 10-1-46 8-1-52 8- 1-52 10-31-60 WALRUS BAY, GREENLAND TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 16Z - Feb. 19*7. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 robs 50 mbs 30 robs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 11 39 15 1 2 1947 RAOB RAWIN 10 1 8 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RABIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Walrus Bay, Greenland 17202 70* 30' N 21' 56'U 7 AF 7-31-49 KEFLAVIK, ICELAND TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 55 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S . 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2' S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 5 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 G 4 G 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS, G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G 4 G 4 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G ' 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 4 C 4 G G 4 C 4 G 4 G 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G ' 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4' G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G * . G 4 G 4 G 4 REMARKS: First GMD1A - Nov. 9, 1952. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbe 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 51 30 1 14 3 1947 RAOB RAWIN 27 6 4 31 15 32 11 30 13 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 14 3 1 1 45 22 6 5 1 45 6 1 20 6 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 3 37 2 8 2 20 2 16 3 1950 RAOB RAWIN 34 9 5 2 95 20 39 1 13 1 1 114 17 46 4 13 2 96 22 21 2 13 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 77 13 43 2 26 1 139 9 97 2 70 1 16 115 29 81 7 53 1 8 42 10 18 2 9 2 3 1952 RAOB RAWIN 30 6 23 6 20 3 6 1 80 14 49 7 39 2 10- 73 20 42 7 35 1 16 17 11 3 1 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 86 65 39 31 9 9 134 121 112 102 85 73 18 14 126 102 90 73 63 47 5 3 76 60 35 29 16 11 1954 RAOB RAWIN 119 115 59 55 29 26 147 132 107 95 84 74 9 6 169 :154 137 124 103 94 18 15 97 90 50 48 33 31 1 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 149 139 121 114 94 85 7 7 151 157 128 122 101 99 4 4 165 157 148 135 123 108 13 11 149 141 90 83 62 58 5 s 1956 RAOB RAWIN 135 122 79 69 50 46 4 3 172 168 155 149 138 132 49 34 178 177 157 156 137 136 47 30 154 148 135 129 107 99 7 3 1957 RAOB RAWIN 169 164 156 151 144 134 44 33 177 173 169 163 154 149 81 69 184 178 180 177 165 161 47 31 170 164 153 149 126 120 19 10 1958 RAOB RAWIN 168 162 156 149 135 128 31 17 174 173 172 171 168 165 107 100 178 170 177 165 170 162 80 70 175 165 157 153 140 135 34 22 1959 RAOB RAWIN 174 159 162 145 141 129 83 •61 181 177 177 174 166 161 73 54 183 181 178 176 163 157 62 43 182 177 163 156 140 133 32 20 1960 RAOB RAWIN 178 171 160 156 136 129 27 16 177 166 167 164 153 152 37 26 173 168 166 159 149 142 32 17 174 170 161 153 136 129 17 9 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. CWBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST DIR. PREV AND FROM LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Keflavlk, Iceland (Iot'l. AP) 16201 63 s 57'N 22* 37 'U 49 AP 4-30-47 Keflavlk, Iceland (Meeks Fid.) 16204 63* 57'N 22° 37'W 48 WB 5-1-47 11-30-49 Keflavlk, Iceland (Heeks Fid. ) 16204 63 e 57'N 22' 37 'tf 49 WB 12-1-49 8-31-51 Keflavlk. Iceland (Int'l. AF) 16201 63° 57'N 22 s 37'W 49 AF 9-31-51 282 List of Abbreviations and Codes Used in this Section Equipment - Principal type of equipment used in radiosonde or rawinsonde observations during the month. R Radiosonde equipment only. Original radiosonde observation form (WBAN 31A, B, and C) available with or without wind data. Wind data, if reported, are observed by theodolite and are defined as rabal. In some cases the "R" denotes wind data available, but type of equipment is unknown. S Radio Direction Finding equipment (manual tracking such as the SCR-658). S5 Radiosonde equipment and SCR-584 (radar tracking equipment). G Radio Direction Finding equipment (automatic tracking) such as GMD-1 and 2 and the later modified models of each. Also, printed computer data raobs where noted in footnotes. U Unknown Observations - Number of regularly scheduled observations per day. M Wind data and equipment known and available, but hours of radiosonde observation unknown and raob forms not available. # Less than ten observations for the month. Period of Record - Indicates "from the beginning" or "to the end" (whichever applies) of the period of record covered by this documentation. Service - Official meteorological service that operated a station. A U. S. Army AF U. S. Air Force N U. S. Navy WB U. S. Weather Bureau C Meteorological Service of Canada 283 KAPINGAMARANGI ATOLL, CAROLINE ISLANDS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: First CHD1A - Mar. 26, 1956, ended Jul. 23, 1956. 00Z, 122, and 15Z - Mar, 1958. Plrat GMD1A - Mar. 25, 1958, endad Jul. 28, 1958. TEAR JANUARY - UARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 -mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 7 7 7 5 4 2 1 1 157 155 149 149 145 142 63 54 46 46 45 45 44 44 10 10 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 23 11 23 11 21 11 19 8 165 165 163 162 156 153 84 7e 51 50 46 45 44 42 25 21 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Kaplngamarangi Atoll Kaplngamarangi Atoll 40507 40507 01° 04'N 01° 02'N 154° 45'E 154* 47 'E 1 2 AF 3-26-56 3-25-S8 7-23-56 7-28-56 3 SE KUSAIE ISLAND, CAROLINE ISLANDS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN' FEB MAR APE MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S . 2 S 4 5 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2* ~G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4* G 4 G 4 G . 4 G 4 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: Pir»t GMD1 - F.sb. 21. 1951, ended Hay 25, 1951. First and last oba. - Sept. 23, 1952 thru Nov. 20, 1952, Jan. 14, 1954 thru Hay 15, 1954, Max. 30, 1956 thru Jul. 22, 19S6, and Mar. 18, 195B thru Aug. 4, 1.95a. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - .TUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nibs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAW IN 1947 RAOB RABIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 7 6 3 3 1 1 61 51 30 26 22 19 5 1952 RAOB RAWIN 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 1 81 80 47 46 33 32 5 5 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 123 123 77 77 70 69 6 6 61 61 46 46 46 45 9 9 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 3 3 3 3 2 2 137 132 115 115 109 108 27 22 43 43 43 43 39 37 5 3 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 25 24 22 21 22 21 13 12 164 163 148 147 138 137 77 77 61 61 56 56 53 53 28 28 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME ST A, NO. (WEAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST DIR. PREV AND FROM LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS b PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Kusale Island 40605 05° 20 'N 163* 05'E 106 AF 2-21-51 5-25-51 Kusale Island 40605 05° 20' N 163° Ol'E AF 9-23-52 11-20-52 U Kusale Island 40605 05* 11*N 163* 00 'E 3 AF 1-14-54 5-15-54 9 ssu fLisale Island 40606 05° 22 'H 163* OO'E 2 AF 3-30-56 7-22-56 11 N Kusale Is. (East Carolines) 40606 05° 20 'N 163* Ol'E 2 AF 3-18-58 8- 4-58 2 SSE PONAPE, CAROLINE ISLANDS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. s 1 S S 1 S S S 1 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S I S 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 s . 2 R 1 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G A G G G 4 G 4 C S 1 S 1 S 1 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 1 G 1 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 C 1 G 1 G 1 C I G 1 G 1 G 1 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G G G 4 G G 4 G 1 G 1 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 C 1 G 1 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G 1 G I REMARKS: Raob am marie s availab e - Nov. 1950 thru Apr. 1951. 03Z - Jul. 1951 thru Aug 1952, Jan. thi u Dec. 1953, Jul. 1954 thru Jan. 1955, and At thru 1 g. 1956 eb. 1951 Chf^ Hay Sept 957. 195 ooz thn Dec . thi 19 M ■u Au( . FJ . 19 rat < >7. ;mdia 2Z - Sept i. 15 1957 1954 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DEC EMBER 100 50 mbs 30 robs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 K/lOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 20 1951 RAOB RAWIN 34 7 2 5 5 1 1 65 64 55 51 30 19 75 72 65 61 42 34 1952 RAOB RAWIN 60 54 69 49 29 13 72 2 69 56 3 83 9 75 6 60 3 1 126 87 94 58 82 50 5 4 1953 RAOB RAWIN 80 2 73 2 56 2 2 84 5 75 5 68 3 78 6 70 5 47 4 L 86 8 77 63 5 1954 RAOB RAWIN 149 131 106 93 99 67 14 12 121 95 100 77 89 66 14 14 63 45 57 32 35 11 1 67 58 49 36 22 12 1955 RAOB RAWIN 118 112 83 78 54 44 92 92 57 52 20 10 96 71 73 40 30 9 87 89 53 43 24 4 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN no 104 75 55 53 26 1 271 273 247 246 215 207 28 9 169 167 160 158 140 142 14 5 81 68 67 36 32 1957 RAOB RAWIN 68 69 43 44 8 6 73 46 44 80 80 74 74 66 67 17 2 91 60 81 67 72 55 32 11 1958 RAOB RAWIN 107 106 94 95 76 70 11 5 337 317 306 294 284 269 90 69 175 167 157 151 141 134 60 52 76 77 45 45 41 39 15 13 1959 RAOB RAWIN 62 63 61 61 56 57 8 2 85 83 69 67 63 59 62 79 66 65 61 56 1 84 61 56 54 46 45 1 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN 67 62 27 25 17 13 3 1 67 68 22 23 12 10 4 3 7B 75 64 61 63 59 50 42 72 73 40 40 34 34 18 12 Raob plua SCR 658 - Jun. 16, 1954, and GMD1A - Mar. 16, 1956. STATION LOCATION STA. ELEV- PERIOD DIST. AND CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS STATION NAME NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ATION meters VICE DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. FROM TO NAME FROM TO Ponape 40503 06" 58'N 158" 13'E 50 H 11 -- 50 4 -- 51 Ponape 40504 06* 58'N 158" 13'E 34 WB 7- 1-51 9-23-52 Ponape 40506 06° 58'N 158* 13'E 34 AF 9-24-52 Ll-21-52 Ponape 40504 06° 58'N 158" 13'E 34 VB 12- 1-52 1-14-54 Ponape 40506 06° 59 'N 158" 13'E 34 AF 1-15-54 5-15-54 1 N Ponape 40504 06° 58'N 158" 13'E 34 WB 5-16-54 3-15-56 1 S Ponape 40504 06 s 58'N 158° 13'E 36 WB 3-16-56 7-31-56 Ponape 40504 06° 58'N 158" 13'E 39 UB 8- 1-56 3-31-57 Ponape 40504 06 s 58'N 158" 13'E 37 WB 4- 1-57 1-30-5E Ponape 40504 06" 58'N 158" 13'E 45 WB 1-31-51 4-15-5E Ponape 40504 06" 58'N 158" 13'E 39 WB 4-16-51 TRUK, CAROLINE ISLANDS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 REMARKS : Raob eumnuriei Jul. 1951 thru Jan. 1955 Aug. 1957. 12Z - Sept. First Raob plus SCR 656 available - Jun. 1930 thro sad Aug. 1956 thru Hay 195] 1957 thro Feb. 1958. aad Se| - Apr. 11, 1952. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 robs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 10 1946 RAOB RABIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 2 12 1951 RAOB RAWIN 16 10 7 2 12 4 1952 RAOB RAWIN e 3 36 33 12 8 56 52 25 23 12 11 78 73 63 61 18 13 1953 RAOB RAWIN 83 78 65 64 27 21 1 74 69 55 48 10 5 79 79 73 72 26 20 76 73 63 61 36 30 1954 RAOB RAWIN 70 68 56 55 24 21 1 41 37 28 25 12 10 35 29 25 22 18 13 70 66 63 55 39 30 1955 RAOB RAWIN 63 74 59 43 32 23 105 103 74 68 12 11 104 107 77 77 36 29 4 4 85 101 54 66 34 24 1956 RAOB RAWIN 100 109 66 66 38 33 86 93 51 53 25 19 77 77 61 59 22 18 64 56 34 36 7 4 1957 RAOB RAWIN 54 58 24 24 3 3 69 66 39 38 10 86 88 80 62 71 66 12 2 76 79 60 57 55 51 16 3 1958 RAOB RAWIN 88 74 68 52 59 47 20 5 176 177 162 163 148 145 45 37 116 117 109 104 106 96 34 18 74 74 40 41 36 37 4 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 85 85 76 76 67 63 69 69 73 75 67 66 68 68 51 48 45 40 4 3 72 74 52 ' 51 46 45 1 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN 69 71 28 29 22 20 65 62 29 27 18 13 1 44 45 30 29 29 28 18 8 58 56 26 25 22 16 12 7 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Truk Islsnd 40502 07° 27 'N 151° 50'E 20 N 6-5-50 3-30-51 Truk Island 40505 07" 27'N 151* 50'E 2 WB 7-1-51 4-30-52 Truk Island 40505 07" 27'N 151" 50'E 7 UB 5-1-52 7-31-57 Truk Island 40505 07° 27*N 151" Sl'B 7 MB 8-1-57 1 E YAP ISLAND, CAROLINE ISLANDS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 REMARKS: Raob sumnaries available - Jan. thru Apr. 1949 and Jun. 1949. 03Z - Jun. 19S1, Aug. 1951 thru Jan. 1955, and Aug. 1956 thru Hay 1957. 00Z - Jun. thro Aug. 1*57. 12Z - Sept. 1957 thru Dec. 1960. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbB 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RABIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 13 1950 RAOB RAWIN S 10 6 14 4 3 1 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 14 12 5 5 2 1 14 12 9 7 2 1 22 19 15 12 8 3 1 54 36 37 27 16 9 1952 RAOB RAWIN 60 50 25 21 10 6 59 54 42 41 25 24 63 61 34 28 5 3 72 70 59 51 15 12 1953 RAOB RAWIN 65 59 51 44 23 16 44 36 28 23 13 9 57 46 45 32 19 17 56 48 44 38 28 25 1954 RAOB RAWIN 74 68 58 53 29 27 1 69 57 46 41 19 12 67 61 52 49 31 23 72 64 45 44 25 17 1955 RAOB RAWIN 104 95 57 54 39 31 120 94 56 47 24 13 113 112 87 87 47 41 75 74 35 36 26 18 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 83 81 48 44 21 17 89 92 61 58 27 23 69 63 48 44 16 13 69 63 41 37 6 5 1957 RAOB RAWIN 64 55 31 27 8 2 61 53 38 33 3 3 78 76 69 66 31 20 69 71 47 45 37 32 1958 RAOB RAWIN 78 85 65 66 54 44 90 88 78 76 70 61 71 68 57 48 53 42 83 83 69 68 66 63 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 87 85 78 75 72 66 1 90 89 83 81 73 65 65 65 40 40 36 35 4 3 71 58 39 38 36 35 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN 57 49 31 34 24 21 52 53 44 36 40 23 5 1 66 65 51 46 46 39 4 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA, NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Yap la land Yap Island Yap Island 40306 40306 40306 09° 31' N 09' 31'N 09* 31 'N 138" 03*E 138 s 08' E 138* 08 'E 17 17 23 N WB UB L2-11-48 6-21-51 Li- 1-58 4-27-51 10-31-58 TARAWA ISLAND, GILBERT ISLANDS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DEC EMBER 100 mbs 50 mbB 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 nibs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RABIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 178 177 176 175 172 171 77 76 46 46 45 45 44 44 18 18 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 11 10 9 9 9 9 3 3 175 149 165 139 150 129 71 54 52 49 50 47 43 40 IS 11 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Betlo, Tarawa Tarawa Is. (Hawkins Pld.) 40711 40702 01* 21'N 01* 21'N 172" 58'E 172* 56'E 4 3 AF A? 3-30-56 3-25-58 7-23-56 7-28-58 2 U HILO, HAWAII TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY Jim joi AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 s 2 3 2 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 s S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 5 4 4 S 4 S S 1952 EQUIP. OBS. s 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 3 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 4 S 4 S 4 1955 EQU IP . OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 4 S 2 8 2 8 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 8 2 8 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 REMARKS: 152 - Feb. 1950. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RABIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 25 25 2 1 72 68 22 22 7 5 105 105 25 25 5 4 70 62 22 IS 4 4 1951 RAOB RAWIN 80 64 32 21 10 5 122 113 87 83 50 43 4 2 149 144 108 100 60 55 1 88 72 61 53 46 34 1952 RAOB RAWIN 106 59 28 18 15 8 160 109 133 88 73 44 1 165 157 136 122 67 49 128 120 56 50 17 13 1953 RAOB RAWIN 148 83 78 42 30 13 160 139 123 104 62 41 1 157 154 120 115 78 63 1 124 107 74 63 38 30 1954 RAOB RAWIN 123 46 70 21 36 8 1 142 121 111 89 69 45 153 141 121 116 78 68 117 98 42 38 30 26 195S RAOB RAWIN 143 63 65 26 22 9 146 108 114 82 50 35 164 170 141 149 89 91 93 85 59 50 43 24 1956 RAOB RAWIN 104 69 75 50 48 28 160 109 138 100 97 66 170 155 151 137 114 99 2 133 103 87 73 49 35 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 142 49 89 34 63 17 s 178 99 175 104 159 96 100 86 181 179 177 176 131 128 184 154 181 150 118 80 1958 RAOB RAWIN 177 64 174 62 153 50 177 128 175 128 137 101 223 218 222 216 207 198 30 25 180 140 177 139 172 132 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 176 91 169 89 161 83 27 9 178 130 176 126 168 120 3 184 183 178 176 146 133 181 141 167 136 126 88 1960 RAOB RAWIN 166 82 ISO 62 112 41 1 169 134 159 128 141 110 8 3 145 140 129 125 118 111 6 3 163 114 150 102 138 92 3 2 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS St PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Rllo, Hawaii (WBAS) 21504 19" 44'N 155* 04'W 16 WB 2-18-50 12-31-52 Hllo, Hawaii (WBAS) 21504 19 - 44'N 155* 04'W 9 WB 1- 1-52 2- 2-54 Rllo, Hawaii (WBAS) 21504 19' 44'N 155' 04'W 11 WB 2- 3-54 7-31-57 Hllo, Hawaii (WBAS) 21504 19 # 43'N 155' 04'W 11 WB 8- 1-57 1 S HONOLULU, HAWAII TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S M S 1 S 1 S 2 S 1 S 2 8 1 8 1 S 2 8 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 3 2 5 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 ft 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. I 2 ft 2 ft 2 R 2 ft 2 ft 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 2 ft 2 X 2 ft 2 ft 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: WBAN 20's not available - Aug. 1946 thru Har. 1946, Jul. thru Sept. 1948, and Dec. 1948 thru Jun. 1950. 04Z and ibZ - Jan., Hay, and Jul. 1946, Oct. 1946 thru Har. 1948. 04Z - Har., Jun., Aug., and Sept. 1946. Rabal beginning Jul. 195Z, 032 and 1SZ and ending Hay IS. 1953. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 7 1 14 4 1947 RAOB RAWIN 5 9 6 18 14 5 4 1948 RAOB RAWIN 86 36 31 16 3 86 60 42 30 8 6 117 96 67 55 13 6 75 61 31 23 10 7 1949 RAOB RAWIN 128 73 62 33 40 16 134 112 65 56 28 23 130 113 34 30 17 13 85 59 6 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 90 28 119 18 26 3 3 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 105 20 66 14 35 5 87 11 38 4 16 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 98 10 58 2 28 75 3 54 1 35 1954 RAOB RAWIN •1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAIIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Honolulu, Hawaii (Hlckem Fid.) Honolulu, Hawaii (John Rodger. Pld.) Honolulu, Hawaii (John Rodger. Pld.) Honolulu, Howell (Honolulu AP) 22504 22521 22521 22521 a* 20'N 21" 20'N 21* 20'N 21* 20'N 157* 57'w 157* 55'W 157* 55'W 157* 55'H 8 4 3 3 AF MB HB WB 12-17-4S 7-11-46 6- 1-49 7- 1-52 7-10-46 5-31-49 6-30-50 5-31-53 2 E LIHUE, HAWAII TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1* R 1 R 1 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S ' 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 4 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 c 2 C 2 C 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 JANUARY - MARCH tubs mbs mbs JULY - SEPTEMBER STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Llhue, Kauai, Hawaii 22536 21" 59'N 159* 21'W 36 WB 2-1-50 PEARL HARBOR, HAWAII TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 EQUIP. R R R R R R R R R R R R OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUI P . OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: IfflAH 31'a not available - Jim. 1950 thru Dec. 1951. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 i>bs 50 inbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 SAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RABIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 14 2 7 3 135 26 88 3 54 1 1 103 9 41 17 1951 RAOB RAWIN 16 2 22 17 7 101 32 12 75 7 5 1952 RAOB RAWIN 15 75 6 40 2 15 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Pearl Harbor, Hawaii (NAS) 22517 21° 21'N 157* 57'W 3 H 1-1-42 6-30-52 FUKUOKA, JAPAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JON JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S S 4 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 s 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 5 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 8 4 S 4 S 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G C 4 G 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 c 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARK5: Plrat GMD1A - Dae. 31. 1952. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 100 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 1946 BAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RABIN 11 2 19 1948 RAOB RAWIN 14 1 46 7 55 32 1949 RAOB RAWIN 29 47 6 1 31 2 1 1 19 1950 RAOB RAWIN 6 46 3 7 3 56 41 13 4 10 3 1 60 4 38 4 34 4 15 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 50 1 17 11 2 68 4 41 3 34 1 13 1 61 30 42 17 34 14 14 4 57 1 40 27 11 1952 RAOB RAWIN 69 1 38 1 24 12 82 18 64 10 46 8 10 65 44 54 41 48 37 2 1 91 6 60 4 36 3 4 1953 RAOB RAWIN 89 18 49 11 23 4 1 131 75 90 47 56 31 1 105 102 65 60 43 40 3 2 71 22 40 14 35 12 4 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 71 14 33 8 26 6 1 83 61 45 35 40 31 4 3 116 113 82 80 62 62 18 17 81 37 36 13 17 6 1 1 ■1955 RAOB RAWIH 68 20 37 8 29 8 3 2 169 110 121 84 80 58 2 1 161 157 146 143 137 132 30 28 172 21 167 20 164 30 68 28 1956 RAOB RAWIN 155 69 132 65 104 51 45 28 177 45 156 60 132 67 73 46 135 120 130 112 91 88 33 35 173 50 156 52 114 57 62 41 1957 RAOB RAWIN 177 41 156 41 114 42 37 14 179 141 166 134 136 119 62 54 13 13 8 8 5 5 3 3 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Fulajokfl, Japan (Icazuke AB> PutoiokA, Japan (Brady AB) 43310 43316 33* 35*N 33* 38'N 130* 27' E 130" 30'B 7 14 AF AF i-29-47 10-4-56 9-9-56 7-7-57 4 NB FURUMAKI, JAPAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JON JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP . OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 3 G 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G G 4 G 4 1954 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G G 2 1956 EQUIP, OBS. G H G H G M G N 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G M G M G H G H G M 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS, REMARKS: ?iret GMDLA - Dae. 14, 1952. WBAH 31'a and 33'e Dot available Sept. 1956 ; ;i -.' May 7, 1957. Ravlna Cakan - OOZ, 06Z, 12Z, and 182. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 robs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 10 49 25 1949 RAOB RAWIN 20 50 3 30 1 42 5 1950 RAOB RAWIN 92 4 3 61 14 40 23 77 6 30 3 22 3 10 1951 RAOB RAWIN 40 3 17 2 12 2 1 81 9 45 5 38 4 23 3 97 23 66 11 56 8 31 5 98 3 56 3 43 3 20 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 67 4 53 1 40 1 14 77 20 44 12 30 6 4 1 107" 23 76 14 64 12 37 4 58 10 31 4 25 2 5 1953 RAOB RAWIN 134 100 87 69 61 46 9 9 147 132 118 101 88 78 22 18 132 128 97 93 76 73 19 18 107 80 59 44 49 35 3 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN ne 104 74 64 53 47 3 3 118 110 64 58 42 39 3 3 113 112 82 81 69 68 7 5 81 56 51 36 37 27 3 3 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 110 83 66 42 44 33 93 84 65 59 40 35 2 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Purumaki , Japan (Mlsawa AB) 44402 40" 41'N 141* 22'E 37 AF 5-23-48 5-7-57 IWAKUNI, JAPAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS, 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUI P . OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 118 76 41 80 34 25 1956 RAOB RAWIN 47 13 7 8 2 1 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 40 20 11 55 24 13 1 75 36 14 57 23 7 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO SAME FROM TO IwakunL, Japan 43324 34° 09' N 132° 14'B 3 N 7-4-55 L2-31-57 NAGOYA, JAPAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT ROV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 4 3 4 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 EQUIP. S S S S 8 8 S S S S S S OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 EQUIP. S S S S S S S S 8 S S S OBS, 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EQUIP. S S S S s S S S G G G G OBS. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 * 4 4 4 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. C 4 G 4 G 4 C 4 G G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 1954 EQUIP. G G G G G G fi G C G G G OBS. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Z 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. G H G M G H G M G H G H G M G M G K G H G H G H 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G H G M G M G H G M 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS, 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: First GHD1A - Sept. 3, 1952. UBAN .11 's and 33'a not available Jan. 27, 1956 thru Hay 27. 1957. Rawiie taken - OOZ, 06Z, 12Z. and 18Z. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 30 in 100 50 30 10 100 50 30 10 100 50 30 10 mbs tubs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAVIN 1949 RAOB 18 1 1 36 1 6 RAWIN 1950 RAOB 70 4 1 70 4 1 74 48 41 17 17 5 2 RAWIN 8 6 3 1 1 1 1951 RAOB 53 31 25 9 58 42 35 15 62 49 34 9 79 56 49 26 RAWIN 3 1 1 5 2 2 14 8 6 1 3 3 2 RAOB 57 45 33 1? 29 18 13 s 34 24 18 2 96 64 38 5 RAWIN 5 3 21 13 10 2 49 36 22 2 1953 RAOB 95 53 36 4 134 85 66 3 132 75 58 2 46 12 8 1 RAWIN 26 14 8 1 117 74 57 2 131 75 56 2 20 7 4 1954 RAOB 87 38 29 6 134 88 69 8 114 77 52 3 149 121 103 13 RAWIN 51 23 23 6 119 83 69 8 111 75 51 3 72 75 64 11 •1955 RAOB 127 123 95 7 122 106 86 6 RAWIN 69 57 45 2 121 105 86 6 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Nagoya, Japan (Komaki Pld.) Nagoya, Japan (Komakl Fid.) 43312 43312 35° 15'N 35° 15'N 136° 56' E 136* 56'E 17 16 AF AF 4- 1-49 1-24-51 1-23-51 5-27-57 OPPAMA, JAPAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 EQUIP, OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 195S RAOB RAWIN 22 8 3 79 42 18 114 76 39 18 13 10 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. N'O. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS Si PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Oppama, Japan Oppama , Japan 43320 43320 35° 19 'N 35* 19'N 139* 39'E 139* 39'E 20 5 N N 3-1-55 7-1-55 6-30-55 10-25-55 OSAKA, JAPAN TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 B 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S * S 2 S 2 S 4 S 4 a 4 8 4 S 4 S 4 s 4 S 4 8 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. s 4 8 4 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 04Z and 16Z - Jul. thru Dec. 1947. First Rflob plus S(X 658 - Kay 28, 1947. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RABIN 14 10 10 1 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 9 7 1 25 22 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 11 1950 RAOB RAVIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Osaka, Japan (Itami AB) I 43302 34° 48'N 135° 24'E 15 AF 1-14-47 2-28-49 TOKYO, JAPAN HANEDA AB TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN F EB MAR APR MAY JON JUL AUG KEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 1# S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 S H S H S H S H S M S H 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S K s H S H s H S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 4 5 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 3 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 1951 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 s 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 C 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 4 1953 EQUIP. OBS. G G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 4 G 4 G 4 G 4 G G 2 C 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. C 1 G 1 1 Gl 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS: 042 - Feb. thru Jun. 1946. 04Z and 162 - Jun. 1947 thru Jan. 1948. 042, 10Z, 16Z, and 22Z - Feb. 1948. 06Z - Aug. 15 thru Oct. 1957. 06Z and 18Z - Nov. 1957 thru Feb. 1958. Flrat Raob plus SCR 658 - Feb. 13, 1946; GMD1 - Apr. 12, 1952, and GMDLA - Mar. 18, 1953. YEAK JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN ' 4 1947 RAOB RAWIN 7 7 3 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 2 11 7 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 62 16 1 80 10 10 3 40 27 3 1 1 1 1 1 40 4 22 2 10 2 1950 RAOB RAWIN 69 41 23 3. 46 12 2 1 51 40 34 17 18 8 46 3 25 2 19 1 6 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 87 3 42 33 14 76 9 4S 3 41 3 18 2 96 35 67 15 45 9 22 3 67 39 32 13 1952 RAOB RAWIN 65 2 34 2 30 14 37 19 22 7 16 4 9 3 73 67 49 43 44 41 8 7 119 62 85 43 70 28 24 11 1953 RAOB RAWIN 99 38 65 13 SO 8 9 2 115 106 70 65 58 49 It 13 124 118 87 79 60 54 9 8 58 27 31 11 24 9 4 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 39 32 37 30 29 25 14 12 145 88 139 90 129 105 80 70 1958 RAOB RAWIN LIS 44 115 51 108 74 53 46 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR, FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS Si PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Tokyo, Japan Tokyo, Japan (Haneda AB) (Also known as int. '1. AP after 8-27-53) 43308 43311 35" 41'N 35' 33'N 139" 46'E 139* 46*E 35 3 AF AP 11-28-4S 11-21-46 11-17-46 2-28-58 8 S Also see: Tokyo, Japan (Johnson AB) 2-1-56 5-8-57 TOKYO, JAPAN JOHNSON AB TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 REMARKS: RAWINS only. DATA FOR QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA TABLE NOT AVAILABLE STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA, NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Tokyo, Japan EQUIP. OBS. G Z G 2 G 2 G Z G 2 G 2 e 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 . G 2 c 2 G 2 G 2 e 2 G 2 i & 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 1 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 G 2 G 1 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 C 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nbs 50 robs 30 robs 10 mbs 100 50 robs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAVIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1 5 1950 RAOB RAWIN 2 1 17 7 2 1 18 6 4 I 1951 RAOB RAWIN 24 9 6 20 4 1 70 38 22 1 39 21 11 1952 RAOB RAWIN 38 22 16 53 3L 15 57 21 6 76 42 30 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 90 49 28 91 49 33 102 66 40 79 1 45 1 22 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 69 18 38 10 23 4 2 85 5 60 5 39 3 123 116 94 90 63 57 81 65 66 57 40 35 1955 RAOB 134 S6 74 92 63 46 108 81 49 158 117 54 RAWIN 131 65 73 75 53 38 100 78 37 151 113 42 1956 RAOB RAWIN 141 138 97 90 44 31 150 146 128 127 89 76 155 153 140 136 97 82 102 96 72 66 57 53 1957 RAOB RAWIN 116 114 94 93 46 33 88 82 61 53 22 16 120 115 101 100 68 86 3 1 46 43 36 35 35 34 5 2 1958 RAOB RAWIN 69 46 58 40 56 37 7 1 71 63 49 44 40 36 1 1 55 52 38 34 33 30 90 70 76 58 66 43 1959 RAOB RAWIN 111 92 99 80 83 69 4 130 120 105 95 83 76 3 134 132 119 117 102 98 22 17 172 171 165 163 157 152 68 49 1960 RAOB RAWIN 177 175 174 173 165 160 53 26 158 156 147 145 136 127 46 27 84 76 , 64 55 52 42 10 6 128 70 103 50 96 46 68 24 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (»BAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS &i PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Guancanamo Bay, Cuba 11706 19' 5VN 75" 09 'W 30 N HAVANA, CUBA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP! OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. R 2 E 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 1 s 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 8 2 S 2 8 . 2 8 2 s 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 8 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 8 2 S 2 S 2 8 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 5 2 S 1 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 REMARKS: Radiosondes discontinued Apr. 25, 1962 (lack of heLlum). 00Z - Mar. 1958. 122 - Hov. 1960. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 39 4 39 22 14 14 10 1947 RAOB RAWIN 10 3 1 1 1 1 14 11 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 18 11 51 1 6 2 86 so 10 68 25 44 20 1949 RAOB RAWIN 108 43 45 31 96 54 13 3 78 37 82 41 1950 RAOB RAWIN 139 56 29 85 64 22 8 3 3 108 99 44 29 5 3 138 79 83 12 35 4 1951 RAOB RAWIN 118 79 57 14 23 5 1 115 83 41 9 10 165 159 120 67 38 16 1 144 106 111 47 56 12 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 154 72 106 25 83 5 2 99 59 67 32 40 15 129 116 111 88 63 35 156 113 103 47 61 16 1953 RAOB RAWIN 151 71 119 35 74 8 1 16 14 14 12 4 4 133 118 107 93 69 48 165 101 114 46 53 13 1954 RAOB RAWIN 82 57 49 16 29 8 1 1 135 85 99 40 44 8 132 103 108 86 62 28 134 63 107 27 44 2 1955 RAOB RAWIN 172 103 127 43 68 21 87 55 47 14 15 2 41 36 31 21 18 9 137 104 108 39 62 16 1956 RAOB RAWIN 115 78 83 34 45 10 71 66 55 44 26 14 93 86 70 62 27 19 73 54 41 29 14 9 1957 RAOB RAWIN 67 41 41 18 17 3 49 34 21 15 5 4 33 33 25 24 22 17 21 14 13 10 7 5 1958 RAOB RAWIN 21 14 12 54 53 52 49 44 36 160 155 142 139 105 84 5 112 74 89 65 70 44 1 .0 1959 RAOB RAWIN 138 38 119 36 92 24 1 135 87 97 71 80 45 2 1 99 105 75 80 65 62 16 1 113 74 76 44 57 30 4 2 1960 RAOB RAWIN 138 39 111 16 86 8 21 1 135 13 115 12 103 12 43 144 78 132 64 109 47 s 34 26 28 17 23 10 2 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Havana, Cuba 12864 23" 09 'H 82* 21'W 64 WB 11-1-60 SABANA DE LA MAR, DOMINICAN REPUBLIC TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 1 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 REMARKS: 152 - Sept. 1956. 00Z - Mar. and Apr. 1958, and Hay I960. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 tubs 50 nbs 30 nbs 10 100 robs 50 robs 30 robs 10 100 50 mb8 30 robs 10 mbs 100 robs 50 robs 30 robs 10 robs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 8 8 6 4 117 107 68 64 33 25 1957 RAOB RAWIN 129 123 75 72 32 27 136 130 87 82 46 38 173 170 162 148 142 128 17 4 180 166 139 128 113 97 16 9 1958 RAOB RAWIN 85 69 49 41 2B 19 72 72 49 47 39 36 3 3 179 179 163 169 150 147 35 27 180 178 148 149 115 109 30 24 1959 RAOB RAWIN 172 170 143 144 112 101 5 2 141 140 111 114 91 87 3 137 135 107 104 82 73 2 1 145 148 108 110 82 77 5 2 1960 ■ RAOB RAWIN 152 155 100 104 93 92 25 19 95 101 70 70 61 58 3 1 181 180 167 168 144 140 12 10 178 174 156 155 149 138 5 2 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION roeters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Sabana De La Mar, Dora. Rep. 11646 19° 03'N 69° 23'W 18 HB 9-19-56 KINGSTON, JAMAICA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 3 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 3 4 S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 3 S 2 S S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 8 1 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 S .2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 3 2 S 1 S 1 S 1 s 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 REMARKS: 04Z - Hay 1947. 092, 1SZ. and 12Z - Feb. 1949. 15Z - Sept. thru Dec. 19S6. OOZ • Jun. 1957, Feb. thru Apr. 1958, Feb. and km. 1959, and Mar. thru May 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 robs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAVIN 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 7 7 5 5 5 4 1949 RAOB RAWIN 2 2 26 25 15 15 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN 1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 12 12 6 7 3 2 62 62 50 49 22 15 1957 RAOB RAWIN 134 12B 99 96 48 34 103 103 75 78 23 17 167 165 155 154 144 140 5 4 166' 164 150 148 112 102 8 1958 RAOB RAWIN 92 80 82 72 59 43 103 104 88 89 56 48 181 182 171 172 149 140 ' 164 166 135 137 125 121 11 6 1959 RAOB RAWIN 142 141 113 113 101 99 s 2 120 121 113 113 93 91 10 5 163 163 148 152 126 120 4 4 145 146 109 115 72 62 1960 RAOB RAfIN 101 105 80 85 60 60 25 20 89 93 77 76 65 62 3 1 178 179 166 171 147 144 15 10 125 128 101 100 95 89 20 10 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DTR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Kingston, Jamaica (Vernon Fid.) Kingston, Jamaica 11704 11715 17° 53'N 17* 56'N 77° 18'U 76° 47'W 34 7 AF WB 9-3-56 9-16-49 34 ENE SAN JUAN, PUERTO RICO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 2 S 2 s 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 3 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S S 3 S 2 S 2 S 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 5 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS, S 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S •2 S 2 S . 2 S 2 S 2 Jan. 1948. 032, 15Z, and 21Z - Sept. 1948. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 nibs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 inbK 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 40 10 31 26 30 29 31 26 2 1947 RAOB RAWIN 42 34 40 35 2 2 1 1 6 14 13 25 20 8 7 3 3 1948 RAOB RAWIN 49 42 21 12 5 1 102 101 19 16 4 3 3 2 112 109 29 26 8 6 96 83 56 42 24 18 1949 RAOB RAWIN 76 55 5 2 72 64 2 1 1 1 100 94 3 2 105 85 3 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 109 96 13 13 93 91 6 6 88 85 13 11 2 2 109 104 24 19 4 3 1951 RAOB RAWIN 120 91 66 35 25 7 117 88 61 42 23 LI 1 156 1S4 106 104 65 64 1 1 165 152 120 101 62 53 3 1 1952 RAOB RAWIN 168 143 139 115 120 98 14 12 156 146 119 104 61 39 2 172 165 141 121 58 53 1 165 147 131 109 100 64 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 170 164 128 118 85 71 157 148 117 107 54 40 1 168 159 129 123 56 41 1 175 165 150 142 119 106 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 174 159 147 130 113 84 1 159 141 133 115 82 70 165 158 137 131 100 91 1 174 170 141 136 101 89 1955 RAOB RAWIN 175 165 143 139 119 112 155 125 125 101 64 43 16S. 171 138 138 67 59 132 151 97 111 58 35 1956 RAOB RAWIN 164 134 136 107 56 27 136 132 104 96 39 26 152 147 121 117 43 37 1 129 131 102 100 45 38 1 1957 RAOB RAWIN 153 148 128 126 49 34 1 128 121 97 86 28 28 160 163 143 145 125 119 35 23 172 156 155 139 120 100 47 28 1958 RAOB RAWIN 167 150 157 131 125 92 34 6 137 135 115 111 87 78 9 6 148 146 137 138 126 122 26 15 169 165 157 148 143 133 23 9 1959 RAOB RAWIN 166 165 159 153 148 139 18 3 167 164 150 141 139 126 6 ■ 179 176 166 160 148 138 6 3 163 156 122 115 110 90 3 1960 RAOB RAWIN 167 161 139 130 1 114 97 20 13 166 149 150 147 134 119 24 13 155 152 133 129 119 113 13 7 159 157 137 132 124 113 32 8 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS &. PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO San Juan, Puerto Rico 11631 18° 27'N 66" 06'H 6 MB 11-8-49 San Juan, Puerto Rico 11631 18° 28' N 66° 07'W 6 WB 11-9-49 1-31-50 1 NW San Juan, Puerto Rico 11636 18° 27'N 66° 06'H 19 MB 2-1-50 5-23-55 1 SE San Juan, Puerto Rico 11641 18° 26' N 66" 00 'H 19 WB 5-24-55 6-30-55 7 ESE San Juan, Puerto Rico 11641 18° 26'N 66° 00'W 23 WB 7-1-55 3-31-56 San Juan, Puerto Rico 11641 18° 26'N 66° 00' H 6 WB 4-1-56 GRAND CAYMAN, WEST INDIES TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JOB JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 1 s 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 s 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 1 S 2 8 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 s 2 s 2 s 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 5 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. 3 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 8 2 ' REMARKS: 15Z - Aug. and Sept. 1956. 002 - Pen. thru HIT 1958. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 Bibs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAItlN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN •X955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 24 24 14 13 2 2 91 91 62 62 30 30 1957 RAOB RAWIN 69 61 50 45 28 23 111 108 94 92 62 60 161 164 139 146 93 86 7 2 137 132 115 109 96 86 15 7 1958 RAOB RAWIN 89 60 78 35 63 18 3 1 92 86 86 78 70 59 159 159 147 147 129 128 17 12 163 167 153 155 145 143 22 13 1959 RAOB RAWIN 165 165 146 147 134 133 18 5 138 138 109 HI 88 82 138 137 121 117 97 88 2 132 129 100 101 80 78 34 24 1960 RAOB RAWIN 156 141 125 117 109 100 52 33 175 173 162 160 146 142 22 184 185 174 174 152 144 11 6 173 169 144 141 120 no STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS Si PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Grand Cayman, W. I. (Roberta Fid.) 11813 19* 18*N 81* 22'W 3 KB 8-14-56 SWAN ISLAND, WEST INDIES TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR HAT JUJJ JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 B 2 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 B 2 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 1954 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1955 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 G 2 REMARKS: First Raob plus SCR 658 - Occ. 1, 1954 and GHDLA - Nov. 23, 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbB 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 58 • 1 52 56 2 54 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 26 20 18 26 1948 RAOB RAWIN 36 S5 5 9 5 4 1 76 39 5 134 7 80 6 35 3 1949 RAOB RAWIN 70 16 6 128 80 35 128 67 34 60 3 19 7 1950 RAOB RAWIN 116 36 3 147 12 86 5 28 3 114 18 44 3 9 133 10 85 2 38 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1*1 4 101 3 62 2 1 156 9 121 1 70 1 148 5 105 61 136 1 97 1 79 7 1952 RAOB RAWIN 152 3 104 79 100 3 55 1 36 1 102 7 75 4 75 3 6 145 16 110 15 94 12 9 1953 RAOB RAWIN 168 26 129 22 111 16 3 140 14 97 9 76 8 2 1S1 19 108 13 75 1 114 14 75 6 63 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 112 1 95 1 81 1 1 101 1 80 62 97 73 42 117 87 77 54 46 28 1955 RAOB RAWIN 128 119 71 61 44 39 135 111 93 46 23 7 83 31 55 13 15 2 1956 RAOB RAWIN 19 20 10 10 3 1 84 67 53 42 32 19 2 105 103 64 61 24 19 1957 RAOB RAWIN 103 101 68 70 23 8 132 84 81 50 30 15 155 163 133 133 115 106 85 43 120 110 100 81 87 63 34 20 1958 RAOB RAWIN 60 41 49 30 37 21 14 2 133 127 119 105 101 83 19 10 142 142 131 129 115 no 8 6 128 127 99 96 89 78 2 1959 RAOB RAWIN 152 143 128 123 114 100 15 3 140 133 131 123 114 100 11 1 167 165 148 143 126 115 9 5 133 127 100 92 84 78 15 1 1960 RAOB RAWIN 123 115 101 96 92 82 30 16 107 141 79 88 70 71 10 4 154 145 133 127 127 112 21 8 167 164 155 149 139 125 35 15 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS Si PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Swan Island, tf. 1. 11807 17' 2VN 83' 56'W 10 WB SAN ANDRES, COLOMBIA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JOS JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. 1948 EQUIP. OBS. 1949 EQUIP. OBS. 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 1 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 5 2 S 2 S 1 S 1 S 1 s i 3 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 s 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 1 s 1 s 1 s 1 s 2 S 2 3 2 3 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 s 2 s 2 s 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 3 2 S 2 9 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 REMARKS: Original Records, jl'o and 20'a. on Microfilm only. 15Z - Nov. and Dae. 1956, Mar. thru Hay 1957. 12Z - Jun. 1957. 002 - Feb. thru Hay 1958. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 17 17 12 12 5 1957 RAOB RAWIN 79 76 59 59 41 39 1 1 34 32 20 18 7 6 27 26 15 15 8 8 25 25 13 13 9 9 1958 RAOB RAWIN 12 12 7 7 5 5 24 20 12 12 6 70 66 35 35 19 19 2 92 87 68 68 62 61. 12 3 1959 RAOB RAWIN 78 73 58 58 53 53 11 5 63 59 45 37 37 4 1 112 111 93 93 85 84 15 11 129 125 104 103 87 81 11 4 1960 RAOB RAWIN 149 143 121 121 105 102 21 16 131 128 116 115 104 102 18 14 152 152 130 130 111 109 18 16 137 134 90 90 70 70 12 10 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO San Andres, Colombia 11814 12° 35*N 81° 42'U 2 MB Ll-22-56 MANAGUA, NICARAGUA TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAH JAM FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. 1947 EQUIP. OBS. S 1 S 2 5 3 S 3 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 1 1948 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 s 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 4 S 4 1949 EQUIP. OBS. S 4 S 4 S 4 S 1 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 4 S 2 1950 EQUIP. OBS. 1951 EQUIP. OBS. 1952 EQUIP. OBS. 1953 EQUIP. OBS. 1954 EQUIP. OBS. 1955 EQUIP. OBS. 1956 EQUIP. OBS. 1957 EQUIP. OBS. 1958 EQUIP. OBS. 1959 EQUI P . OBS. 1960 EQUIP. OBS. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mhs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 22 20 2 1 10 7 1948 RAOB RAWIN 8 6 7 5 17 12 20 11 1949 RAOB RAWIN U 6 10 9 7 6 4 2 35 34 14 12 6 6 1 1 1 1 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1953 RAOB RAWIN 1954 RAOB RAWIN ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 1956 RAOB RAWIN 1957 RAOB RAWIN 1958 RAOB RAWIN 1959 RAOB RAWIN 1960 RAOB RAWIN REMARKS: 04Z - Mar. and Dec. 1947. 04Z, 10Z, and 16Z - Kay and June 1947. 21Z - Apr. 1949. STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Managua, Las Mercedes, Nicaragua 11801 12° 07'N 86° 10'W 58 AP 10-20-50 BALBOA, PANAMA CANAL ZONE TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY Jim JUL AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. EQUIP. OBS. B 1 R 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 3 4 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 3 G 2 G 3 B 1 B 2 S 2 5 4 S 2 S 4 S 4 5 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 G 2 B 2 S 2 3 4 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 ■ 2 S 2 S 4 3 2 S 4 s 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 2 G 2 B 2 S 2 S 4 S 2 S 4 S 2 S 2 G 2 C 2 C 2 G 2 C 3 G 2 G 2 B 2 S 2 S 3 S 4 S 2 S 2 C 2 G 2 C 2 2 C 3 G 3 G 2 B 2 S 2 S 2 S 4 S 2 S 2 C 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 3 G 2 1 2 s 2 S 4 5 4 S 4 S 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 C 2 G 2 C 3 C 3 G 2 R 2 3 2 S 4 3 4 S 4 3 2 S 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 C 2 B 2 3 4 S 4 3 4 3 4 S 2 S 2 c 2 G 2 G 2 G 4 C 2 G 2 C 2 B 2 S 4 3 2 S 4 S 4 S 2 S 2 6 2 C 2 G 2 G 2 G 3 G 3 S 2 S 4 S 2 S 4 S 4 S 2 C 2 G 2 C 2 C 2 G 3 G 3 G 3 G 2 REMARKS: 04Z - Jan. and Feb. 1946. 00Z, L2Z, and other Irregular cine Dec. 1957 thru Jun. 1958. 002, 1 22 . and 22Z - Aug. 1956, Nov. and Dec. 1958, Feb. 1959, Jun. thru Sept. 1959, Nov. 19S9 thru Jan. 1960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECBIBKR 100 DtbB 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAVIN 14 1947 RAOB RABIN 1 21 6 35 3 1948 RAOB RAVIN 2 14 11 24 21 7 7 1949 RAOB RAVIN 3 5 5 17 16 8 7 4 1 1 16 11 6 5 3 1950 RAOB RAVIN 2 2 t 1 1 o 13 12 2 2 2 2 17 15 13 11 10 8 42 41 . 33 21 26 13 8 6 1951 RAOB RAVIN 33 29 26 22 17 12 4 3 26 25 15 14 12 12 1 1 48 45 35 30 25 19 3 2 74 72 63 55 47 42 4 2 1952 RAOB RAVIN 52 48 25 21 20 18 3 3 52 49 37 31 26 18 70 67 56 55 39 38 4 4 66 66 44 44 35 35 3 3 1953 RAOB RAVIN 75 75 59 57 46 44 12 12 96 96 62 62 54 54 3 3 88 88 61 61 44 44 1 1 139 139 102 102 75 74 5 5 1954 RAOB RAVIN 145 145 98 98 77 77 a 106 105 60 60 47 47 163 163 117 117 84 84 B 8 144 144 98 98 85 84 4 4 ■1955 RAOB RAVIN 135 133 87 86 79 77 5 5 121 121 77 76 66 66 10 10 141 138 110 no 98 97 9 9 145 139 93 93 76 74 13 11 1956 RAOB RAVIN 153 146 98 98 88 86 26 24 119 116 72 72 59 59 9 9 150 146 110 107 89 89 13 11 136 133 108 106 94 93 25 20 1957 RAOB RAVIN 134 130 109 108 95 94 IS 13 166 162 144 144 130 130 23 21 162 161 154 151 146 145 23 20 159 154 144 140 136 131 37 27 1958 RAOB RAVIN 171 171 155 155 151 151 51 44 159 158 133 133 126 126 76 69 164 163 134 134 118 118 81 76 136 133 109 109 104 104 78 73 1959 RAOB RAVIN 175 174 171 169 165 164 99 95 180 178 180 178 180 178 82 70 120 120 118 118 118 117 82 77 105 104 104 104 104 104 88 83 1960 RAOB RAVIN 155 154 146 145 144 144 92 72 150 145 120 119 117 115 34 17 158 149 130 127 120 115 43 31 105 96 83 81 78 75 26 21 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS 4 PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Balboa, C. Z. (Albrook Fid.) 10701 08* 59' N 79* 34'W 66 AF CIUDAD VICTORIA, MEXICO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 EQUIP OBS. EQUIP OBS. EQUIP. OBS. REMARKS : 032 - Jen- end Feb. 1946. 02Z - Ker. 1946 thru Jun. 1947, Jen. thru Apr. 1950, Jun. 1950 chra D«c. 1951. 0130Z - Jul. 1947, Supt. 1947 thru Mr. 1948, Hay thru Oct. 1948, Dec. 1948 thru Nov. 1949. 013OZ and 13302 - Aug. 1947, Apr. and Nov. 1948. and Dec. 1949. 02Z end 14Z - May 1950. 012 - Jan. 1952. TEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 robs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbB 10 mbG 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RA0B RAVIN 21 12 11 5 1947 RAOB RAVIN 1948 RAOB RAVIN 2 40 7 1 1949 RAOB RAVIN 6 1 7 19 7 63 6 1950 RAOB RAVIN 41 2 40 7 29 15 33 15 5 1951 RAOB RAVIN 33 8 39 15 8 37 14 6 23 5 1 1952 RAOB RAVIN 7 5 2 1 1953 RAOB RAVIN 1954 RAOB RAVIN 1955 RAOB RAVIN 1956 RAOB SAVIN 1957 RAOB RAVIN 1958 RAOB RAVIN 1959 RAOB RAVIN 1960 RAOB RAVIN STATION LOCATION V STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIS. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS k PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Cluded Victoria, Tama, Has. 12948 23" 44'N 99* O/'H 335 KB 1-15-52 MAZATLAN, MEXICO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 REMARKS: 02Z - Jan. 1946 thru Nov. 007. - Jun. and Sept. 1957 thru Dec. 03Z - Jan. 1952 thru Hay 1957 YEAR JA> 1DART - HARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 nbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 2 2 1 23 1949 RAOB RAWIN 37 3 42 11 1 35 7 61 10 1950 RAOB RAWIN 23 1 35 12 26 5 43 20 6 1951 RAOB RAWIN 22 5 2 ft 26 7 2 9 4 1 23 8 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 1 1 10 5 4 15 9 7 1 26 18 12 1953 RAOB RAWIN 38 15 14 13 3 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 3 3 1 1955 RAOB RAWIN 2 14 7 4 3 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 6 3 3 3 3 2 4 2 1 2 2 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 20 12 8 11 9 5 59 51 43 26 17 16 1958 RAOB RAWIN 70 43 36 69 66 59 75 67 62 I* 20 16 13 5 1959 RAOB RAWIN 15 12 9 2 6 3 1 LI 3 47 36 29 3 1960 RAOB RAWIN 68 57 53 39 89 .. 85 52 74 71 69 31 " 73 71 29 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Hazatlan, Sin, Hex. 22009 23* U'S 106 # 25 'W 14 HB MERIDA, MEXICO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA YEAR JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUT, AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 1946 EQUIP. OBS. R R R R R 1 R R R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1947 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 2 R 1 R 1 R 1 1948 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 2 R 2 1949 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R L R 2 R 2 R 1 1950 EQUIP. OBS. R 2 R 2 R 2 R 2 R 1 1951 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R R 1 R 1 1952 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1953 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1954 EQUI P . OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 1955 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 R 1 R I 1956 EQUIP. OBS. R 1 R 1 S 2 S 2 1957 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1958 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 5 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 3 S 2 S 2 1959 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 1960 EQUIP. OBS. S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 S 2 REMARKS: 02Z - Jan. 1946 tb i. 19 48. 03Z - Hay thru Sept. 194f , Dec. L 948 thru SapC . 195 6. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 IDbS 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 3 1 2 5 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RAWIN 6 3 2 8 43 7 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 42 37 9 6 24 1 63 2 1950 RAOB RAWIN 45 37 23 7 3 31 6 1 1951 RAOB RAWIN 38 9 1 30 12 2 22 6 2 34 14 5 1952 RAOB RAWIN 40 15 12 2 28 16 9 26 11 4 46 25 14 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 40 16 U 30 10 6 14 4 2 26 8 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 43 19 9 21 2 1 24 7 3 41 21 8 ■1955 RAOB RAWIN 60 23 9 47 12 5 51 11 6 24 9 6 1956 RAOB RAWIN 29 14 13 16 5 3 9 4 1 125 82 102 75 87 67 1957 RAOB RAWIN 150 124 124 120 99 89 1 141 123 115 105 91 80 128 120 106 106 86 80 8 5 131 121 101 95 79 70 14 10 1958 RAOB RAWIN 167 74 154 70 125 8 2 154 149 121 115 94 81 9 8 155 165 135 135 127 127 16 16 179 iao 169 168 163 159 27 10 1959 RAOB RAWIN 176 169 169 162 163 156 51 26 172 173 159 162 143 143 10 149 150 143 143 139 138 33 31 147 151 114 114 106 106 41 29 1960 RAOB RAWIN 158 134 112 107 112 107 49 39 173 169 160 157 152 147 75 52 172 172 161 161 144 139 16 13 155 154 131 130 117 110 17 7 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION SER- VICE PERIOD DIST DIR. PREV AND FROM LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Hertda, Yuc. , Mex. 12866 20' 58' N 89° 31'W 27 UB 10-6- 56 Merida, Yuc, Hex. 12878 20° 55' N 89* 40' W 11 HB 10-7-56 10 wsw (Int'l. AP) TACUBAYA, MEXICO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 195 1956 1957 1958 REMARKS: 03Z - Jan. 1946 thru Jan. 1947, Oct. 1947. Jan. and Feb. 1948. Aug. thru Oct. 1948, Dec. 1948 thru May 1949. Jul. thru Nov. 1949, Jan. 1950 thru Hay 1957. 00Z - Jun. and Sept. 1957 thru Dec. 1960. YEAH JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 mbs 100 mbs 50 30 mbs 10 mbs 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1 4 1947 RAOB RAWIN 6 23 1 35 2 1 1948 RAOB RAWIN 3 14 3 1 11 2 2 25 6 1 1949 RAOB RAWIN 25 1 1 24 13 54 4 1950 RAOB RAWIN 22 3 18 1 27 3 19 2 1951 RAOB RAWIN 12 3 7 1 12 16 6 2 1952 RAOB RAWIN 4 1 1 1 5 11 3 2 23 14 10 1 1953 RAOB RAWIN 27 8 7 41 14 10 2 13 3 1 4 1 1 1954 RAOB RAWIN 2 13 4 2 14 4 3 10 7 6 1955 RAOB RAWIN 9 4 2 9 4 4 10 4 3 1956 RAOB RAWIN 5 14 7 4 23 7 6 21 16 13 2 1957 RAOB RAWIN 4 4 2 1 3 3 1 15 3 1 23 10 8 1958 RAOB RAWIN 26 u 11 27 6 4 28 12 6 9 4 3 1 1959 RAOB RAWIN 3 33 23 17 4 66 49 35 13 57 35 31 IS 1960 RAOB RAWIN 31 12 11 8 39 24 16 6 39 24 12 4 39 14 11 2 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Tacubaya, D. F. , Hex. 11903 19° 24'N 99° 12'H 2306 WB VERA CRUZ, MEXICO TYPE OF EQUIPMENT AND NUMBER OF SCHEDULED OBSERVATIONS QUARTERLY ALTITUDE FREQUENCY DATA 194G 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 REMARKS: Badloaondea began Hay 20, 1962. 032 - Feb. 1952 chru May 195: 002 - Jim. and Sept. 1957 thru Dec. I960. YEAR JANUARY - MARCH APRIL - JUNE JULY - SEPTEMBER OCTOBER - DECEMBER 100 mbs 50 robs 30 mbs 10 100 mbs 50 mbs 30 10 100 50 OlhF 30 mbs 10 100 50 mbs 30 mbs 10 1946 RAOB RAWIN 1947 RAOB RAWIN 1948 RAOB RABIN 1949 RAOB RAWIN 1950 RAOB RAWIN 1951 RAOB RAWIN 1952 RAOB RAWIN 15 8 7 3 27 9 7 1 14 6 3 1 20 6 2 1953 RAOB RAWIN 35 8 2 26 10 5 21 4 2 14 3 2 1954 RAOB RAWIN 13 1 1 11 2 31 14 7 28 11 5 •1955 RAOB RAWIN 49 20 7 8 3 1 17 4 21 7 1 1956 RAOB RAWIN 25 10 6 13 5 2 6 25 8 8 1957 RAOB RAWIN 30 16 16 39 20 9 1 45 19 13 1 17 7 7 1958 RAOB RAWIN 15 8 7 30 16 12 21 18 16 16 10 7 1959 RAOB RAWIN 5 3 2 26 21 21 8 56 50 46 35 34 27 26 19 1960 RAOB RAWIN 33 20 16 14 38 33 29 14 _ — 27 14 12 4 5 2 1 STATION LOCATION STATION NAME STA. NO. (WBAN) LATITUDE LONGITUDE ELEV- ATION meters SER- VICE PERIOD DIST. AND DIR. FROM PREV. LOC. CROSS REFERENCE STATIONS & PERIODS FROM TO NAME FROM TO Vera Cruz, Max. 11904 19" U'N 96" 07'« 13 WB 2-9-52 tP E A N 1 *,!»> j*^ q-3 3l , (liM J,! vf jsms ^>w <* 5 'o; I PIT i | iii|. HHhT1 . i, ) n . (,.,.). H O ^ O W I "Z w ■■ "O •/-K a 1 /I? M A3 < < <